An embassy from the East-India Company of the United Provinces, to the Grand Tartar Cham, Emperor of China deliver'd by their excellencies, Peter de Goyer and Jacob de Keyzer, at his imperial city of Peking : wherein the cities, towns, villages, ports, rivers, &c. in their passages from Canton to Peking are ingeniously describ'd / by Mr. John Nieuhoff ... ; also an epistle of Father John Adams their antagonist, concerning the whole negotiation ; with an appendix of several remarks taken out of Father Athanasius Kircher ; English'd, and set forth with their several sculptures, by John Ogilby Esq. ...

AN Exact Relation OF THE EMBASSY SENT BY THE East-India Company OF THE UNITED PROVINCES TO THE GRAND TARTAR CHAM, OR Emperor of China, Delivered at PEKING the Imperial City, &c.

THE Lacedaemonians were a People,* 1.1 who by their Laws and Customs were strictly prohibited from Travel∣ling out of their own Countrey, lest so degenerating in Manners, (as they supposed) they might fall into a more loose and irregular course of Life, and by the acquaintance of the various Modes of several forein Nations, slight the strictness of their own severer Establishments.

Neither would they permit that any Strangers should reside amongst them, lest they by Conversation should be imbu'd with their Novelties and Opinions. Which more to strengthen, What Citizen soever that did not Educate his Children according to their own setled Laws, was immediately pronounced incapable of the Priviledges belonging to his Countrey. So great a love had this Nation to their native Soil, and such the aversion engraffed in

them from their very Cradles to forein Parts, that a Youth onely once asking the Way to Pilea, by order of the Magistracy suffer'd condign Punishment presently upon the Spot.

But these severer ways and starch'd Formalities were, both by the other Greeks and the Romans, utterly exploded, who knowing better things, readily indulged Licence to Travel where they might best improve their Wealth, Li∣terature, or Observation. And also we find by their most ancient and accurate Writers, that they neither spared Cost, Study, nor Pains, to be replenished with remote and transmarine Imbellishments, both of Arts, Science, and Industry.

When the Emperor Trajan, after the Parthian War, busied himself in a Phi∣losophical Inquisition concerning the Wonders of the Deep, and occult Na∣ture of the Ocean, a sudden Storm happening, hurried him from Coasting far into the Offin, where he beheld a Fleet standing in for India; whereof be∣ing inform'd, he fetching a deep Sigh, said, Ah that I were young again, and could resume my former vigour, then would I visit those distant Regions, and penetrate the Ave∣nues of the Oriental World.

King Mithridates, who after a long Contest with the Romans, having re∣setled himself in his Throne, resolved not onely upon the well managing of the Affairs at home, but the enlarging his Dominions abroad; whereupon he made himself Master (of which not any Prince had done before) of the neigh∣boring Scythians, who had never till then been absolutely subdu'd. This great Work finish'd, and so mighty a Nation brought under, he diverted himself to Travel, not onely to make a superficial view of Cities and Situations, Vul∣garities and various Humors adherent to several Nations, but also of their Scolastick Knowledge, and Politick Governments: on which account he pass'd through all Pontus, Cappadocia, and most Parts of Asia.

Tacitus, the famous Roman Historian, enumerating the many Vertues of Germanicus, says, That he, greedy of Knowledge, especially of forein Trans∣actions, made his Tour through Greece, Thrace, Asia, and Armenia: but thus much not satisfying the Curiosity of this Prince, he Voyaged into Aegypt, un∣der pretence of setling the Government of that Kingdom, but rather of having a visual Speculation of the Antiquities reported to be there.

Democritus no less sollicitous of making search beyond his own Home, after the Death of his Father Damasippus, parted with a no unplentiful Patrimony for a scarce considerable Sum, to furnish out the Expences of his outward∣bound Travels in quest of Science; he first address'd himself to the Aegyp∣tian Priests, next the Chaldaeans, after to the Gymnosophists in India, from whose Magazines, and the then Fountains of Learning, he returned rich, being Freighted with a full Cargo both of Divine and Moral Principles.

Let Plato, Prince of Philosophers, stand for all, who in like manner pene∣trated the Bowels of Aegypt, and other more distant Countreys, returning as plentifully furnished with their several Observations an Acquirements.

Inclinations no less vigorous have of late been observed in Europe, but with more success; who not being bounded by Herculean Bars, pass'd so far through the (till then) unmeasured Atlantick, that they lighted upon a new World, a flourishing Hesperides, Regions whose Sands were Gold, Earth Plate, and Rivers Silver, a Paradice extended to the Arctick and Antarctick Circles, with several other Countreys and Islands, that reach almost the utmost latitude of either Poles, out-shining all the Fables of Antiquity, and boldest Tales of

their Poetick Dreams; so that the Ancients are not to stand in competition with our modern Discoverers, who found out in less than one Century, more than they in their many thousand years.

Whilst I contemplated the laudable Actions and great Enterprises of fa∣mous Navigators, I conceiv'd my self oblig'd to put in my Mite, and not to conceal some special Remarks, being taken by me with no small Care and Pains, in a Countrey as little known to Europe as any.

After my Return from the West-Indies, where I had sometime remained, my Occasions invited me from Home (a contrary Course) to the East-Indies; where, not long after my arrival at Batavia, it was order'd by the General Maatzuyker, and the Honorable Council then residing there, to send Peter de Goyer, and Iacob Keysar as Ambassadors, with Credentials, and a considerable Train of Attendants, to Peking in China, to the Grand Cham of Tartary, the now Emperor of China, impowering to Negotiate concerning a free and mutual Commerce with them in his Kingdoms and Territories.

Whereupon receiving also Commands to attend this Embassy, I had thrown into my hands (as I conceived) fit opportunity to make a more exact Discovery of the Genius and Manners of the People, and Customs of the Place, and Countreys supposed by all Geographers to be the richest in the World, and where any Stranger formerly durst never attempt. And herein (without breach of Modesty) I dare boldly affirm, that nothing considerable slipt my observation relating to my Design, and that in taking accurate Maps and Sketches, not onely of the Countreys and Towns, but also of Beasts, Birds, Fishes, and Plants, and other Rarities never divulged (as I am informed) here∣tofore.

But now to remove some Obstructions, and to clear the way, that Poste∣rity may not be bereav'd of the Fruit of these my Endeavors, I find my self highly necessitated to relate what passed in this Undertaking, with as much candour and brevity as the Work may possibly require.

But before I engage my self, it seems also not amiss to set forth briefly the Division of the universal Globe, and likewise the Etymology or Derivation of the word China, the Condition of the Soil, and the Extent thereof, and lastly the ten Provinces of the fifteen into which that County divides it self, and the Towns and Cities through which we did not pass.

The Terraqueous Globe comprehending Sea and Land,* 1.2 Rivers and Lakes, stands divided by modern Geographers into two Semi-Orbs, viz. the Old and New World: The Old contains Europe, Asia, and Africa; the New, Ame∣rica, not much less in Extent to all those vast Regions discovered before; named so from Americus Vesputius a Florentine, but indeed first found out by Christopher Columbus a Genoese, furnished out for so great an Expedition by Ferdi∣nand and Isabel King and Queen of Castile and Aragon, in the Year 1492. But five years after Americus Voyaging, made his Approaches higher into those unknown Confines, and so got by a lucky Hit, or something in his Name, the Honor of Denomination of the Moiety of the World from the prime Discoverer, to whom so great a Glory belonged: since vulgarly called The West-Indies, not improperly, the East being by Sea found by us about the same time.

Under our new World may also be comprised those vast Southern Coasts and Straights of Magellan, first lighted on by Ferdinandus Magellanus in the Year 1520. in his Circumnavigation of the Universe; which forty five years

after Sir Francis Drake, and next Sir Thomas Bendish, Englishmen, made a farther Inspection into; and in the Year 1600. Oliver van Noord a Hollander pass'd; but of later years a Spaniard, Ferdinand de Quier, out-shot them all by a more ample Discovery than all the former.

Asia (not to make mention of any other Divisions of the World,* 1.3 being im∣pertinent to the following Discourse) stands bounded on the North by the Tartarick Sea, on the East with the great Indian Ocean called Eous, and on the South with the same; on the West with the Arabian Gulph, and the Slip of Land situated betwixt this Gulph and the Mediterranean Sea; the Extent of which from the Hellespont as far as Mallassa, the utmost Town of Traffick in India, consists of 1300 Dutch Miles; the breadth from the Arabian Gulph to the Cape of Tabin 1220 Dutch Miles.

All Asia, which the Ancients divide into Asia the Great, and Asia the Less, mo∣dern Computors part into five Divisions; Persia, the Turkish Empire, India, (to which they cast in the adjacent Isles) Tartary, and China.

What concerns the Name of China,* 1.4 or the farther part of Asia, much Time and Pains have been spent and taken by several Historians both old and new, as also by the Natives of the Countrey and Foreiners, to give the true Deri∣vation thereof, and the several Names by which China has been formerly call'd, to whom I shall refer my self to satisfie the curiosity of the Reader in this particular.

That these are the People whom Ptolemy calls Chineses, both the Constitu∣tion of the Countrey, and the Name by which it is known at this time, may suffice to prove the truth thereof: for that which in Spanish is writ China, in Italian is called Cina, in High-Dutch Tschina, and in Low, Dutch and Latin, Sina. The difference in the pronunciation of the word China and Sina betwixt us and the Spaniards is not much; but in regard it falls somewhat hard to those Peo∣ple to pronounce the Ch, they therefore make use of the Greek Letter χ. The Tartars call this Kingdom Catay, and sometimes Mangin; but this Name ra∣ther denotes the Inhabitants themselves then the Countrey: for Mangin signi∣fies in their Language a wild and unciviliz'd People; and with this word the Tartars often deride the Chineses. This Countrey was likewise formerly cal∣led Catay by Marcus Panwelz a Venetian, who was the first Discoverer thereof in part. But the most known Name by which that Kingdom is call'd at pre∣sent by those of Europe, is China. The reason why that Kingdom has been called by so many several Names, may be supposed to be this, from an anci∣ent Custom observed amongst them, That whosoever gets the Sovereignty over them, Presents the Kingdom with a new Name according to his pleasure. Amongst the rest we read, that formerly this farther part of Asia, or China, was called Thau, Yu, Tha, Sciam, Cheu, as also Han, Thau, which signifies Boundless broad; Yu, Rest; Tha, Great; Sciam, Curious; Cheu, Perfect; Han, The Milky-Way.

Long before the Conquest of China by the Tartars in their last Invasion, and the Deposing of the Emperor of China, (viz. when the Sovereignty of the Kingdom was in the Family of Ciu) China was called by the Chineses, Min, which signifies Perspicuity or Brightness. Afterwards they added to the word Min the syllable Ta, and called it then Tamin, or (as some write) Taming, which signifies The Kingdom of great Brightness. For above 300 years this Kingdom bore the Name of Tai••jven, and at this time is called by the Tartars, who pos∣sess the Kingdom under the Great Cham, Taicing.

But though this Kingdom of China doth often change its Lord and Name, the Chineses however have Time out of mind called it by two other particular Names, as Chungchoa, and Chungque; the first whereof signifies The Middle King∣dom, and the other The Middle Garden. The reason why the Chineses gave their Kingdom these Names, may be suppos'd to be this; in regard that formerly they did verily believe that the Heaven was round, the Earth four-square, and in the middle Point thereof lay their Kingdom. Wherefore when they first saw the Maps of Europe, they took it very ill that their Kingdom was not pla∣ced in the middle, but in the farther part of the East. And therefore when Matthias Riccius a Iesuit, had in China made a Map of the whole World, he so ordered his Adulation, that the Kingdom of China fell to be in the middle. But most of the Chineses do now acknowledge this their great Error, and blush, convinc'd of so much Ignorance. And though the Chineses themselves have thus called their Kingdom by several Names (according as the Family which Govern'd over them hapned to change) yet their Neighbors that live upon the Confines take no notice of their Alterations, neither follow the Chineses therein; for those of Couchenchina and Siam, call this Kingdom Cin; the Islan∣ders of Iapan, Than; the Tartars, Han; and the Turks, Saraceners; and other Western People, Cataium.

Some conceive that this Name is originally from Sioni,* 1.5 in respect Sina in their Language signifies A most brave and famous Countrey. Others opposing, will have this Kingdom to derive its Name from the Inhabitants of the City Chincheu, because these People drive onely a constant Trade by Sea to most Places of Asia; so that the Portugueses and Indians, by leaving out the same Letters of the word Chincheu, might easily give it the Name of China.

But those are in a very great Error, that will have the word China to be derived from a certain word Cinch, which by the Chineses is very much us'd. The falseness of this Assertion will clearly appear from hence, in that the Chi∣neses, who Trade with the Indians or Portugueses to those Places, and go with their Ships to India, us'd on the score of Civility and kind Respect, to Greet each other in their Mothers Tongue, not with the Name of Cinch, but Sia.

Now that which appears to me to be a most probable Truth amongst the various Opinions of Writers, is that which the Iesuit Martinus Martinii (a Man of great Learning and Skill in the Antiquities of China) has asserted in the sixth Book of his History of China; the words whereof are as follow:

I shall not (says he) let this pass unmention'd, which seems to me most likely, That not onely by the Indians, but also by Strangers, the Name China took rise and original from the Generation, Family, or Branch of Cina, who Govern'd in China in the 246. Year before the Birth of Christ: So that we ought not to call it China, but rather The Kingdom of Sinen or Cinen: for in the time of those Kings which proceeded from this Branch, the Name of Siners was first made known by Strangers, and especially by the Indians. By the Indians the Name of China afterwards came into use, and was fol∣lowed by the Portugueses after the Conquest of India: for this Family of Cina Go∣vern'd over the greatest part of the Siners, who lived toward the West, and continually had Wars with Foreiners: When afterwards the Court or Seat of the Kingdom was Planted there, received the Name of The Kingdom of China. This Family of Cina being risen to the highest pitch of all Prosperity, prov'd after a great Invader of others Territo∣ries; insomuch that it seems no wonder that Strangers and remote Nations had the Name of Cina so frequent among them. And though the Sineses call this farther part of Asia or Cina by several Names, according to the Governing Families that happen to change, yet

however Foreiners do reserve the first Name which they heard. And this is my Opinion concerning the Original of the Name Sina; and according to this Assertion, the first Let∣ter of the word ought to be writ, not with an S but with a C.

All China was formerly divided by the Chinese Emperor Xunus into 12 Pro∣vinces;* 1.6 afterwards the Emperor Yva, who took upon him the Government after the Death of Xinus, about 260 years before the Incarnation of our Savi∣our, reduced all China into nine Provinces, which onely at that time compre∣hended the Northern Parts of China, and had for their Confines the River Kiang. But after that they had Conquer'd the Southern Parts by degrees, and somewhat Civiliz'd the Inhabitants, the whole Kingdom of China was divided into 15 Provinces: Amongst these also they reckon the Province of Leaotung, which is situated on the West of Peking, where the great Wall begins, and the Hanging-Island of Corea; both which pay Tribute to the Emperor. There are several other Islands beside, which pay also Tribute: amongst which the Island Haman is the chiefest, lying in the Sea over against the Province of Quangsi, Among the Islands which are Tributary to this Kingdom, is also ac∣counted the Island Formosa, which the Chineses call Lieukieu, and situated over against the Province of Foken; and also the Island Cheuxan, over against the Province of Chekiang, a very famous Place for Trading. But of this more at large hereafter.

Six of the 15 Provinces verge upon the Sea, as Peking, Xantung, Kiangnan or Nanking, Cheaiang, Foking, and Quantung. From hence toward the North lie the Midland Countries, as Quangsi, Kiangsi, Huquang, Honan, and Xansi; and toward the West the other four, Xensi, Sucheu, Queicheu, and Iunnan.

Lastly, this Empire which comprehends 15 Kingdoms, is also divided into the South and North-China: South-China the Tartars call The Kingdom of Mangin, and North-China, The Kingdom of Catay. In the first are nine Kingdoms, and in the last six, or eight, if you will reckon amongst them the Kingdom of Leao∣tung, and the Hanging-Island of Corea.

By what has been already said, it doth clearly appear how far those are mi∣staken, who write of another Empire beyond China, which they call Catay; as likewise of several Towns, as Quinsey, Cambalu, and many other Fictions; whereas in truth, beyond the great Wall no other People live but Tartars, who have no fixed Abodes, but wander up and down the Countries in Wagons, and so travel from Place to Place, as may be found at large in the Writings of those who have sufficiently confuted this great Error and Mistake, as Virgantius, and Martinus Martinii, in his Atlas of China. Amongst the rest, the Iesuits have like∣wise found by experience, that beyond the Empire of China no Monarchy of Catay is to be found; insomuch that the same People whom we call Chineses, are by the Persians call'd Cataians. This same Mistake has been likewise sufficiently and Learnedly confuted with undeniable Arguments, by the most Learned Iacob Gool, a Person of extraordinary Knowledge in all Arts of Literature, and especially in the Oriental Languages, and at present Arabick Professor in the University of Leyden in his Appendix to the Atlas of China.

The Kingdom of China is so inclos'd with several Islands, and on the East and South with Seas, that it seems almost to be four-square, onely two great Mountains thrust themselves out toward the Sea, which in the Chinese Language are called Tung. The one lies by the Town of Ningpo, from whence you may Sail in 40 hours to the Island of Iapan: the other great Hill is in the Province of Xantung, near to the Town of Tengoheu.

China, situated in the farthest part of Asia,* 1.7 borders toward the East, South, and West, upon the great Indian Sea, and is call'd Tung by the Chineses, which signifies Easterly. And on the North it is separated from the Kingdoms of Ninche and Nicolhan, by that Famous Wall which was made by those of China against the Invasion of the Tartars. Higher up toward the North it has for Frontiers the Kingdom of Taniju, and a Wilderness call'd Samo, which sepa∣rates the North side of this China from the Kingdoms of Samahan and Cascar. Upon the other Provinces situated toward the South, joyn the Kingdoms of Prester-Iohn, Geo, (which by the Chineses are call'd by one common Name Si∣fan) as also Tibet, Laos, and Mien. Likewise China reaches as far as Brangale, and to some part of Tartary, and the Mountains of Damascus, which separates it from Tartary and India.

The furthest Extent of China (taken in the breadth) begins in the South up∣on the Island Hainan,* 1.8 which lies in 18 Degrees Northern Latitude: from thence it reaches toward the North to 42 Degrees; insomuch that China in the breadth extends to 22 Degrees,* 1.9 that is, 330 Dutch Leagues. Its length begins in the Province of Iuunan, at 120 Degrees, and ends in the East at the Mountain of the Town Ningpo, call'd by the Portugueses, Nampo, at 132 De∣grees:* 1.10 So that this Part consists of 450 Leagues in Longitude.

China is not a little secure in regard of the adjacent Kingdoms, and the natural and strong Forts whereby this Kings Realm stands so intirely protected against all violence from without, that the like is hardly to be seen elsewhere; nei∣ther are there any Avenues found leading to this Monarchy, insomuch that it is so well provided and guarded, that it seems to be a World within it self, and separated from all the rest, as well toward the South as East; and where the Sea borders, it hath so many Islands, Banks, Flats, and blind Rocks, that it is altogether unsafe to approach China on the side with any great Ships of Men of War. On the West, and somewhat toward the South, lie the Woods and Hills of Tamessus, which are so thick and high, that it is altoge∣ther unpenetrable on that side, and which separate China from the next border∣ing Asia, and the lesser neighboring Kingdoms; all which adds to the De∣fence and Protection of this Empire. Toward the North and West it is also sufficiently secur'd against all Invasions by the Sandy and dry Flats of Samo, which endanger all Vessels that attempt any Landing in those Parts. Lastly, this Kingdom has toward the North a great Wall, which the Family and Branch of Cina built against the Invasion of the Tartars 215 Years before the Birth of Christ; but in what condition this Wall is at present, and how far it extends, we shall treat at large in the Description of the Province of Peking.

In respect the Sovereignty over the fifteen Kingdoms of this China belongs at present to a Monarch, the Great Cham of Tartary, I shall give you an Ac∣count of the number of all the great and little Cities situated in all these Do∣minions.

First of all, they sum up in this whole Empire 145 Capital Cities, which out-shine the rest both in Greatness and Glory. Under the Command of this Emperor are 1331 small Cities, amongst which 148 may be compared, in Magnificence, Beauty, and People, with the chief Cities. Beside these, there are 32 great Cities more, which are not subject to any other, yet they must not bear the Name of Capital, though they Command over 36 small Cities. Beside all these, there are 3 Cities more, for the Officers and Commanders of the Militia to dwell in. The Forts and Castles are 159. beside which 17 great

Garison Cities, and 66 small Garison Towns, which are never without full Companies, and of Soldiers, who are permitted to inhabit promiscuously amongst the Burgers.

There is no distinguishing by the greatness and largeness of the Cities, the one from the other; for some of the small ones exceed some others of the great and prime Cities, both in Largeness, Wealth, and People: but accord∣ing to the Worth and Dignity of the Governors, and the Priviledges of the Place, she bears the Precedency, and is reckon'd amongst the chief Cities. No Place must presume to take up the Name of a City, but what is Wall'd in; for every inferior Town or Situation subjects to the next adjacent Capi∣tal City. Most of the Cities in China are built after one fashion and form, commonly four-square, with broad and high Walls, adorn'd with quadruple Towers, placed at an equal distance; round about which runs a deep Moat, and that also is surrounded with a Mud or Earthen Wall. Each City has a double Gate, and two double Doors, whereof the first stands directly over a∣gainst the second, that there is no seeing through the last, though you stand in the first: Betwixt these two Gates opens most commonly a large Court, where they Discipline their Militia: Upon the Gates are likewise built great Watch-Towers, where the Soldiers keep Night-Sentinel. Most of the Cities have great Suburbs belonging to them, which are as full of People as within the Wall. Without the Battlements each Metropolis hath a delightful Plain, curiously adorned with Towers, Trees, and other Embellishments, most pleasant to the Eye. The Country every where swarms with People, so that wheresoever you Travel, you shall meet continually with Crowds of Men, Women, and Children.

As now these 15 Kingdoms seem not onely to exceed all other Parts of the World, for the number of most rare Edifices and rich Cities, so they are like∣wise no less abounding in People: for the most populous Country of all Europe stands not in competition with this.

Those that will take the pains to look into the Chinese Pole or Register-Books, wherein is exactly set down the number of the People of each Pro∣vince (except those of the Royal Family) will find that it amounts to the number of 58 Millions, 9 hundred and 40 thousand, 2 hundred and 84 Per∣sons: Neither need you wonder which way this can be made out; for every Master of a Family is oblig'd upon a great Penalty to hang out a little Board over his Door, upon which he must set down the number of his Houshold, and their Condition, &c. And to prevent all Fraud, one is appointed over every tenth House, whom they call Titang, which signifies the Tenth-man, or Tyther: His Office consists in taking an Account of the number of the Per∣sons upon the Board; and if the Master of the Family fail to make that known truly, he is to acquaint the Governor of the City with the Abuse.

Having spoken thus much of the Situation, Division, and Extent of China; I shall add in short what these fifteen Provinces pay annually in Taxes one with another; as also how many Capital, great, little, and Garison Cities are in each of the Ten; and lastly, what each Province, Division, or Shire, dis∣burseth yearly in Taxes to the Emperor of China.

No Man possesses a Foot of Land in all this Empire, without paying to the Emperor something out of it; so that we need not wonder, that over and above the common Expences which are made upon the account of petty Kings, Vice-Roys, and Military Officers, there are more then threescore Mil∣lions

of Crowns brought yearly into the Emperors Coffers, The whole Sum amounts to 150 Millions of Crowns, whereof he cannot dispose as he pleaseth, but the Money is brought into the Treasury; and if the King at any time de∣sires a Supply, in writing to the Treasurer he is not to deny the payment of it.

The Provinces bring in yearly in Taxes 32 Millions 2 hundred 7 thousand 4 hundred and 47 Bags of Rice, and one Bag is enough to serve 100 Men for one day; 40 hundred 9 thousand 9 hundred 49 Pounds of Raw Silk, 71 hun∣dred 2 thousand 4 hundred and 36 Rowls of Cloth made of Hemp, 36 thou∣sand 7 hundred and 70 Bales of Cottons, 1 hundred 91 thousand 7 hundred and 30 Rowls of wrought Silk. But the City of Hucheu buys off this Tax yearly for the Sum of 500 thousand Crowns.

The Provinces bring in likewise 1 Million 7 hundred 94 thousand 2 hun∣dred and 61 Weight of Salt,* 1.11 each Weight is to be reckon'd at 1 hundred 24 Pounds, amounting in all to 1 hundred 87 Millions 6 hundred 88 thousand 3 hundred 64 Pounds; 32 Millions 4 hundred 18 thousand 6 hundred 27 Trusses of Hay and Straw for the Kings Stables, beside all other Taxes.

The other ten Provinces of China I did not see in my Iourney, yet however I shall give you an Account of the Taxes which the great and lesser Cities thereof pay yearly to the Emperor; their Names are these: Zansi, the se∣cond Province of the fifteen, Xensi the third, Honan the fifth, Sucheu the sixth-Huquang the seventh, Chekiang the tenth, Fokien the eleventh, Quangsi the thir∣teenth, Quicheu the fourteenth, and Immam the fifteenth.

The second Kingdom of Zansi.

THis Province lies Westward of Peking,* 1.12 and is neither so large nor popu∣lous, but more Fruitful, and of more Antiquity, because (if credit may be given to the Historians of China) the Chineses derive from hence their first Rise and Original.

On the North this Province has for Confines the Great Wall, which reaches from East to West through the whole Country; behind which lies the King∣dom of Tamyn, and the Sandy Wilderness of Samo. The West side of this Pro∣vince lies upon the Yellow River, which runs from North to South, and is sepa∣rated by the same from the Province of Xensi.

This Province produces the sweetest and fairest Grapes of all Asia; but the Chineses make no Wine of them, but onely dry them, and so bring them to the Market through all China. In this Country of Zansi (which is very re∣markable and worthy of observation) are through the whole Country great store of Fire-Wells, even in the same manner as the Water-Wells are in Eu∣rope, which they use for the dressing of Meat after this manner: the Mouth of the Well is stopped very close, and onely a place left open to set the Pot up∣on, by which means the Pot boyls without any trouble. This Province like∣wise produces good store of Coal, which they dig out of the Hills, as in England, and at Luyk in the Netherlands, which serves the Inhabitants for Fewel, who likewise use Stoves in their Houses, made after the manner of those in Holland.

In this Country of Zansi are 5 Capital Cities, 92 small Cities, and several Forts. The 5 Capital Cities are Taiyuen, Pingiaen, Taitung, Lugan, and Fuencheu.

• 1. Taiyuen Commands over 20 Cities, Taiyuen, Tayven, Iucu, Taco, Ki, Sin∣kin, Congyven, Ciaoching, Venxui, Loping, Che, Tingsiang, Tai, Utai, Kiechi, Cofan, Fan, Hing, Paote, and Hiang.
• ...

• 2. Pingiaen Commands over 31 Cities, as Pingyaen, Siangling, Hungtung, Feuxan, Chaoching, Taiping, Yoiang, Ieching, Kioiao, Fuensi, Pu, Lincin, Yungho, Yxi, Vanciuen, Hocin, Kiai, Ganye, Hia, Venhi, Pinglo, Iuiching, Kiang, Yuenkio, Ho, Kie, Hiangning, Cie, Taning, Xeleu, and Yangho. Among these, Pu, Kiai, Ho, Kie, and Cie, are the chiefest.
• 3. Tai••ung Commands over 11 Cities, Taitung, Hoaigien, Hoenyuen, Ing, Xa∣nin, So, Maye, Guei, Quangling, Quangchang, and Lingkieu: whereof Ing, So, and Guei, are the chiefest.
• 4. Lugan Commands over eight Cities, Lugan, Caeneu, Timlieu, Siangheng, Luching, H••quan, Liching, and Pingxun.
• 5. Fuencheu Commands likewise over eight Cities, Fuencheu, Hiaoy, Pingiao, Kiakieu, Ning••iang, Lingxa, Inugning, and Lin.

Beside these great Cities there are three other Corporations in this City, as Sin, Laao, and Ca. These Towns are not much inferior to the Cities, and so esteem'd by the Chineses; but yet they are not preferred to that Dignity of the Cities, though they have a Command over some lesser Towns.

For the safety of the Ways, aud defence of the great Wall, there are 14 strong Forts in this Country, which are surrounded with strong Walls, their Names are these; Gueiguen, Ieuguei, Coguei, Maye, Vanglin, Ianghon, Caoxon, Ti∣enching, Chinlu, Cuigyuen, Pinglin, Chungtun, Geutung, and Tungxing.

The Pole or Register-Book of this Province reckons five hundred eighty nine tho••sand nine hundred fifty nine Families, and five hundred eighty four thousand fifteen Fighting Men. That which this Country pays in Taxes yearly to the Emperor, consists of twenty two hundred seventy four thou∣sand and twenty two Bags of Rice, fifty Pounds of fine Linnen, four thou∣sand seven hundred and seventy Silk-Stuffs, four hundred and twenty thou∣sand Weight of Salt, and thirty five hundred forty four thousand eight hun∣dred and fifty Bundles of Hay, beside several other Taxes.

The third Kingdom of Xensi.

AMongst the Northern Dominions is this Xensi,* 1.13 which is very great, chiefly situated toward the West in 30 Degrees, and borders upon the Kingdoms of Prester-Iohn,* 1.14 Casker, and Tibet, which are call'd by one Name in the Chinese Tongue, Sifan. Westward the Borders extend beyond the Tartar Kingdom of Taniju; betwixt which and this Countrey, the Great Wall and some Forts make a separation, which doth not run through all this Country but onely to the side of the Yellow River. The remaining part of this Country situated on the other Bank of the River, has no Wall for its defence, but dry and barren Sand-fields, and the Yellow River, and sufficient Fortifications.

Eastward this Xensi is likewise Bounded with this Yellow River, which runs through the Country. Southward lie very high Mountains, which are as strong Bulwarks, and separate this Province from the Provinces of Honan Su∣cheu, and Huquang.

Want of Rain makes this Country very dry; but yet it produces great store of Wheat, Barley, and Turkish Corn, but very little Rice, The Beasts feed all Winter upon Corn. It abounds with Sheep and Goats, which they shear three times ayear, in the Spring, in Summer, and in Harvest; and of the Wooll they make themselves Clothes. In this Countrey they make great store of Musk, which grows in the Navel of a Beast not much unlike to a young

Hind; the Flesh whereof the Chineses eat as other Meat. When this Deer goes to Rutting, the Cod swells like a Boil that is full of Matter; which Exu∣peration consisting of a thin hairy Purse, is then taken out with all its precious Stuff by the Natives. True it is, that all the Purses which are brought to us, are not the right and pure Navels; for the cunning Chineses know very well when they empty the Purse, how to fill up the same again with counterfeit Musk. There is likewise Gold found in this Country, which is not fetch'd from the Mines, (for those the Emperor will not suffer to be opened, there be∣ing both Gold and Silver Mines) but from the sides of Rivers and shallow Waters.

In this Country are eight Capital Cities, a hundred and seven small Cities, beside Castles and Forts: The eight Capital Cities are these; Sigan, Fungciang, Hangchung, Pingleang, Cunchang, Linijao, Kingyang, and Iengan.

• 1. Sigan Commands over 36 Cities, Sigam, Hienyang, Hingping, Linchang, Kin∣gijang, Caolong, Hu, Lantien, Liuo, Xang, Chingan, Tung, Chaoye, Hoyang, Cheng, Pexuy, Hanching, Hoa, Hoyan, Gueinan, Puching, Conan, Hoxanijang, Xangnan, Yao, Sanyuen, Tungquoa, Fuping, Kien, Fungciuen, Vucung, Iungxeu, Fuen, Xunhoa, Xanxuy, Changvu.
• 2. Fungciang Commands over eight Cities, Fungciang, Kixan, Paoki, Fufung, Muy, Linieu, Lung, and Pingijang.
• 3. Hanchung Commands over 15 Towns, Hanchung, Paoching, Chingu, Yang, Sihiang, Fungmien, Niengkiang, Lioyang, Hinggan, Pingli, Xeciuen, Sinijang, Haniju, Peho, and Cuijang.
• 4. Pingleang Commands over ten Cities, Pingleang, Cungsin, Hoating, Chiny∣ven, Kuyven, Knig, Lingtai, Choangleang, Limgte, and Congning.
• 5. Cung chang Commands over seventeen Cities, Chungchang, Ganting, Hoein∣ing, Tunguei, Chang, Ningyven, Fokiang, Siho, Ching, Cin, Cingan, Cingxui, Li, Kiai, Ven, Hoei, Leangtang.
• 6. Linijao Commands over five Cities, Linijao, Gueoyven, Lan, Kin, Ho.
• 7. Kingyang Commands over five Towns, Kingyang, Hoxi, Hoan, Ning, and Chuining.
• 8. Iengan Comands over 19 Cities, Iengan, Gansai, Canciven, Ganting, Paogan, Y••huen, Ienchuen, Ienchang, Cingkien, Fen, Cochuen, Chungpu, Ykiun, Suite, Miche, Kia, Upao, Xinmo, and Fuco.

Beside these great and small Cities in this Province, there are likewise se∣veral Magazines which lie scatter'd up and down, some within the Great Wall, and some without. The chiefest of these Forts are these eight, Xacheu, Xan∣cheu, Iungchang, Leangcheu, Choanglang, Sining, Chiny, Culang. These following 14 are small ones, Hingnia, Ningniachung, Yaocheu, Nincheu, Hocheu, Cinglu, Yulin, Chinfan, Xetu, Hantung, Pinglu, Mingxa, Guei, and Sengqui.

The Chinese Register reckons the number of Families in this Province, to be no less than eight hundred thirty one thousand fifty one; and thirty nine hun∣dred thirty four thousand one hundred seventy six Fighting Men.

The Taxes which this Countrey pays, are nineteen hundred twenty nine thousand and fifty seven Bags of Wheat, three hundred sixty and five thousand Weight of fine Linnen, nine thousand two hundred and eighteen Pounds of all sorts of wrought Silks, seventeen thousand two hundred and seventy Pounds of Cotton, eight hundred and twenty thousand seven hundred and seventy Pounds of Callicoes, beside fifteen hundred and fourteen thousand seven hundred and forty nine Trusses of Hay for the Kings Stables.

The fifth Province of Honan.

THe Province of Honan lies East and South-East with Nanking,* 1.15 North and North-East with Peking and some part of Xantung, and South South-West with Hucang; but Westward it borders upon the Province of Su∣cheu, and with the remaining part of Xensi.

In this fifth Province we find eight great Cities, a hundred small Cities, beside Forts and Castles: The eight great Cities are Caifung, Queite, Shangte, Gueiheoi, Hoaiking, Honan, Nanijang, and Iuning.

• 1. Caifung bears the Command over 30 Cities, Caifung, Chinlieu, Ki, Tung∣hiu, Taiking, Gueixi, Gueichuen, Ienlin, Fuken, Chungmen, Iangvu, Iuenvu, Fungkieu, Iencin, Laniang, Chin, Xangaxui, Sihoa, Hiangching, Ienching, Chaggio, Iu, Sinching, Mie, Shing, Iungiang, Iungee, Hoin, Suxi, Isung.
• 2. Queite Governs over nine Cities, Queite, Ningling, Loye, Hiaye, Iungehing, Ciu, Iuching, Hiahching, and Xeching.
• 3. Changte Commands over seven Cities, Changte, Tanchin, Linchang, Lin, Cu, Vugan, and Xe.
• 4. Gueihoei Commands over six Cities, Gueihoei, Coching, Sinchiang, Hoekia, Ki, and Hoei.
• 5. Hoaikuing Commands over six Cities, Hoaikuing, Ciyven, Sievun, Vuche, Meng, Ven.
• 6. Honan ••ommands over 14 Cities, Houan, Iensu, Cung, Mengciu, Yyang, Tenfung, Tungpe, Nanchao, Tengo, Nuihiahg, Sinije, Chechun, Yu, Vuxang, and Ye.
• 7. Kingyang Commands over five Towns, Kingyang, Hoxi, Hoan, Ning, and Chuining.
• 8. Iuning Commands over 14 Cities, Iuning, Hanchai, Sipnig, Sincai, Siuping, Chinijang, Sinigang, Loxan, Kioxan, Quango, Quangxan, Cuxi, Sce, and Xangching,

The great City Iu, which though not preferred by the Chineses to the Dig∣nity of a Capital City, yet however Commands over five small Cities, as Iu, Luxan, Kia, Paofung, and Yyang. The yearly Revenue, according to the Toll-Book of the Emperor, which this Country brings in, amo••nts to five hun∣dred eighty nine thousand two hundred and ninety six Families, and fifty one hundred six thousand two hundred and seventy Fighting Men.

The Income of the Revenue amounts yearly to twenty four hundred four∣teen thousand four hundred and seventy seven Bags of Rice, twenty three thousand five hundred and nine Pounds of unwrought Linnen, nine thousand nine hundred fifty nine Pounds of several sorts of Silk, three hundred forty one Pounds of Cottons, which are very scarce in this County, and lastly, twenty two hundred fourscore and eight thousand seven hundred forty four Trusses of Hay for the Kings Stables.

The sixth Kingdom of Sucheu.

THis Territory of Sucheu is very large and fruitful,* 1.16 which Eastward bor∣dereth upon Huquang, Southward upon Queicheu, North-East and by North upon Xensi, North-West upon Prester-Iohn's Countrey, Westward upon Ti••et, and Southward upon the Province of Iunnan.

In this whole Province are eight chief Cities, a hundred twenty four great and little Cities, four Garison Cities, beside several other Towns and Places.

The eight Capital Cities are Chingtu, Paoning, Xungning, Siucheu, Chunking, Queicheu, Lunggan, and Mahu.

• 1. Chingtu Commands over 30 little Cities, Chingtu, Xaanglieu, Veukiang, Sinfan, Sinlu, Kintang, Ginxeu, Chingping, Pi, Cu, Nuikiang, Quou, Peug, Cuugning, Gan, Kien, Cuyang, Cungking, Sincin, Han, Xefan, Miencho, Teyang, Mien, Chang∣ning, Lokiang, Mieu, Vencheuen, Guei, and Pao.
• 2. Pagning Commands over 10 Cities, Pagning, Cangki, Nanpu, Quangyven, Pa, Chaoboa, Tungkiang, Kien, Cutung, and Mankiang.
• 3. Xunking has under its Command 9 Cities, Xunking, Sike, Iungxan, Ylnug, Quanggan, Kin, Tacho, Gochi, and Linxui.
• 4. Siucheu Commands likewise over 10 Cities, Siucheu, Kingfu, Fuxun, Nanki, Hiuguen, Changning, Iunlien, Cung, Cao, and Lukehang.
• 5. Chungking Commands over 18 Cities, Chungking, Kiangein, Changxeu, Taco, Iuncheuen, Kikiang, Nancheuen, Kiukiang, Ho, Tungleang, Tingguen, Piexan, Chung, Fungtu, Tienkiang, Fen, Fulung, and Pinxui.
• 6. Queicheu Commands over 13 Cities, Queicheu, Coxan, Tachang, Taming, Iun∣yang, Vau, Cai, Tai, Sinning, Leangxan, Kieuzi, Tunchiang, and Taiping.
• 7. Lunggan Commands over three Cities, Lunggan, Kiangyeu, and Xeciven, and also over several Forts.
• 8. Mahu is alone, without having any City under its Command.

The great Cities are six, Tungcheuen, Muicheu, Kiating, Kiung, Lincheu, and Yacheu. Though these six great Cities might very well deserve the Name and Dignity of Capital Cities, in regard of their largeness, and number of Inha∣bitants, yet they do not enjoy that Dignity, because this Province is to have no more Capital Cities then Peking and Nanking.

The first great City Tungcheuen, Commands over 8 other Cities; the second Muicheu, over four; the third Kiating, over seven; the fourth Kiung, over three; the fifth Liucheu, over four; and the sixth Yacheu Commands likewise over four.

The four chief Garison Cities are Tinchnen, Uniung, Usa, and Chinhiung; be∣side which there are 35 small Garison Cities and Forts.

This Province produces much Silk, and other rich Commodities. It is very large and fruitful, having the great River of Kiang running quite through it: in some places it is Mountainous, but wants neither for Trees nor Valleys. From hence only comes the right Radix-China, or China-Root; for that which grows in other Places of China is wild and good for nothing. From hence comes likewise that incomparable Root call'd Rhubarb, which the People of Tibet and Mogar, who drive the Trade in this Province, send from thence into Europe. Here are likewise found two sorts of Amber Stones, namely the red and yellow; which last is found also upon other Coasts. The People here are very cunning in counterfeiting of Amber, which they do with so much skill, that they sell it sometimes for the right, it being impossible to discern it, being not much inferior unto it either in sight or goodness. Iron, Tin, and Lead, are likewise fetch'd from the Mountains in great quantities; among which (the wonder is) are great store of Salt-pits, that produce so much Salt, that the Inhabitants know not how to spend one third part of it.

The Toll-Book wherein the number of the People of the Country is set down, mentions no less than 4 hundred 64 thousand 1 hundred 29 Families, and 22 hundred 4 thousand 1 hundred and 70 Fighting Men, without reckon∣ing the Soldiers, who are very numerous in the Country.

That which this Province pays in Taxes to the Emperor yearly, consists of 61 hundred 6 thousand 660 Bags of Rice, 6 thousand 3 hundred and 39 Pounds of wrought and unwrought Silk, 74 thousand 8 hundred and 51 Pounds of Cottons, 1 hundred 49 thousand 1 hundred 77 Weight of Salt, beside other Taxes paid to his Imperial Majesty in some parts of this Province.

The seventh Kingdom of Hucang.

THe Province of Hucang borders toward the North upon the Province of Honan,* 1.17 North-West upon Xensi, Westward upon Sucheu, toward the South upon Quangsi, South-West upon Queicheu, Eastward upon Kiangsi, and South-East upon Quantung.

In this Province are 15 brave Metropolises, above a hundred small Cities, and a world of Villages and Cottages, beside the Garison Towns and Forts.

The 15 chief Cities are these, Vuchang, Hanijang, Syangyang, Tegan, Hoangcheu, Kingcheu, Yocheu, Changxa, Paoking, Hengcheu, Changte, Xincheu, Iungcheu, Ching∣tien, Chinchiang.

• 1. Vuchang Commands over 10 Cities, Vuhang, Vuchang, Kiayn, Puki, Hi∣enning, Cungyang, Tungching, Hingque, Taye, and Tungxan.
• 2. Hanijang Commands over two Cities, Hanijang and Hanchuen.
• 3. Siangyang Commands over seven Cities Siangyang, Iching, Nanchang, Cao∣yang, Coching, Quanghoa, and Kiun.
• 4. Tegan Commands over six Cities, Tegan, Iommung, Hiaocan, Ingching, Sui, and Ingxan.
• 5. Hoangcheu Commands over nine Cities, Hoangcheu, Lotien, Maching, Ho∣angpi, Hoanggan, Kixut, Ki, Hoangmui, and Hoang••i.
• 6. Kingcheu Commands over 13 Cities, Kingcheu, Cunggan, Xexeu, Kienli, Sungki, Chikiang, Iling, Changyang, Itu, Iuengan, Quei, Hingxan, Patung.
• 7. Yocheu Commands over eight Cities, Yocheu, Linsiang, Hoayung, Pingkiang, Fung, Xemuen, Culi, and Ganhiang.
• 8. Changxa Commands over 11 Cities, Chanxa, Siangtan, Siangin, Ninghiang, and Lieuyang, Liling, Ieyang, Sianghiang, Xeu, Ganhoa, and Chaling.
• 9. Paoking Commands over five Cities, Paoking, Sinhoa, Chingpu, Vuchang, and Sining.
• 10. Hengcheu Commands over nine Cities, Hengcheu, Hengxan, Luiyang, Changning, Gangin, Ling, Queiyang, Linnu, and Langxan.
• 11. Changte Commands over four Cities, Changte, Taoyven, Lungyang, and Iuenkiang.
• 12. Xincheu Commands over seven Cities, Xincheu, Luki, Xinki, Xopu, Iuen, Kiuyang, and Mayang.
• 13. Iungcheu Commands over seven Cities, Iungcheu, Kiyang, Tan, Tunggan, Ningyven, Iungning, and Kianghoa.
• 14. Chingtien Commands over seven Cities, Chingtien, Kingxan, Cienkiang, Mienyang, Kingling, Kingmuen, and Tangyang.
• 15. Chinchiang Commands over seven Cities, Cinchiang, Fang, Choxan, Xan∣cin, Choki, Chingsi, and Paokang.

There are also in this Province two great Cities, Cingcheu and Chincheu: The first Commands over four small Cities, Cingcheu, Hoeitung, Tungtao, Sui∣ning; the second over six, Chincheu, Iunghing, Ychang, Hingning, Queiyang, and Queitung.

The Garison Cities are eleven in number, Xi, Iungxun, Paocing, Nanguei, Xiyung, Xangki, Lankiang, Sanpin, Iungting, Tienkia, Iungmui.

The Chinese Register of Toll-Book reckons in this Countrey Five hundred thirty one thousand six hundred and eighty six Families, and Forty eight hun∣dred thirty three thousand five hundred and ninety Fighting Men, beside all such as are of the Royal Blood, which amount to at least Three hundred thousand in all China. These are all the Offspring of one Hunguvus, the first Founder of the Family of Taiminga, who long after the Expulsion of the Tar∣tars conquer'd the Kingdom, and setled himself in the Throne. But this Fa∣mily of Taiminga had the misfortune not many years since to be wholly extir∣pated by the Tartars, as will appear hereafter.

The Product of the Revenues of this Province which are paid to the Em∣peror yearly, consists in One and twenty hundred sixty seven thousand nine hundred and fifty nine Bags of Rice, and Seventeen thousand nine hundred and seventy seven Rowls of wrought Silk.

The tenth Province of Chekiang.

THis Province lies Eastward toward the Sea,* 1.18 South and South-West it borders upon the Province of Foking, but the rest joyns to the Provin∣ces of Kiansi and Nanking.

In this Province are eleven Prime Cities, all of them not much inferior to some Provinces; for the Metropolis of Hangcheu is fit to make to make a Kingdom of. The eleven chief Cities Command over sixty three small Ci∣ties, which have likewise abundance of Towns and Castles under their Com∣mand, beside the Villages, which are all full of People.

The eleven chief Cities are these, Hangcheu, Kiahing, Hucheu, Niencheu, Kin∣hoa, Kincheu, Chucheu, Xaohing, Ningpo, Taicheu, and Vencheu.

• 1. Hangcheu Commands over eight Cities, Hangcheu, Haining, Fuyang, Iu∣hang, Lingan, Yucieu, Sinching, Changhoa.
• 2. Kiahing Commands over six Cities, Kiahing, Kiaxen, Haiyen, Pinghu, Cungte, Tunghiang.
• 3. Hucheu Commands over six Cities, Hucheu, Changhing, Gankie, Teching, Hiaofung, and Vukang.
• 4. Niencheu Commands over six Cities, Niencheu, Xungan, Tunglui, Suigan, Xenchang, and Fuenxi.
• 5. Kiuhoa Commands over eight Cities, Kinhoa, Lanki, Tungyang, Yu, Iuug∣kang, Vuy, Pukiang, and Tanki.
• 6. Kincheu Commands over five Cities, Kincheu, Lungyeu, Changxan, Kiang∣xen, and Caihoa.
• 7. Chucheu Commands over 10 Cities, Chucheu, Cingtien, Cinyun, Sungyang, Suichang, Lungcinen, Kingyven, Iunho, Sivenping, and Kingning.
• 8. Xaohing Commands over seven Cities, Xaohing, Siaoxan, Chuki, Iuyao, Xangyu, Xing, and Cinchang.
• 9. Ningpo Commands over five Cities, Ningpo, Cuki, Funghao, Tinghai, Siangxan.
• 10. Taicheu Commands over six Cities, Taicheu, Hoangnien, Tientai, Sinkiu, Ninghai, and Taiping.
• 11. Vencheu Commands over five Cities, Vencheu, Xuigan, Locing, Pingyang, Taixun.

The chief Garisons are 15. Chinxan, Kinxan, Tinghui, Quo, Ninghai, Cioki, Sinho, Xetie, Puontun, Cumuen, Tunchi, Haigan, Sining, Haifung, Nan.

The number of the People in this Province mention'd in the Chinese Toll-Book, appears to be 12 hundred 42 thousand 1 hundred and 35 Families, and 55 hundred 25 thousand 4 hundred and 70 Fighting Men.

The publick Revenues paid to the Emperor consist of 25 hundred 10 thou∣sand 2 hundred and 99 Sacks of Salt, 3 hundred and 70 thousand 4 hundred and 60 Pounds of unwrought Silk, and 2 thousand 5 hundred and 74 Rowls of wrought Silk: Beside all which, the great Ships of his Imperial Majesty call'd Iungychuen, come every year to lade with Silk, which is very rich and curiously wrought for his Majesties own use. The Silk is interwoven with Gold, Silver, and the Feathers of several Birds, very artificially mingled with all manner of Colours: None are suffer'd to wear any of these Silks, call'd Dragon-Silks, but the Emperor and his Courtiers.

This Province furnishes the Court likewise with 80 hundred 4 thousand and 91 Trusses of Hay, and with 4 hundred 44 thousand 7 hundred and 69 Weight of Salt. The whole Revenue of this Province is reckon'd by some, to amount to 15 Millions of Crowns.

The eleventh Province of Fokien.

THis Province,* 1.19 which is the least of all the Provinces, lies toward the East South-East and South, upon the great Indian Sea; toward the South-West it borders upon Quantung, West and North-East upon Kiansi, and the remaining part upon the Kingdom of Chekiang.

In this Province are eight Chief Cities, and 48 small Cities, and a great number of Forts which were built for the Defence of the Sea and Harbor.

The eight Chief Cities are these; Focheu, Civencheu, Changcheu, Kienning, Ien∣ping, Tincheu, Hiughoa, and Xaovu.

• 1. Focheu Commands over eight Cities, Focheu, Cutien, Mincing, Changlo, Lien∣kiang, Loyuen, Iungfo, and Focing.
• 2. Civencheu Commands over seven Cities, Civencheu, Nangan, Hoeigan, Te∣hoa, Ganki, Tungan, and Iunchung.
• 3. Changcheu Commands over 10 Cities, Changcheu, Changpu, Lugnien, Nan∣cing, Changtai, Changping, Pingho, Caogan, Haicing, and Ningyang.
• 4. Kienning Commands over seven Cities, Kienning, Kienying, Cunggan, Pu∣ching, Chingho, Sungki, and Xeuning.
• 5. Ienping Commands over seven Cities, Ienping, Cianglo, Xa, Yenki, Xun∣chang, Ianggan, and Tatien.
• 6. Tingcheu Commands over eight Cities, Tingcheu, Ninghoa, Xanghang, Vu∣ping, Cinglieu, Tienching, Queihoa, and Iungtung.
• 7. Hinghoa Commands over two Cities, Hinghoa, and Sienlieu.
• 8. Xaovu Commands over four Cities, Xaovu, Quangee, Taining, and Kien∣ning.

In the Province of Fokien is also a great City call'd Foning, which Com∣mands three Cities, Foning, Fogan, and Ningte.

In this Province are likewise several brave Forts and Towns for Trade, as Ganhai, Hiamuen, Pumuen, Foning, Tinghai, Muihoa, Xe, Haiku, Vangan, Chungxe, Tungxan, Hiuenchung, and Iungting.

The Island Formosa, or The Fair Island doth also belong to this Province, as

likewise the near adjacent Island call'd Taiwan, which the Hollanders possess, who have built a Fort there call'd New-Zealand. But of this Island more here∣after.

The Toll or Register-Book of these People, mentions no less in this Pro∣vince than 5 hundred 9 thousand and 2 hundred Families, and 18 hundred 2 thousand 6 hundred and 77 Fighting Men.

The Revenue of this Province consists of 8 hundred 83 thousand 1 hun∣dred and 15 Sacks of Salt, 1 hundred 94 Pounds of fine Linnen, and 6 hun∣dred Rowls of wrought Silk: But the chiefest Revenue consists of Ships, which pay according to their Burthen so much a Tun.

The thirteenth Province of Quangsi.

QUangsi is the thirteenth Province,* 1.20 and borders toward the East upon the Province of Quantung, South-West upon Tungking or Ganan, Westward upon the Country of Iunnan, toward the North-West upon the Countrey of Queicheu, and the remaining part upon Huquang.

In this Province are eleven Capital Cities, one Chief Garison City, and one Principal City.

The 11 Chief Cities are these, Queilin, Lieucheu, Kingyven, Pinglo, Gucheu, Cincheu, Nanning, Taiping, Suming, Chingen, and Tiencheu.

• 1. Queilin Commands over nine Cities, Queilin, Hinggan, Lingchuen, Yangso, Iungning, Iungfo, Yning, Cinen, and Quonyang.
• 2. Lieucheu Commands over twelve Cities, Lieucheu, Coyung, Loching, Lieu∣ching, Hoaiyven, Yung, Laipin, Siang, Vuciven, Pin, Cienkiang, and Xangling.
• 3. Kingyven Commands over nine Cities, Kingyven, Tienho, Sugen, Hochi, Hinching, Nanchuen, Lypo, Tunglan, and Pangti.
• 4. Pinglo Commands over eight Cities, Pinglo, Cunching, Fuchueu, Ho, Lipu, Siengiu, Iuggan, and Caoping.
• 5. Gucheu Commands over ten Cities, Gucheu, Teng, Yung, Cengki, Hoaicie, Yolin, Pope, Pelieu, Lochuen, and Hingye.
• 6. Cincheu Commannds over four Cities, Cincheu, Pingnan, Quei, and Vu∣cing.
• 7. Nanning Commands over six Cities, Nanning, Lunggan, Heng, Yunhiang, Xangsu, and Sunning.
• 8. Taiping Commands over 22 Cities, Taiping, Ganging, Yangli, Vanching, Co, Civenming, Suching, Chinyven, Sutung, Kielum, Mingyng, Xanhia, Kiegan, Luging, Tukie, Cungxen, Iunkang, Loyang, Toling, Lun, Kiang, and Lope.
• 9. Suming Commands over five Cities, Suming, Xangxe, Hiaxe, Pingciang, and Chung.
• 10. Chingan has no City under it Command, nor is subject to any other City.
• 11. Tiencheu Commands over five Cities, Tiencheu, Xanglin; Lung, Queite, and Cohoa.

The Garison City is Sugen, and Commands over three Cities, Sugen, Vuyuen, and Funghoa.

The great City which is not preferr'd to the Dignity of a Principal City, is Suching, and Commands only over one City call'd Ching.

There are some other Cities in this Province, as Sucheu, Siping, Fulao, Fu∣kang, Funy, Li, Queixum, and Hiangun.

The Forts are onely two, Zanglui and Ganiung.

In the Toll or Register-Book of this Province, is set down 1 hundred 86 thousand 7 hundred and 19 Families, and 1 Million 54 thousand 7 hundred and 60 Fighting Men. The Revenue thereof consists of 4 hundred 31 thou∣sand 3 hundred and 59 Bags of Rice.

The fourteenth Province of Queicheu.

THis Province of Queicheu borders East and South-East upon the Province of Quangsi,* 1.21 North and North-West upon Sucheu; toward the North-East it reaches as far as the Province of Huquang, and the remaining part bor∣ders upon Iunnan.

Formerly this Province was not reckon'd among the fifteen, but a part thereof belong'd to Sucheu, another part to Huquang, and the neighboring Pro∣vinces possess'd the rest; at last the Family of Taiminga (in regard Ivena, the foregoing Branch of the Tartars, had caus'd several Castles and Forts to be built therein) made thereof a particular Province.

In this Queicheu are 8 Chief Cities, which are not very large, 10 small Ci∣ties, four Chief Garrison Cities, and four small Garison Cities, beside Castles and Forts, which are very many.

The eight Chief Cities are these; Queiyang, Sucheu, Sunan, Chinyven, Xecien, Tunggin, Liping, and Tucho.

• 1. Queiyang Commands over 19 Forts in stead of Cities, Queiyang, Kiukiun, Moqua, Tahoa, Cingfan, Gueifan, Fangfan, Hungfan, Golung, Kingxe, Siaolung, Lofan, Talung, Siaoching, Xangua, Luxan, Lufan, Pingfa, and Mohiang.
• 2. Sucheu Commands over four Forts, Sucheu, Tuso, Xiki, and Hoantao.
• 3. Sunan Commands over two Cities and five Forts, Sunan, Vuchuen, Inkiang, Xuite, Manii, Langki, and Ieuki.
• 4. Chinyven Commands over one City and four Forts, Chinyven, Xikien, Kin∣yung, Pienkyao, Inxui, and Taiping.
• 5. Xecien Commands over three Forts, Xecien, Miaomin, Lungeiven, and Coihang.
• 6. Tunggin Commands over seven Forts, Tunggin, Sengki, Tiki, Vaxan, Ulo, Pingten, Pingnan, and Pingchai.
• 7. Liping Commands over 4 Cities and 11 Forts, Liping, Iuncung, Tanki, Pacheu, Hung, Caotie, Cu, Sixau, Huul, Leangsai, Geuyang, Sinhoa, Chunglin, Cheki, and Lungli.
• 8. Tucho Commands over three Cities and nine Forts, Tucho, Toxan, Maho, Cingpin, Panxui, Pinglang, Pingcheu, Lotung, Hokiang, Loping, Pingting, and Tung∣ning.

The four great Cities are, Pugan, Iungning, Chinning, and Ganxun.

• Pugan is the Key of the three Provinces.
• Iungning Commands over three small Forts, Iungning, Muyo, and Tinging.
• Chinning Commands over two Forts, Kangco and Xeul.
• Ganxun likewise Commands over two Forts, Ningpo and Sipeo.

The four Chief Garison Cities are, Puting, Sintien, Pingyve, and Lungli.

• 1. Puting Commands over no other City,
• 2. Sintien Commands over four Forts, Pingfa, Paping, Cheuping, and Cheu∣ing.
• 3. Pingyve Commands over two Forts, Yengi and Loping.
• ...

• 4. Lungli Commands over two Forts, Pingfa and Taping.

The Forts which lie up and down in this Province to hinder the Plunder∣ing of those upon the Mountains, are Picie, Gueieing, Chanchoang, Chingping, Ping∣pa, Cannan, Usa, Hinglung, Cherni, and Kaili.

The chiefest Places in this Province, are Iunguing, Xuitung, Lokeu, Xanglang, Vatien, Hoanglien, and Cugin.

In the Chinese Toll-Book of this Province, we find set down 45 thousand 3 hundred and 5 Families, and 2 hundred 31 thousand 3 hundred and 65 Fight∣ing Men.

The Revenue of this Province consists of 47 thousand 6 hundred 58 Bags of Rice; 5 thousand and 9 hundred Pieces of Cloth. But all this not being sufficient to maintain the Forts, the Emperor is necessitated to supply what is wanting out of his other Revenues.

The fifteenth Province of Iunnan.

TOward the East and South-East this Province of Iunnan borders upon Quangsi,* 1.22 toward the South upon the Kingdoms of Laos and Tunking, toward the West it reaches as far as the utmost Borders of the Kingdom of Mien and Pey, toward the North-West upon the Kingdom of Sifan, Northward upon the Province of Sucheu, and toward the North-East reaches as far as the farthest Pales of the Province of Queicheu.

In this Province are 12 great Cities, 8 Chief Garison Cities, 88 small Ci∣ties, beside several Castles and Forts.

The 12 Chief Cities are these; Iunnan, Tali, Lingan, Cuihung, Chinkiang, Munghoa, Kingtung, Quangna, Quangsi, Chinyuen, Iunning, and Xuning.

• 1. Iunnan Commands over 13 small Cities, Iunnan, Funun, Yleang, Cao∣ming, Cynning, Quehoa, Chingcung, Ganning, Loco, Lofung, Quenyang, Sanpao, and Ymuen.
• 2. Tali Commands over six Cities, Tali, Chao, Iunnan, Tenchuen, Langkiung, and Pinchuen.
• 3. Lingan Commands over 10 Cities, Lingan, Kienxui, Xeping, Omi, Niug, Sinpin, Tunghai, Hosi, Siego, and Mungcu; as also over nine Chief Forts, Naleu, Kiachoa, Vanglung, Hieyung, Kichu, Sulo, Coneng, Locung, and Gannan.
• 4. Cuhiung Commands over seven Cities, Cuhiung, Quantung, Tingyven, Tin∣pien, Okia, Nangan, a••d Chinnan.
• 5. Under the Command of Chinkiang are five Cities, Chinkiang, Kiangheu, Sinhin, Yangcung, and Innan.
• 6. Munghoa Commands over two Cities, Munghoa and Tinglung.
• 7. Kingtung has no City under its Command.
• 8. Quangnan Commands over the City Fu.
• 9. Quangsi Commands over four Cities, Quangsi, Sucung, Mile, and Vimao.
• 10. Chiyven Commands over the Fort Loco.
• 11. Iungning Commands over the Forts Iungning, Lacu, Ketien, Hianglo, and Valu.
• 12. Xuning has no City under it, and lies surrounded with Hills.

The eight Garison Cities are these; Kiocing, Yaogan, Cioking, Vuting, Cintien, Likiang, Iuenkiang, and Iungchang.

• Kiocing Commands over six Cities, Kiocing, Yeco, Chenye, Loleang, Malungo, and Lochiung.
• ...

• ... Yaogan Commands over three Cities, Yaogan, Yao, and Tayao.
• Cioking Rules over three Cities, Cioking, Kienchuen, and Xun.
• Vuting Commands over four Cities, Vuting, Hokio, Yuenmeu, and Lokiuen.
• Cintien Commands only over seven Villages.
• Likiang Commands over five Cities, Likiang, Paoxan, Lan, Kiucin, and Linsi.
• Iuenkiang Commands over the Fort Lopie.
• Iungchang Commands over seven Forts, Iungchang, Laye, Likiang, Iungping, Fungki, Xitian, and Lukiang.

There are two Garison Cities, Pexing and Sinhoa, which are not subject to any other Cities.

The Forts which are not Commanded by any other Cities, are fourteen, Chelo, Tengheng, Cheli, Laochua, Lungchuen, Gueiyven, Vantien, Chincang, Taheu, Ni∣euki, Mangxi, Langchang, Mopang, Mien, with the City of Langkiu.

Mopang Commands over nine Villages, Mopang, Mengyang, Mengking, Meng∣lien, Mengli, Mengting, Mengtieu, Mengco, and Menchang.

Mien Commands over six other Villages, Mien, Pape, Santihiung, Sochung, Mungyang, and Mitien.

The yearly Toll-Book in this Province of Iunnan, makes mention of 32 thousand 9 hundred and 58 Families, and 14 hundred 33 thousand 1 hundred and 10 Fighting Men.

The Revenue of this Province consists of 14 hundred thousand 5 hu••dred and 68 Bags of Rice, and 56 thousand 9 hundred 65 Weight of Salt, beside se∣veral other great Imposts and Taxes, which we shall forbear to mention.

Thus far having treated (though but briefly) of that which at first I pro∣pos'd for the better understanding the Relation of our Voyage, I now pro∣ceed to give an Account of what passd during our Travels to and again from Canton to Peking. You must know, that the Chief Government at Batavia, long before any thing was concluded by the East-India Company in Holland con∣cerning an Embassy to the Great Cham at Peking, did send some Persons with laden Ships to China, to desire free Traffick in those Parts; therefore I sup∣pose it will not be amiss, to relate in short what Success they met withal in their Voyages.

From the time that the Netherlanders had Commerce with their Ships into several Parts of India, they continually sought unto the People of China to Trade with them upon the Island of Iapan, in such Wares and Commodities as the Country of China produces: but in this their fair Undertaking and rea∣sonable Request, they have still met with Opposition, and no Access would be given them into that Kingdom.

Some impute the cause of this aversion in those People to the Hollan∣ders, to an old Prophesie, which made no small impression on their Fan∣cies, That a strange Nation, Fair of Complexion, and Clothed all over, should come thither from a far remote Country, to Conquer the Kingdom of China, and possess it as their own.

But in process of time, the Iesuit Martin Martinsen, who had conceal'd himself ten years together in China for the propagation of the Roman-Catholick Faith, came from Macassar to Batavia in a Portuguese Vessel; and there related, How that the Great Cham of Tartary had Conquer'd the Empire of China, and all the Kingdoms belonging thereunto, with the slaughter of some hundred thou∣sands of People, and had proclaim'd a Free Trade in the City of Canton to all Foreign People.

Hereupon it was concluded by the chief Government of Batavia, after due Deliberation first had, that a Trial should be made of the truth of this Re∣port, by sending a Vessel with several Goods from the Island of Taiwan to some part of China.

So upon the 20. of August Mr. Frederick Schedel a Merchant, set Sail in the good Ship call'd The Brown-Fish, very richly Freighted with all sorts of Mer∣chandizes from Taiwan to Canton, and after nine days Sail Landed in the Canton River, at a Place call'd Heytamon.

Hereupon the Mandorin Haitonu, Admiral of the Sea, came Aboard their Vessel, to receive and Salute Frederick Schedel, in the Name and in behalf of the whole Canton Magistracy. After that he had been well Treated the••e, he took leave of Mr. Schedel, who out of Respect to his Person, thought good to ac∣company him on Shore; but being come near the City, he Landed in great State, without speaking one word to Schedel, who was put into another Vessel in a very slight manner, with the Presents which he had brought with him for the Vice-Roys, and was carried to the other end of the City, where he was narrowly searched by one Emanuel de Lucifierro a Portuguese, and treated like∣wise with ill Language. In the same manner he was us'd by some mean Of∣ficers, who told him that they were sent by the Vice-Roy to shew him a Lodg∣ing without the Walls in the Suburbs.

Toward Night came the Interpreter Tienqua (whom the same Haitonu had brought with him Aboard) with several other Tartars, to give Mr. Sche∣del a Visit, who after a while was carried by them to a Temple of one of their Idol Gods, where the Priests had spent the whole Night at their Devo∣tions, to foretel the Success of the Strangers Arrival. In the mean time whilst Schedel was absent from his Lodging, some Mandorins came thither by Order of the Vice-Roy, and made bold to open his Chests where the Presents lay; and after they had taken an Account of them, they flung them about in a scornful manner: they took likewise the Letter which was writ by the chief Governor of Batavia to the two Vice-Roys, and were carrying it away; but meeting with Schedel, they flung it unworthily in his Face, giving him re∣proachful Language, as if the Hollanders were come for no other end, but to betray their Country. Schedel finding himself thus unhandsomly dealt with, began to consider which way he should be able to pacifie and undeceive these People: Among other Presents, he had brought with him some Bottles of rare Wine, whereof he desir'd the Mandorins to taste; which pleasing their Pa∣lat, they turn'd their Cups off very freely, and at last were so well satisfi'd with Schedel, that they begg'd his Pardon for their Misdemeanor and Mistake; ac∣knowledging that the Portugueses had infus'd strange Stories into their Heads concerning the Plots of Hollanders against their Country; but now they were full convinc'd, believing the contrary, excusing what had hapned, and promis'd, that for the future all manner of Civility should be shew'd unto him during his Abode there.

The next day early in the Morning by Sun-rising Mr. Schedel was suddenly sent for to the Court, to appear before the ancient Vice-Roy Pignamong: thou∣sands of the vulgar sort of People follow'd crowding at his Heels to the Pa∣lace Gate, giving him ill Language, saying, How finely Iron Fetters would become his Legs; others pointed at him with their Fingers in derision, and some others blew Lice upon his Followers; however, at last two Mandorines brought him to the Court: The Vice-Roy, to give him Audience, sat upon his

Throne, which stood in the middle of the Palace upon a high four-square place, and was cover'd with rich Silk: round about him stood above two hundred Gentlemen (amongst which was the fore-mention'd Haitonu) all very rich dress'd after the Tartar fashion. The Vice-Roy having receiv'd the Let∣ter and the Presents from Schedel, and heard what he had to say for himself against the Calumnies which had been rais'd against the Hollanders, he was so well satisfi'd with him, that he caus'd him to sit down next unto his Throne amongst the best of his Court, and afterwards invited him to a splendid Din∣ner, made on purpose for his Entertainment; where a particular Table ap∣pointed for Schedel and his Followers, was cover'd with thirty two Silver Dishes, heap'd with all manner of extraordinary Dainties; the Cups in which they drank were of massie Gold, and nothing was wanting to add to the great∣ness of the Entertainment. During which, the Vice-Roy sent to Mr. Schedel to resolve him several Questions, concerning the Condition and present Go∣vernment of Holland; and after that he had fully answer'd the Vice-Roy, he was dismissed by him with all manner of Respect, and conducted from thence by the Mandorine Haitonou, with the Letter and Presents to the young Canton Vice-Roy call'd signamong, who receiv'd him likewise very friendly, and ci∣villy invited him to a Dinner, but yet seem'd to side rather with the Portu∣gueses.

His Mother, who came out of Tartary the Year before, was very desirous to see the Hollanders, and sent for Schedel with his Followers (notwithstanding that he was in the middle of his Speech) to appear before her: Whereupon he brake off abruptly to go to her, and found her with her Gentlewomen in an open Hall expecting his coming, where he was very courteously receiv'd by her. During his stay there he commanded his Trumpets to sound, which much delighted the Ladies, who shew'd him all manner of kindness for his civility in that respect. After he had satisfi'd the curiosity of the Vice-Roy's Mother, he return'd back to the Vice-Roy, who stay'd for him all this while. Then he re-assum'd the former Discourse; which having ended, and taken his leave to be gone, he was conducted in great State by Haitonu to the House of the great Mandorine Teutang, who has the third Place in the Government of Canton: But when this Teutang had privately taken a view of Schedel through a Window, or the like, he suffer'd him to depart, without offering him the least civility in his House, insomuch that he was forc'd to find out another Lodging for himself and this Followers, where they lay that Night, and the next Day sent for their Goods from Aboard their Ship.

The Governor and Council in Maccoa, to stifle in its Birth the progress of this Negotiation, did endeavor not onely to corrupt Haitonu with Presents and contrary Arguments, but they sent likewise a considerable Embassy to Canton; where they remontrated at large in Writing, How that the Portugueses in Mac∣coa were inform'd, that a certain Forein Nation, known by the Name of Hollanders, had sent away a Ship to the chief City of Canton, to desire free Traffick in China; but they, as in Duty bound, did find themselves necessitated to acquaint the Governor, that these People were of a cunning Nature, deceitful in all things, and without any Country or Habitations of their own; And that they got their Livings by Stealth and Piracy; That they by the number of their Ships and Guns, had made themsolves very considerable at Sea, and were now onely endeavouring how to get sure Footing in China, that so by that means they might the better enrich themselves; That they had taken Taiwan, had made an Assault upon Manilba and Maccoa, and had also Block'd up Aunui with a Fleet.

They likewise added, That these People were those, who about twenty three years since appear'd with two Ships and great Presents in the Mouth of the River of Canton, but the Magistrates of the Place, who were well acquainted with their Villanies, did wisely refuse them; That they had totally destroy'd Heytaimon, and laid their Houses in Ashes, and consequently no King in China would ever have any thing to do with them, since they were held by all wise and knowing People as the ruine and plague of that Empire; That they had made a Peace with the Pyrate Coxinga, and for that reason were to be look'd upon no otherwise then as Enemies to the Tartar Crown. Last of all, They desir'd that this their faithful Admonition might be taken in good part, as proceeding from a real and upright In∣clination which they bore to the Empire.

The Chinese Philosophers of Canton produc'd likewise to that end an old Story, thereby to demonstrate, How that the Hollanders, time out of mind, were never permitted to Traffick there, being always reputed to be deceitful in their Dealings; wherefore they found themselves oblig'd to acquaint the Government therewith, that so they might take the same into their serious Consideration.

But both the Vice-Roys, by advice of the said Haitonu, whom Schedel had engag'd on their side, gave this Answer to their Proposals:

That their Majesties had quite another Opinion of this Business, and judg'd, that the Holland Merchants would bring great Advantage and Profit to the Inhabitants of all China, in regard that through the mutual Commerce of ••oth these People, the Defects of the Country would be supply'd, and what was superfluous would be Exported, which must necessarily very much advance the Trade thereof, and increase the Revenues of the Country. They withal declared, That they could not conceive the Hollanders were such a sort of People as hitherto they had been describ'd unto them in China; but whatsoever Chara∣cter they lay stigmatiz'd under by former Reports, they were for their parts resolv'd to think better, and speak accordingly of them, believing now no otherwise, but that they were brave Merchants. Last of all, They desir'd that some trial might be had of their Dealings, and returned however their Thanks to the Governors of Maccoa for their good Care and Counsel.

The Vice-Roys hereupon publish'd in Writing their Consent to a free Trade, and withal gave leave to Schedel to erect a Factory: They themselves likewise bought a good part of his Imported Lading, whereof they made no small Gain, which without doubt would have been far greater, if so be the ordinary Merchants might have bought the same. It was also agreed, for the better vending of the remainder of the Goods, That one Peter Bolle an Under-Factor, with four Hollanders more, should have leave to continue at Canton. But after that Schedel had taken his leave of the old Vice-Roy, and went to pay his Congees to the young Vice-Roy, there hapned a Business whereof he had not the least thought of, and which did not a little surprize him.

A Commissioner who lately arrived from the Imperial City of Peking at Canton, did highly disswade the Vice-Roy from granting a free Trade to the Hollanders; alledging, That it was one thing to grant a Port to a Forein Peo∣ple, and another to allow a constant Habitation in their Countrey, without informing of the Supreme Authority, and that the Emperor ought to have notice, that so no blame might light upon his Majesty. This did so much perplex the Vice-Roy, that first of all he advis'd Schedel to depart, after∣wards to be gone forthwith, and to take all his Company with him for this time, that so the King of Batavia (by whom he understood the Holland Gene∣ral) might not think they were kept Prisoners in Canton; adding withal, that this was done upon Schedel's Reasons, and for their Good. Hereupon two

days after Schedel departs with all his Company, and whatever else, in the Brown-Fish for Batavia, taking with him two Letters from the Vice-Roys, to Nicholas Verburgh, Commander in Chief at Taiwan. In these Letters the Vice-Roys offer their Friendships to the General, and advise him, if he desir'd in China a Free Trade, to send an Embassador with rich Presents to the Great Cham.

The Government of Batavia perceiving the good beginning of this Depu∣tation, thought fit to write to their Principals in Holland about it, and to ex∣pect their Answer concerning this Embassy to the Great Cham. In the mean time, to keep the Business on foot, they likewise thought good to send some other Person to Canton, and so made choice of Zacharias Waggenaar for that Employment, who departed from Batavia with two laden Vessels, the Shell-Fish and Brown-Fish; which after a Months Sailing arriv'd at the Island of Hey∣tamon, in the Mouth of the River of Canton, and Sail'd from thence to Wangsoe, within three Miles of the City of Canton; where being arriv'd, they continu'd for some days in their Station before they sent any one ashore; but at last (no body offering to come Aboard) they thought good to send one of the Company thither, who immediately applly'd himself to the Heytenu, who sent him to the Toutang; but not finding this Toutang, or his Secretary at home, he return'd late to the Sea side, not knowing where to Lodge that Night: where∣upon some of the Vice-Roys Followers came running after him in great amazement, and desir'd him to return Aboard forthwith, otherwise he would be in danger of losing his Life; but he refus'd, and chose rather to lie all Night upon the Ground; which the Interpreter of the Vice-Roy understand∣ing, he offer'd him his own House, and led him homeward; but coming near the Walls of the City, and mistrusting the Carriage of this Interpreter, he de∣sir'd that he might remain where he was till the Morning, then he would venture into the City; which was accordingly done: and notice thereof being given to the Vice-Roy, he presently order'd him a Lodging, whither he went, and after some short stay apply'd himself to the Secretary of the Tou∣tang; who acquainted him, How that the Portugueses with their Followers, had prevail'd so far in the Imperial City of Peking, that a Letter was sent to the Magistrates in Canton concerning them, intimating, That the Hollanders were a treacherous lying People, and that for fear of being known in China they durst not appear at Peking; insomuch that those in Canton ought to have a watchful Eye upon them, especially if they were come without bringing with them an Embassador to the Great Tartar Cham.

At the same time came also from Maccoa to Canton a Commander, with a Request, that by Provision, and till farther Advice should come from Peking, an Embargo might be laid upon the Ships of the East-India Company lying there; insinuating, That the Hollanders had formerly in a Pyratical way taken several of their Ships, to the utter ruine of their Country. The Portugueses likewise to prevent the Hollanders from driving a Trade in China, paid an Ar∣rear of four years Tax. In short, this Business seem'd to draw much Trouble after it, and likewise to end with bad Success, though great hopes was given of the contrary by those in Power, and much Art and Industry was us'd by them, to perswade the Messenger that this Delay would in the end turn to his Ad∣vantage, and was only occasion'd through the coming of a certain Field-Com∣mander from Peking, with some thousands of Foot-Soldiers, to joyn and re∣ceive the young Vice-Roy, who had been a while in pursuit of some Com∣motioners.

In the mean time Waggenaar expecting with great impatience the issue of his Business, was so narrowly Guarded by two or three of the Vice-Roy's Vessels, that no body was suffer'd to pass to or from him; at last, after long expectation came the Messenger back, and presently after the Secretary of the Toutang, with the Mandorins Taycoetsin and Thiapang, with Orders to bring the Ships within half a Mile of the City, and there to lie till such time as the said Commander (who was not to know for several Reasons of the Arrival of the Hollanders) had taken his leave and was gone. During which time Waggenaar was Presented with several Rarities, in token that the Hollanders were receiv'd as Friends; in requital whereof he gratifi'd their Kindness with Guinee Lin∣nen, Bottles of Rose-Water, and several other Returns. The next day the Ships being come higher up the River, several of the Company would have gone ashore to refresh themselves, but were prevented by the Vice-Roy's Ships of War, which lay there to watch the Designs of Waggenaar.

Afterward came the Mandorin Haitonu Aboard with several Attendants, to conduct Waggenaar Ashore; and when he had been civilly Treated, he de∣sir'd him that he would prepare himself to go to the Court: but just as he was taking Horse, there came two Mandorins to him with an unexpected Mes∣sage, putting several strange Questions to him, viz. Why Waggenaar was desi∣rous to speak with the Vice-Roy? and what his Business was? and whether he had brought any Letters or Presents for the Great Cham at Peking, and for the Mandoring Tou∣tang at Canton? adding withal (wherewith he ended his Discourse) That the Portugueses were the occasion of all this misunderstanding. But that which seem'd most pleasant, they declared, That if the Hollanders would appear before the Vice-Roy in Person, they must ••e very liberal to all that were about him. Whereupon Wag∣genaar made answer, That he was not willing to Bribe the Vice-Roy or his Courtiers, to take the Letters and Presents of his Lords and Masters, contrary to his and their Incli∣nations; but yet he would give a good Sum of Money to him that should procure a Free Trade for this Year at Canton. During this Conference, the same Haitonu re∣turns with Advice to Waggenaar, That he must not appear before the Vice-Roy, who notwithstanding would read his Letter. Hereupon Waggenaar delivers him the Let∣ter; and not long after an Answer was brought him by the Vice-Roy's In∣terpreter, which was to this effect: That in regard the Hollanders had not brought with them any Letters nor Presents to the Emperor at Peking, though sufficient Advice had been given thereof to the Hollanders at Batavia, and highly recommended unto them; therefore it was to his great sorrow, that he could not suffer them to have any Speech with him.

Now when Waggenaar saw that he could not effect any thing with him, he departed from Canton with both the Yachts, and return'd back to Batavia, nothing being done. In the mean time, these barbarous People were not asham'd to demand ten thousand Toel of Silver, onely to render the Letter and Presents acceptable to the Vice-Roy, before any Conference could be had about driving a Trade with them.

Now according to the Proposal of the General Iohn Maatzuiker, and the Council of India, the Governors of the East-India Company at Amsterdam, conclu∣ded and order'd an Embassy to be sent from Batavia, to the Grand Tartar Cham at Peking. Whereupon Peter de Goyer and Iacob de Keyzer, both Merchants, were chosen Ambassadors at Hurkos, with a suitable Train of fourteen Pesons, namely two Merchants, six Waiters, a Steward, a Chirurgeon, two Interpre∣ters, one Trumpeter, and one Drummer. Beside these, they took two Mer∣chants

more with them, who during their Voyage to Peking, were to take care of the Traffick at Canton, namely Francis Lantsman as Chief, and Henry Grams∣bergen his Companion; two Yatches were appointed to Transport them from Batavia to Canton, and from thence to the Imperial City of Peking. The Pre∣sents which the Ambassadors took with them for the Great Cham, consisted of several rich Piece-Goods, as Cloth, Kersies, and other Woollen Manufactures, of fine Linnen, Mace, Cinamon, Cloves, Nutmegs, Coral, little Trunks of Wax, Perspective-Glasses, Looking-Glasses, great and small Swords, Guns, Feathers, Armour, and several other Wares. The Contents of their Creden∣tials were to this purpose, that the chief end and design of this Embassy was to make a good Agreement and firm League with the Emperor of Tartary and China, that there might be a Free Trade driven throughout his whole King∣doms betwixt his Subjects and the Hollanders, and that the same might be con∣firm'd under the Hand and Seal of both Parties.

Having put Aboard the Merchandises, Presents, and other Necessaries for our Voyage, the Ambassadors went Aboard on the 14. of Iune 1655. with all their Followers, we set Sail that same Night with a South-East Wind from the Coast of Batavia, steering our Course Northerly. But before I relate what hapned to us upon our Voyage, after we came in sight of the firm Land of China, I will give you an Account in brief of this famous and eminent City, a Draught whereof I toook before my Departure from thence, and is thus here represented in the adjoyning Print.

This City Batavia,* 1.23 so call'd from the Netherlands ancient Name, is situated in the Island of Great Iava, and so fruitful in all manner of Cattel and Corn, that the Learned Scaliger extoll'd this Island for one of the most fruitful and comprehensive Places in the whole World: for from hence comes not only Pepper, Ginger, Cinamon, and other Spices in great abundance, but also all manner of tame and wild Cattel, which are Transported from thence to other Parts. It produces also all manner of Gems, Gold-Mines, Precious Stones, and rich Silks in great quantities; but yet so subject to stormy and tempestuous Weather, that they are seldom free from Commotion'd Skies.

The ancient Natives of this Island are originally sprung from the Chineses, who for the most part fearing the Incursions of the Tartar, fled out of their own Country, and setled themselves here in Iava and other adjacent Isles, which they chose for their security against their Enemies. The Natives of this Island, who call themselves by the Name of Iavaners, are generally of a middle Stature, and round Visag'd; most of them go naked, having only a Cloth about their Middle to cover their Secrets. They are counted the most civiliz'd People of all the Indians; but yet they are great Gluttons, Proud, Deceitful, Impudent, and not to be trusted when they have Pass'd their Words: for when a King of Iava had falsifi'd his Word and his Promise, and was hand∣somly rebuk'd for it, he return'd for answer, That the Tongue of a Man was not made of Bone; as if he had said, It ought to be more pliant to the flexibility of the Mind and various Resolutions. They are also represented to be Cruel, Blood-thirsty, and hardly appeased when once offended; as also that they were wont to eat the dead Bodies of their Friends. As to their Religion, they are all of them Mahumetans or Idolaters, according to the several Perswasions of their Kings, who are many in this Isle, where Paganism, as the most ancient, was spread universally, and most of them were Idolaters: but within these 140 years Mahumetanism seems to out-strip the other, having more Proselytes.

[illustration]

The chief Cities of this Island are, Bantam, (which is very famous for Trade, Choribon, and Iapara, from whence the English and Hollanders fetch their Pepper in great quantities. There was formerly in the place where the City of Bata∣via is built (which the Hollanders took by force of Arms from the Natives) a City call'd Caloppa, which in the time of Cornelius Houtman (the chief Promoter and Contriver of the East-India Navigation) was replenish'd with more than three thousand Houses, beside several Forts and Bulwarks. But the English, who endeavor'd to make themselves absolute and sole Masters of the Trade in this Island, suborn'd several of the Inhabitants thereof to gain them on their sides; and by this means caus'd the whole City to be totally destroy'd. The Hollanders on the other side, to frustrate this their Design, built two strong Forts, whereof one is call'd Mauritius, situated upon the River, and the other Nassau, in memory of that great Captain. Both these Places were always well provided against the continual Assaults of those of Iava, who were still endeavoring to drive the Hollanders out of this their Plantation. At last, after some years, the Hollanders, the better to withstand the violent Incursions of the Natives, built a new City fare stronger than the other, where formerly the old Caloppa, or Iacatra was situated, and call'd it Batavia. This Batavia, which lies in the height of 6 Degrees and 10 Minutes, is four-square, a River running through the Town, which makes as it were two entire Cities. The lesser half exceeds the other in Strength, in regard of an invincible Castle in it, which for its better defence is encompassed with four Bulwarks with deep Moats round about. The City is very populous, and consists of Natives, Chineses, and Hol∣landers, and adorn'd with stately Structures, and the Streets planted with se∣veral sorts of Indian Trees, so that you walk cool in the greatest Heats. On the Sea-side (which is narrowly Guarded) lies a safe and commodious Harbor for Shipping. The Arms of the City is a naked Sword with a Laurel Garland. Here the General (who Commands in the Name of the United Provinces over all the Forts and Castles in India) has his Residence; who is provided with no less Power and Authority than formerly the Stadtholder and chief Commander of these Parts were wont to enjoy, and lives in no less Pomp and State than the Princes of Europe: And this great Honor and Authority is conferr'd upon him, that the Natives, dazled with the splendor of his Greatness, may so be the better reduc'd under Obedience. But with this Commander in Chief is joyn'd a Council, whose Advice is always to be taken in Matters of Peace and War, the Protection and safety of the Country, and the Commerce thereof. The Iudicature consists of a President and several Aldermen. There is one general Guild or Chamber of Accompts, to which all the rest which are in India under the Command of the Hollanders, are responsible. The whole City lies surrounded with thirteen strong Bulwarks, which have been often Attem∣pted and Assaulted by the Natives, but are not to be Master'd.

The Hollanders made formerly a Contract at Iava with the Kings of those Parts, about the Business of Commerce; but when they began to deal treache∣rously, contrary to the Articles of Agreement, in raising the Imposts, it was thought fit to erect a Castle or Fort in the City. The English at that time held a straight Correspondence and Amity with the Hollanders; but it so hapned, that Fears and Iealousies, and Misunderstandings arose between them; so that after a bloody Fight of eleven English Ships against seven Hollanders, which continu'd from Morning till Night, our Party was forc'd to flie, and to retreat to Amboyna, and there to Rally more Force. The King of Iacatra upon this

Occasion made an Agreement with the English, and joyning their Forces toge∣ther, laid close Siege to the new Fort, which defended it self gallantly for six Months. In the mean time the Hollanders brought several of their Ships from the Malava Islands, to the number of eighteen, which came thither to relieve their besieged Countrymen. The English having advice of their coming, left the Siege, brought the Cannon Aboard, and set Sail through the Straight of Sunda. The General Iohn Peterson Koene (who was newly arriv'd with a Fleet from Holland, not doubting of the Treachery of the King, though he endea∣vor'd to excuse himself, laying all the blame upon the English) Landed his Men with good Order and Conduct; who after a few hours Refreshment, prepar'd themselves to assault the Besiegers; which they did, and after some little opposition broke through the Trenches, and got into the City. The King finding his Forces defeated, and the Town relieved, saved himself by flight, leaving the residue of his Army to the Mercy of the Hollanders, who put all to the Sword, except Women and Children; yea, the City of Iacatra it self was laid in Ashes, and the Walls levell'd with the Ground. After this great Victory, the Hollanders strongly fortifi'd themselves in those Parts; which the Emperor of the Island Iava perceiving, concluded to Besiege this our new erected City of Batavia; and in the Year 1629. he Encamped himself under the Walls, making several Assaults upon the Place, but was still beaten off with considerable Loss. The greatest Attempt which the Enemy made, was upon September 20. in the Night; but they were likewise forc'd to retreat with a great slaughter; whose dead Bodies was no small annoyance to the Besieged: Against this Inconvenience they burnt several odoriferous Gums, to prevent the Contagion which might proceed from thence.

Amongst other remarkable Passages that hapned during this Siege, is that Storm most to be admir'd, which the Enemy made upon a Fort situated at the farther corner of the City, which was onely Guarded by sixteen Soldiers, who shew'd far greater Courage in making their Defence, than the Assaulters in the Attempt with their whole Army; for after that they had spent all their Powder and Shot, they until'd the very Fort, and with the Shards thereof did very great Execution upon the Enemy; which Ammunition being likewise spent, and having nothing offensive, they at last emptied the House-of-Office with Chamber-pots, and flung the Excrements, and so at once both perfum'd and painted the naked Bodies of the Enemy; who at last perceiving that those of the City intended to Sally out and relieve their Fellow Soldiers, they rais'd the Siege, crying out in their Language, O you stinking Holland Devils, you Fight with Tantoblins, and your Arms are Turdy-Pistical.

But the Hollanders mistrusting the Iavaners, continu'd within the City till the Morning, then sending out some Foot to observe their Motion and Inten∣tion; who found that they were all fled, and had left more than eight hun∣dred dead on the Spot behind them; some of them were beheaded, others run through, and laid in Rank and File one by another. The occasion of this Murder is said to be this: The Emperor had the Year before (for this was the second Siege) dispatch'd one of the chiefest Princes of the Kingdom with an Army to Batavia; who finding great Opposition, return'd re infecta: The Prince of Madura (which Island lies about half a Mile from Iava, under the Power and Command of the Emperor) had made great Brags in contempt and disparagement of some other Princes, what great Feats he would have done upon the City with such an Army as this was, of two hundred thou∣sand

[illustration]

[illustration]

Men, or else he would never have return'd alive. The Emperor hearing this, sent for him, and made him Commander over new-rais'd Forces, toge∣ther with the former, who had been sole General the foregoing Year, a Person of a good Nature, Prudent, Valiant, and well belov'd among the Soldiers: This General finding himself very much slighted by the Prince of Madura, who was joyn'd in Commission with him, look'd upon himself as bound in point of Honor to be reveng'd upon him; and having communicated his Intention to some of his Friends in the Army, they immediately concluded to put his Design in execution, being all of them made sensible of the Affront. The Prince of Madura in the interim, not dreaming of the Mischief that was intended him, came accidentally into the Chamber to confer about some Business with this General: who thereupon told him, That his Word should now prove true, for from Batavia be should never return alive; which having said, they presently kill'd him: Word thereof being brought to the Emperor, who had a particular Respect for this old General, he seem'd to like well enough of what had been done, and gave him his Pardon. Thus much for Digression.

After the space of eight days, we came upon the 22. in sight of Paulo Teymon, which is a pleasant, wondrous, and delightful Island, (as is expessed in the ad∣joining Print) full of Woods, Hills, and Dales. Here we sent our Boats Ashore to fetch Wood and fresh Water, wherewith we had not at first so well provided our selves as we ought to have done.

In this Island grows the Leaf Betel in great abundance, much in request amongst the Iavaners, who fetch whole Boats-full.

We made no long stay here, but as soon as we had got our Provisions Aboard, we set Sail to pursue our Voyage, and on the 1. of Iuly came in sight of the large Continent, leaving Couchinchina North North-West; and about Noon we h••d the heighth of 20 Degrees and 6 Minutes: we Sail'd along the Coast, which was very pleasant. This Couchinchina is part of the Kingdom of Gannan, which is one of the neighbor Countries that are situated out of the Kingdom of China, but yet belongs to the Chineses; for under this Gannan is situated the Kingdoms of Tungking and Kianchi, or Couchinchina, both which were formerly call'd Nankiao. The Emperor Haionus, who was of the Family of Hana, being a valiant Prince, conquer'd first of all these Countries, which he Planted, and afterwards Govern'd the Inhabitants thereof according to the Laws and Man∣ners

of the Chineses. This same Emperor was also the first who nam'd these Countries and the Inhabitants Kiaoch; but afterwards the Family of Tanga call'd them by the Name of Kiaochians. But it seems that the Chineses never made any account of these Countries, in regard that the Inhabitants, accord∣ing to the Saying of the Chineses, were wild and uncivil in their Conversation: but others say they did it more out of fear, because they knew very well, that the Inhabitants far exceeded them in strength of Body, and were desirous ra∣ther to live conformable to their own Laws and Customs, and have their own King, than submit their Necks under the Yoke of the Chineses. At the begin∣ning of the Reign of the Family of Taiminga, for the space of 290 years, these People were brought under the Lash of the Emperor Hunguus. But this Coun∣try was afterwards made over to a petty King call'd Chin, who soon was made away by his three Governors, who were of the Family of Ly, and so possess'd themselves of the Realm. When the Emperor Iunglos observ'd the trouble∣som Condition of that Kingdom, he caus'd two of the Governors to be put to Death, but the third escap'd by flight; and the Emperor afterwards redu∣ced the Kingdom of Gannam into a Province; but he had no sooner laid down his Arms, but the Fugitive Ly began to appear again in the Field, and made himself Master of the Kingdom: which done, he speedily sent Ambassadors to pacifie the Emperor. At that time Sivanteus was Emperor, a peaceable Man, and more a Slave to his Pleasure than a Prince of his Countries: This Empe∣ror being weary of all these Mutinies and Troubles, made over again this Country to this same Ly, and install'd him as a petty Prince, upon Condition that he should send to him every three years an Ambassador with great Pre∣sents. And in this manner these Parts were divided from the Empire of China about the Year 1428. But these Countries, notwithstanding all this, grew very troublesom, being full of Divisions; so that at last they came to be divi∣ded into three Parts: the first was call'd The Kingdom of Laos, the second The Kingdom of Tunking, and the third Couchinchina, which at present are no other than part of the Provinces of Quangsi and Iunnan.

The Inhabitants of these three Kingdoms, Laos, Tunking, and Couchinchina, follow the Religion of the Chineses. They likewise use the Chinese Characters, but yet differ very much in Speech and Pronunciation from them. These Countries are very fruitful in every thing belonging to the sustenance of Man∣kind; among other innumerable Trees and Fruits, there grows a Bean, which makes an Oyl or Iuyce, by the Portugueses call'd Rosamalia. From hence comes likewise in great abundance the Eagle-Wood, which is of a Purple colour, and is known to the Spaniards by the Name of Lacca, and us'd in China to dye and colour Silk-Stuffs. It produces likewise good store of Linnen, Silk, and Cotton.

Among other sorts of Monkies, here is also found one call'd Singsiing: the manner of taking them in the Woods, is to set Wine before them, with which they being Fudled, fall asleep, and so are taken napping; their Blood makes an excellent Purple Dye.

Upon the 10. of the same Month we had a most violent Tempest, to our great amazement and terror, in which we lost sight of the Yacht Bloemendael; during which there hapned such perpetual Lightning, and hideous Thunder, mingled with a Hurricane, that there was hardly any standing upon the Decks, so that we were hourly in expectation of the loss both of Ship and Goods. By the Way we saw a Ship driving without Masts, but could not

[illustration]

[illustration]

[illustration]

discern what she was. The next day about Noon the Storm began to abate, insomuch that toward Night we were able to make some small Sail, and saw at a great distance a stout Ionck driving, which had lost all her Masts and Rigging in the Storm; coming near unto her, she told us that she came from Cambeya bound for Taiwan, and that the Wind had so far driven them, that they had quite lost their Course, desiring to be directed by us what Point to steer; we willingly answer'd their Request, and shew'd them the Streak which runs up to the Island Formosa; for which they thank'd us, and steer'd their Course accordingly. In the mean time we repair'd our Leaks and Dis∣orders; which done, we Sail'd with a West-Wind North-West.

Upon the 14. we came in sight of the Island Maccoa, and kept us by the heighth of 21 Degrees and 10 Minutes: in the Evening we Anchor'd, and the next Morning we set Sail. We saw lying upon the Shore several Boats, but not one would come Aboard, notwithstanding all the Signs we made to invite them, so wondrous fearful they are of the Pyrate cokesing them, who at that time held the Coast in continual Alarm, and whom they undoubtedly took us to be.

Two days we Sail'd under this Island, thence passing by the most famous and wealthy City of Maccoa;* 1.24 and though we came not near it, yet I shall relate what I have understood from others, concerning the Magnificence of this Place, whereof you have a Draught as it was taken at Sea.

This Seat (which for many Ages has been held for the greatest Trading City in all Asia) lies upon a little hanging Island, fixed to a greater, and is built upon 2 very high Rock, which rises out of the Water, whose Wall is wash'd round about by the Sea, except on the North-side, where it joins to the Land by a little Slip, so that by the Sea on the one side, and the Moun∣tainous Situation on the other, it is held invincible against the Power and Strength of any whatsoever. The Sea which surrounds this Place is not very deep, so that there is no Harbor near 〈◊〉〈◊〉 any great Ships. This City exceeds all others for great Cannon, which are to be had there at a reasonable Rate, and wherewith they drive a considerable Trade, for they are held to be the best of all India, being Cast of Chinese and Iapan Copper, and are sent for far and near. On the side of the Land stand only two Castles upon two small Hills, which are however a great defence to the City against any Invasion. This Seat has nothing of Trees, or the like, to hinder a fair Prospect toward the Sea. The midst of the old Foundation, ere this City was built, an Idol possessed, call'd Ama; and because of a safe Harbor there for Shipping, which the Chineses call Gao, these two words being conjoin'd, they nam'd it Amacao, and for brevities sake contracted it to Maccao, or Maccou. This Place (which lay waste and unbuilt) the Portugueses, with the consent of the Chineses, did re∣edifie and inhabit, which in a short time grew very populous and renowned for Commerce, whither the Portugueses sent great store of Merchandises out of Europe and India by Sea, as also from China. Likewise the Portugueses in Maccao (which doth not a little advance and increase their Trade) have obtain'd that freedom from the Chineses, that they may come twice ayear to the chief City Canton, at their annual Marts, and there Barter, Buy, and Sell, and Trans∣port then from thence abundance of several Wares to Maccao: for there is found entred into the Custom-Books (when the Commerce flourish'd in that Place) how much they Imported and Exported; they Exported above three hundred Chests of all sorts of Silks, in each Chest a hundred and fifty Pieces

[illustration]

[illustration]

of Velvet, or the like: they brought likewise from thence 25 hundred Ingots of Gold, each Ingot weighing thirteen Ounces: they likewise commonly Exported eight hundred Pounds of Musk, beside great quantities of Gold-Thred, fine Linnen, unwrought Silk, Precious Stones, Pearls, &c.

Sailing thus by the City of Maccao, we came to an Anchor under the Island of Goyers, so call'd by the Name of Peter de Goyer.

Opon the 18. of the same Month we arriv'd about Sun-set, only in com∣pany with the Yacht Koukerken, (for we lost the Yacht Bloemendael in the Storm, upon the Coast of Couchinchina, which came not till 48 days after us to Canton) very safe into the Harbor of Heytamon, and dropt our Anchor in the middle of the Bay at six and a half Fathom Water. This Place is exceeding pleasant, and most commodious for Trade; on the Water side delightful Hills, and Dales behind, as is to be seen by the an••••xed Print.

We were no sooner at Anchor, but a Barque full of Soldiers Boarded us, who in the Name of the Governor were sent to ask the occasion of our co∣ming. Hereupon the Ambassadors sent Hendrick Baron Ashore, to acquaint him by word of Mouth with the occasion of our Arrival; who when he came on Shore, was conducted into his Bed-chamber, where he was received very courteously and Treated by him; who ask'd why the Hollanders did return? and whether they were not about two years since expresly forbidden to come to Canton.

Six days after, on the 24. came two Mandorins from Canton to view the Cre∣dentials they brought to the Great Cham; and to that purpose they sent for the Ambassadors to the Governors House. Hereupon the Ambassadors, with all their Followers, made up the River, and came about Noon to the Village of Lamme, where they went Ashore, and were from thence conducted by the Master of the Ceremonies to the Governor's Palace.

At their Entry they found the Governor sitting at a high Table in the Hall, betwixt the two Mandorins, Guarded with Soldiers, who civilly treated us, and were serviceable unto us. After Complements passed, the Ambassadors shew'd their Credentials at a distance, against which the Mandorins had no∣thing to object; and then Chairs were set for the Ambassadors to sit down: which being done, the Mandorins and Governor began to ask several Questions concerning the Trade and Condition of the United Netherlands; which being

answer'd by the Ambassadors, they seem'd satisfi'd, and return'd to the Ship with all their Followers.

Upon the 29. came again a new Heyton, with a Vice-Admiral (as Com∣missioners from Canton) to receive the Ambassadors, and to conduct them thi∣ther. Whereupon the Ambassadors at their Invitation went again Ashore, and were conducted to an Idol-Temple; where being receiv'd after the usual manner, they spread their Credentials upon the Table: Then Heyton began to propose several Questions, namely, Whether we did not Sail from Canton about two years? What manner of Wares and Merchandises we had brought with us? Who was Aboard the other Ship, and how they came to separate from us? How many Men and Guns were in each Ship? Why they did not come the last last Year? And why we staid away one Year, and then came the second? When, by whom, as also to what end the Letters were written, and the Ambassadors address'd themselves? What Presents we had brought in particular for the Emperor? They seem'd to wonder very much, that the Am∣bassadors had brought no Letter to the Teutang in Canton, and that the Letters were put up so meanly: for they let them understand, that the Letter to the Emperor ought to have been put up in a Golden Purse, or Box at least. At last they thus made a Conclusion, That the next day they would come Aboard our Ships to receive the Presents. Hereupon the Ambassadors departed, and went Aboard again.

The next day the same Commissioners, with a great many Courtiers, came Aboard, bringing with them several Vessels, very handsomly set off with Silk Flags and Penons, to take in the Presents, as well for the Emperor as the Can∣ton Vice-Roys and the Teutang, which they receiv'd with great civility. The Heyton came himself Aboard to bid us welcom, and carried the Ambassadors, with their Secretary Henry Baron and four of their Followers, in one of their Vessels to the City of Canton, being accompanied with the Vice-Admiral; where being arriv'd, the said Commissioners went into the City, without speak∣ing one word to the Ambassadors; and after that the Retinue had staid at least two hours at the Gates of the City, they were sent for in the Name of the Vice-Roy, and conducted to a Lodging without the Walls, where formerly Mr. Schedel had Lodg'd, and there Guarded and taken care of by the City Marshal.

The next day, being the 31. there came to our Lodging with Commissio∣ners, the Mandorin Poetsiensin, the Emperor's Treasurer, having the fourth Voice of the Government in the City. They began again to move several Questions to the Ambassadors, asking them, How many years they had been Mar∣ried? Their Names and former Employments? as likewise, If they had no Copy of the Letter to the Emperor? And whether that Letter was not writ upon better Paper than the Epistle to the Vice-Roys? Wherefore, and to what end they were chiefly sent? How their Prince and King was call'd? with several other Questions: Then they seem'd to Mutter, and be displeas'd at the slight Fashion of the Credentials. To the Request which the Ambassadors made, That they might have Audience of the Vice-Roys, and have leave to go for Peking, they gave no Answer; but going with the Letters to the Vice-Roys, they return'd again about Noon, and then began to ask, Whether the Prince and Government of Holland had no Stamp not Great Seal for their Letters? and from what Age of the World they were Dated. And as con∣cerning the Desire of the Ambassadors, they gave them to understand, That neither the Vice-Roys, nor the Teutang, nor any body else in Canton, had the Power to give Audience to any Ambassadors, before they had first receiv'd an

Answer to the Letter which they had sent to Peking concerning them: How∣ever, they gave order that the Yacht Koukerken should be brought near to the City, and promis'd that the Vice-Roys (to welcom the Ambassadors in a more then ordinary manner, and to view the Presents which they had brought to the Great Cham) would appear personally at their Lodging.

Wherefore upon the second of August we receiv'd Order to follow the Ambassador with our Yacht, four great Men of War of the Vice-Roy's being appointed to conduct us up the River. About the Evening we came to an Anchor near a small Castle, where the River is above two Miles broad, and has lying upon both sides several little Islands. On the left side of this Ri∣ver, upon a small Hill, stands a high Tower, very curiously adorn'd with nine Rounds. The like Tower also shews it self upon a certain Island, over against the chief City of Canton. The Countries situated on both sides of this River, abound very much in Villages, which are mighty populous, and fruitful Fields, affording twice every year the labouring and diligent Countriman a very rich Harvest.

Upon the fourth of the same Month we came before the famous and Chief City of Canton, which is call'd by some Quancheu, and the first Capital City of the Province of Quantung. After our Devotions, and the taking order about every thing Aboard our Ship, we went that day Ashore to the Ambassa∣dors, whom we found Lodg'd in a stately Edifice, situated upon the River side (over against which lay our Yacht) and formerly had been an Idol-Tem∣ple. The Vice-Roy had order'd two Mandorins to Guard with a good num∣ber of Soldiers the Gates for our Security.

But no sooner was the Yacht come to the Ambassadors Lodgings, but they must immediately (though against their wills) return Aboard again, under pre∣tence, that no Ambassadors which are sent to the Emperor are to reside at Canton, without an express Order from his Imperial Majesty: They likewise alledg'd for their excuse, That the Governors of Canton would not be able to answer to the Emperor concerning any Mischief or Accident which might happen to the Ambassadors, being Ashore. Afterwards the Mandorins, Poetsi∣ensin, and Heyton, brought the Credentials open'd Aboard, saying, That the Vice-Roys durst not accept or keep them, before they had receiv'd Advice from the Imperial City of Peking.

As at the beginning, for the better understanding of the whole Relation of our Travels, I gave an Account in short of all the great and small Cities of the ten Provinces in China through which I did not travel, so now I find my self necessitated, for the more particular information of the whole Empire of China, to relate briefly the remaining five Provinces, each in his due place, and the number of Cities into which each Province is divided; all which I saw my self.

The Province of Quantung, which is the twelfth in number (amongst the fif∣teen into which all China is divided) is encompass'd on the West with the Pro∣vince of Quangsi, on the North-West and North with that of Kiangsi; on the North-East it borders upon Foking, from which it is separated by steep Hills and Mountains, and the River Ting: All the rest of the Province borders on the Sea, which causes so many safe Harbors and Roads for Shipping in these Parts. The Country is in some places flat and even, and in others Hilly and Mountainous, especially toward the South, as we often found to our great inconvenience upon our Voyage.

This Province produces all things necessary for the sustenance of Man, as likewise several sorts of rich Wares and Commodities, as well Artificial as Natural: It likewise yields the Husbandman Fruits twice ayear, as Rice, Corn, and other Products; for in it you have no cold Weather all Winter, so that the Chineses have a Proverb among them, that there are three very strange things in Quantung, viz. The Heaven without Snow, Trees green in Winter as in Sum∣mer, and The Inhabitants spitting Blood: for first of all, it never Snows here, the Trees are never unperwig'd, and the Inhabitants continually chewing the Leaves of Betel and Areka, prepar'd after their way, makes their Spittle red. From hence comes likewise great quantities of Gold, Pearl, Precious Stones, Silk, Quick-silver, Copper, Steel, Iron, Salt-petre, Eagle-Wood, and several other odoriferous Woods.

The People in these Parts are very ingenious, laborious, and nimble, and can imitate any thing which they see made before them: and whatsoever the Portugueses bring thither out of Europe woven of Gold, Silver, or the like, which is strange unto them, they will immediately endeavor to work the same, and in a short time will accomplish what they undertake: for I gave a Chinese Goldsmith a Silver Button to make a Set by, and the next day he brought to my Lodging what I had bespoke, very curiously wrought, as if he had been us'd to such work, though he had never done the like before; which argues their Ingenuity to be very great.

Among other Fowls which are to be seen in this Country, are great store of Ducks, which the Inhabitants have the art and way to raise and increase, be∣yond all the rest of their Neighbors.

This Province is Govern'd (as also each of the other Provinces) in the Em∣perors Name, by Governors, who by those of Europe (because their Offices and Employments much resemble Vice-Roys) are call'd petty Kings, who com∣monly reside in the first Chief City of the Province.

When we were at Canton, Quantung was Govern'd by two Vice-Roys, where∣of one, in regard of his Years, was call'd the old, and the other the young Vice-Roy: The Portugueses call'd the young Vice-Roy Halick Mancebo.

The Vice-Roys of Quantung take place of all the Governors of the other Provinces, because situated upon the Frontiers of the Kingdom, and far re∣mote from the Imperial City Peking, and borders also upon the Sea; by which means the High-ways are troubled with Robbers, and the Sea with Pyrates: therefore the Emperor orders that the Vice-Roys of Quantung shall Command over the Province of Quantung, though this last, as the other Pro∣vinces, has also particular Vice-Roys.

This Country was formerly a Kingdom of it self, and call'd Nainve, and first brought under the Command of the Chinese Emperors at the end of the Reign of the Race of Cheva; yet however it did not continue long under that Power, but revolted, and would be Rul'd by none but the Kings of Nainve. The Emperor Hiaorus (of the Family of Hana) at last conquer'd this part, since which time it has been subject to the Emperors of China.

In this Province are ten Chief Cities, and seventy three small Cities,* 1.25 with∣out reckoning among them the City of Maccao, famous for Traffick and Com∣merce.

The ten Chief Cities are these, Quancheu or Canton, Xaocheu, Nanhiung, Hoei∣cheu, Chaocheu, Chaoking, Kaocheu, Liencheu, Lincheu, and Kiuncheu.

The Chief City of Quancheu Commands over fifteen small Cities, among

which I do not reckon Maccao, though it lies under the Command of this Chief City. The 15 small ones of this great City are these; Quancheu or Canton, Xunte, Tangvon, Cengching, Hiangxan, Sinhoei, Cingyven, Sinning, Cunghoa, Lungu∣men, Sanxui, Lien, Iangxan, Tienxan, and Singan.

The second Capital City Xaocheu Commands over six small Cities, Xao∣cheu, Locang, Giughoa, Iuyven, Ungyen, and Ingote. The Country about this Chief City is for the most part full of Hills.

The third Chief City is Nanhiung or Nanhung, and Commands over two Cities, Nanhiung and Xihing.

The fourth Chief City is Hoeicheu, and Commands over 10 small Cities, Hoeicheu, Polo, Haifung, Hoiven, Lungchuen, Changlo, Hingning, Hoping, Changing, and Iunggan.

The fifth Chief City is Chaocheu, and Commands likewise over 10 small Cities, Chaocheu, Chaoyang, Kieyang, Chinghiang, Iaoping, Tapu, Hoeilai, Cinghai, Pu∣ning, and Pingyven.

The sixth Chief City is Chaoking, and Commands over eleven Cities, Chao∣king, Sinhoei, Sinhing, Yangchun, Yangkiang, Caoming, Genping, Teking, Quangning, Fuchuen, and Kalklen.

The seventh Chief City is Caocheu, and Commands over six small Cities, Caocheu, Tienpe, Sing, Hoa, Vuchnen, and Xeching.

The eighth Chief City is Lieucheu, and Commands over four small Cities, Lieucheu, Knig, Lingxan, and Xelien.

The ninth Chief City is Luicheu, and Commands over three small Cities, Luichtu, Sniki, and Siuven.

The tenth Chief City is Kiuncheu, situated in the Island of Hainan, and Com∣mands over twelve small Cities, Kiuncheu, Lincao, Tingan, Veuchung, Hoeitung, Lohoei, Chen, Changhoa, Van, Linxui, Yai, and Cangen.

In this whole Province are ten Forts or Castles, which serve for the De∣fence of the Province and the Sea, the Names whereof are these; Taching, Tung, Hanxan, Ginghai, Kiacu, Kiexe, Ciexing, Hiung, Iunching, and Ciungling.

The Chinese Toll-Book (wherein the number of the People of each Province is set down) makes mention of Four hundred eighty three thousand three hun∣dred and sixty Families, and Nineteen hundred seventy eight thousand and twenty Fighting Men in this Province.

The Taxes which this Province pays yearly to the Emperor, amounts to Ten hundred seventeen thousand seven hundred and twenty two Bags of Rice, and seven thousand three hundred and fourscore Weight of Salt.

CANTON.

CAnton, the first Chief City of this Kingdom, lies upon the height of twenty three Degrees Northern Latitude, and is surrounded toward the East, West, and North, with very fruitful and delightful Hills, and borders to∣ward the South so much upon the Sea, that on that side there is no part of all China so commodious to Harbor Shipping, where they likewise arrive daily fram all Quarters of the World, with all manner of Goods, wherewith they make a considerable Gain. It lies likewise upon the right-side of the River Ta, where it grows somewhat narrow; but lower towards the Sea it spreads to such a breadth, that it seems more like an Ocean than a Stream. For three Miles upon this River is the City of Canton Wall'd in, and some Places adorn'd

[illustration]

[illustration]

[illustration]

[illustration]

with rich and populous Suburbs, which are not much inferior to the ordinary Cities both in bigness and number of Inhabitants.

On the Water side the City is defended with two rows of high and thick Walls, which are strengthned with Bulwarks, Watch-Towers, and other Forts: and beside these Works there are two other strong Water-Castles, which be∣ing built in the middle of the River, render this City invincible. One of these two Castles, which I saw my self, and which doth not much differ in any thing from the other, I took an exact Draught of, which you have here presented, shewing the Strength of the Place, and in what manner built.

The City is likewise defended and surrounded on the Land side with a strong Wall, and five strong Castles, whereof some are within the Walls, and others without upon the tops of steep Hills; so that this City is sufficiently both by Sea and Land defended against all the Invasions of any Enemy what∣soever, and in the opinion of some seems invincible. What concerns the Idol-Temples, Courts, and Palaces of Great Lords, and other rare Edifices, which are to be seen here, there is no City in all Asia that shews the like.

Here also are several Triumphal Arches, which have been erected to the Honor of such as have done their Country Service. They are no small Or∣nament to the Place; for from the Water-gate, going directly on to the King's Palace, I told in that Line onely, no less than thirteen stately Triumphal Arches made of hewn Stone, which are so set out with Figures and Inscripti∣ons in Carved Work, that all who behold them, admire them as Wonders.

And this being one of the greatest and most considerable Ornaments where∣with the Chineses adorn their Cities, I have for the better demonstration of the Workmanship, set before you the following Printed Draught of one of them, that you may take a full view of every part, and so judge of all the rest, which are generally built after one and the same fashion.

These Arches are commonly built with three Stories, so artificially, that we may very well say, that neither Wit nor Ingenuity were wanting in their Contrivance. Round about the Pillars, and in other places, were writ several Chinese Characters, and also cut several Flowers, Beasts, Birds, and other cu∣rious Ornaments, as I suppose, Emblematical.

This Canton exceeded formerly in Shipping all other Chief Cities in China, whose Ships likewise were counted the best Sailers; for the Inhabitants went

[illustration]

[illustration]

beyond all other Chineses in Navigation, to the Islands of Formosa, Iapan, and other Parts, which did very much increase the Wealth and Commerce of the Place.

That you may the better take a view of the Situation of this most famous City, I here present two Draughts, the one the Prospect as upon the Water, the other Ichnographical, of their Streets, Ground-plats, Temples, Walls, Castles, Houses, and whatsoever else. They say this City before the last War, was so wondrous populous and full of Traffick, that daily there were at least five or six Men crowded to death in passing through the Gates; which will not seem altogether incredible, if you consider the number of the adjacent Villages, which abound with People constantly resorting thither. This City hath been twice subdu'd by Arms; and they say, that in the last Siege there were slain above a hundred thousand Men. I shall relate to you in short what hapned to Canton during that terrible and bloody Invasion.

After that the Tartars had made themselves Masters of all China (except some few Sea-Towns) they fell with such a formidable Army into this Pro∣vince of Quantung, that hardly any City, how strong and populous soever, durst withstand them; but every one endeavor'd (for prevention of her total ruine) to receive the Conqueror upon the best Terms they could. This Canton (re∣lying upon her invincible Forts and Castle) only bid defiance to the Tartar: the Strength of the Place did not a little encourage the Chinese Inhabitants; but that which chiefly gave them a Resolution to withstand the Enemy was, that they had one Iquon on their side, who Commanded a powerful Fleet, whereby he daily furnish'd the City with all necessary Provisions; which the Tartars could not hinder, wanting Sea-Forces, and being unskilful in Maritime Affairs: But the Besiegers being Masters of the Field, spar'd neither pains nor cost to reduce it by force; they Storm'd the City three times, but were cou∣ragiously beaten off by the Besieged, with great loss of Men and Arms. This brave Defence of the Inhabitants made the Siege to last a whole year; and their strong Garison enabled them to make so many Sallies upon the Besie∣gers, that they at last found themselves necessitated, either to make one gene∣ral Assault with their whole Army, or else as Baffled to raise their Leagure.

But among those which did most prejudice to the Tartars, were two Holland Gunners, who had Marrid Chinese Women, and Setled themselves there; and

[illustration]

[illustration]

[illustration]

THE GROUND PLAT OF KANTON

• a A Pagode Temple,
• b. a Fort,
• c. The land Gate,
• d The Wall of the City.
• e the Place where the Tartars are exercised,
• f The Quarters of the Tartars.
• g. a Faire Chinese Tower,
• h. The Old kings Palace
• i. the young kings Palace▪
• k. the first Watergate,
• l Second Watergate.
• m. The Ambassadors house,
• n. Artillery house,
• o. the Plaine where the 〈◊〉〈◊〉 was,
• p. Two Water Ch••tlas,
• q. The Dutsh-Ships.

[illustration]

through their Advice and Conduct the City held out some Months longer: but at last the Tartars having made a great Breach with their Ordnance in the Wall of the City, which might have encourag'd them to have made a general Storm; yet they thought convenient to delay it, until they had corrupted some of the chief Heads of the City, and had form'd such a Conspiracy therein, that so they needed not to fear any Miscarriage in the Attempt.

The Vice-Roys who Govern'd over this Kingdom at that time when we were there, had then the chief Command over the Tartars: These endeavor'd to corrupt the Governor of Canton with great Promises, and Sums of Money, signifying withal unto him these words; That he should consider into what extream Danger he was brought, and what Disasters were hanging over his Head; That if so be he either lov'd himself or his Relations, he should forthwith surrender the City; and this his Favor they promis'd to requite with eternal Friendship, higher Preferment, and forty thou∣sand Toel of Silver.

The pusillanimous and faithless Chinese Governor, whether that his Heart misgave him, or the Money and large Promises tempted the Man, so it was, that though he might very well have defended the City, yet contrary to his Oath and Honor he made a Promise to the same Tartarian Commanders, to set open a Gate to the Besiegers at an appointed hour; which accordingly he perform'd.

It was upon the 24. of November 1650. when the Tartars upon this Advan∣tage rush'd with their whole Army into the City, which was soon subdu'd by them, the Besieged not being in a Condition to make any resistance; for no sooner was the Tartar Horse got in, but they rid with great swiftness through all the Streets, to hinder the Chineses from gathering together; and though the Chineses were not inferior in number to the Tartars, yet they effected nothing, being in Disorder, and surpriz'd by the Treachery of their Governor; so that the best course any could use, was to save himself by flight. The whole Tartar Army being got into the City, the Place was soon turn'd to a Map of Misery; for every one began to tear, break, and carry away whatsoever he could lay hands on: The Cry of Women, Children, and Aged People was so great, that it exceeded all noise of such loud Distractions; so that from the 26. of Novem∣ber to the 15. of December, there was heard no other Cry in the Streets, but Strike, Kill, and Destroy the rebellious Barbarians; all places being full of woful Lamentations, Murder, and Rapine: Those that were able to Ransom, bought their Lives at dear Rates, and so escap'd the fury of these inhumane Slaughterers. At last the Vice-Roys, and Chief Commanders of the Army, upon the sixth of Winter-Month did strictly forbid any such cruel Murder to be committed thence-forward. I was credibly inform'd, that during the space of 80 days, above eight thousand were kill'd in cold Blood by the Tartars. Some (amongst which the Iesuit Martinus is one, in his Book of the Tartar War) say, that there were slain above a hundred thousand; which is not altogether improbable, in regard of the great number there penn'd up. But although this City was thus lamentably laid waste, yet through the great care of the Vice-Roys, it was in a few years after restor'd to its former lustre.

After that the Ambassadors had been three Weeks Aboard, without coming Ashore all that while, they had leave given to Land with all their Followers, and were most nobly receiv'd in their former Lodgings; but yet were so nar∣rowly Guarded by a great number of Foot-Soldiers, that they were not per∣mitted to go into the Streets.

Two Days after there came a Mandorin to them in the Name of the Vice-Roy, who propos'd to them, That they (to obtain their Ends in China) could not Present and give to the Emperor's Council at Peking, and the Governors at Canton, less than three hundred Toel of Silver. But when the Ambassadors return'd him in Answer, That it was not their Design and Intention to buy the Permission of a Free Trade in China; and that it would be much better for them, if their Business must be bought out with Bribes, to depart forthwith out of China. Thereupon the Mandorin departed from them much discontented, saying, that he had no farther Order, but would report back what they had declared; and withal advis'd them to stay till they should hear farther from Peking.

When now the Ambassadors for the performance of this heavy and unrea∣sonable Demand, were call'd upon Day after Day, they concluded to ease themselves of the continual Clamours of these People,* 1.26 by promising 135 Toel of Silver; but finding that they demanded Interest for the disbursed Moneys, the Ambassadors resolv'd to depart; but they were prevented by order from the Vice-Roys, who sent express word, that they must not go away until fur∣ther Advice were come from Peking.

But they in the mean time hearing no farther mention made of the Interest, gave a Note under their Hands for the payment of 136 Toel of Silver; where∣with the Vice-Roys seem'd so well satisfi'd, that they invited the Ambassadors to a most splendid Feast, upon the 19. of September: In an open Plain were pitch'd ten rich and stately Tents by order of the Vice-Roys, a Draught whereof you have in the adjoyning Print: In the Tent which stood in the middle sat both the Vice-Roys and the Teutang next to one another, upon a very rich and curious wrought Carpet: The first Tent on the left-hand was appointed for the Ambassadors, and the other upon the right for the Musici∣ans: Upon the corners of the Tent of the Ambassadors were plac'd several Iuglers and Fidlers, who made such a hideous noise with Trumpets and other Wind-Instruments, that there was no hearing one another speak. The con∣course of several sorts of Persons (who came out of curiosity from the City and the adjacent Villages) was so very great, that the whole Plain was co∣ver'd with People. The Ambassadors were conducted from their Tent in great State and Pomp, by two of the chief Mandorins, into the Presence of the Vice-Roys; from whence, after some Complements had pass'd between them, they were re-conducted to their Tents by the same Mandorins.

In the mean time came the Steward of the eldest Vice-Roy crowding through the People, to whom every one gave way, he being in no small esteem among them: he had a brave Skie-colour'd Silk Coat on, richly Embroider'd with Gold and Silver Dragons; and about his Neck hung a Chain of the best Coral. After this manner the Mandorins are Habited, and other Great Persons; for none of low Degree are suffer'd to wear the like Colour and Habiliments.

This Steward gave order immediately to two of his Attendants to Serve the Meat up; and caus'd likewise a particular Table to be cover'd for the two Vice-Roys, as also for the Teutang, which were spread with very rich Carpets. There was likewise another Table prepar'd for the Ambassadors, heap'd with several sorts of Dishes and Sweet-meats, most delicately order'd to please the Palat. Upon each Table stood above forty Chargers, all of massie Silver; some whereof were very artificially wrought, and in each Dish were several sorts of Viands. The Musick Entertain'd us all Dinner-time, as well Vocal as Instrumental, much ravishing the Ear. And to shew that we were no

[illustration]

[illustration]

Novices in this Science, but knew very well how to handle the like Instru∣ments, the Ambassadors caus'd one of their Followers to give the Vice-Roys a Lesson upon their own Harpsical, which exceedingly pleas'd them. The chief Instrument which the Chineses use is small, with a few Strings made of Silk, for Guts or Wyre are not in use among them. The Cittern, or something like it, which some of them handle well, is very common there: and they use also a nobler Instrument, much like our Violin, but differing in Sound. Beside these they have another Instrument call'd Zunga, which is much in re∣quest, and often us'd by them to work upon the Affections of the People. But above all, they are wonderful expert in the use of Castinetta's, with which they always Dance. At the beginning of the Dinner there were several Bot∣tles of The or Tea brought to the Table, whereof they drank to the Ambassa∣dors, bidding them welcom. This Drink is made of the Herb The or Cha after this manner: They infuse half a handful of the said Herb in fair Water, boyl∣ing it till a third part be consum'd; to which they add warm Milk about a fourth part, with a little Salt, and then drink it as hot as they can well en∣dure. The Chineses boast as much of the excellency of this Infusion, as the Alchymists of the Vertues of their pretended Elixir. After the Ambassadors had drank of this Liquor, the Steward desir'd them to fal to: Opposite to them sat the Vice-Roys and Teutang, who were very merry at Dinner, asking several Questions concerning the Condition of Holland, the Constitution of the People, their Customs, Manners, Traffick, and Government, with many other Particulars; which the Ambassadors having fully answer'd, the Vice-Roys by their Comportment seem'd to be well satisfi'd. At Dinner they drank to the Ambassadors, desiring them to excuse their mean Entertainment, and to call for whatsoever they had a mind to. About the middle of the Treatment the Ambassadors began the Healths of the Vice-Roys in a Glass of Spanish Wine, which pleas'd them so well, that they utterly forsook and relin∣quish'd their Liquor call'd Samzou, which is very pleasant to the Taste, and not much inferior to any of our Wines: It is made of Rice, and drank by most of the Grandees in that Country: for the common People use only for their Drink, the before-mention'd Infusion of Beans; and by the Health and Constitution of such as use the same, it appears to be a most soveraign and wholsom Drink. Both these Liquors are drunk very hot, and never offend the Stomach, though taken even to excess.

It would seem to any a thing almost incredible (unless they had seen it) in what State and Pomp these Idolaters and Heathen Princes live, and with what good Orders their People are Govern'd: for as well superior as infe∣rior Officers in the Courts of the Vice-Roys, which are betwixt two and three thousand, manage their Affairs with so much quietness and expedition, that all things were dispatch'd with as much dexterity as in a private Family. Amongst others that Din'd at the Tables, were the Vice-Roys Children, who were so civilly Educated, that I never saw any in Europe better brought up. A little before the Dinner was ended they rose from the Table, and as they pass'd by the Tent of the Vioe-Roys, fell upon their Knees, and bowed with their Faces three times to the Ground. Dinner being ended, the Ambassadors took leave of the Vice-Roys, giving them thanks for the great Honor they had receiv'd; and thereupon they were dismiss'd, and conducted to their Lodgings by some of the Courtiers, where they spent the rest of the Day in Mirth and Iollity.

[illustration]

In the mean time the Teutang writ to the Imperial Court at Peking, that the Ambassadors were come to offer an Alliance to the Emperor, and had brought with them very considerable Presents for his Majesty; but receiving no Answer, the Vice-Roys writ the second time about this Business to the Court, and signified in plain terms, that the Ambassadors were come thither, not only to Salute his Royal Majesty, but likewise to procure leave to Traf∣fick with their Ships in his Territories, and to have Residence there as his own Subjects.

To these two Letters, after four or five Months expectation, came his Im∣perial Majesties Answers; the Contents of the first were: That the Holland Ambassadors, with some few of their Followers, and four Interpreters, should have Licence to come to Peking, to Treat with his Imperial Majesty concerning the number of Ships they intend to bring to Canton, and the time of their coming; but with this Condition, That the rest of their Followers should remain in their Ships at Canton, without raising any Commerce till the return of the Ambassadors. But the Contents of the second were more moderate and pleasing: for in that his Imperial Majesty was pleas'd to grant a Free Trade in China to the Hollanders, at the Request of the Ambassa∣dors; for which great Favour his Imperial Majesty did expect the Ambassa∣dors to come and give him Thanks. Upon this the Ambassadors were Lodg'd in a far greater House, more commodious for them and their Goods, whilst they prepar'd themselves for their Voyage to Peking.

Upon the second of November came the Tutang of Heriju (hearing of the Royal Reception and Entertainment which had been given to the Ambassa∣dors) with several Vessels, very bravely adorn'd with Silk Flags and Penons, to honor and attend upon them, Anchoring before their House: which the Ambassadors perceiving, with some of their Followers, went Aboard the Vessel of the Tutang, which was very artificially built, and richly Hung within. This brave Person immediately desir'd the Ambassadors to sit down, decla∣ring withal, That he was heartily glad of their coming, and that he was come on purpose to see and bid them welcom: Then he began to ask with great curiosity after several weighty Affairs; to which the Ambassadors return'd him an Answer, wherewith he seem'd sufficiently satisfi'd. The Discourse being ended, they took leave and return'd to their Lodging: but not long after they were follow'd by this Tutang, accompanied by a great many gallant

[illustration]

[illustration]

Persons that waited upon him; who Landing at the same time with the Am∣bassadors, conducted them to their Lodging solemnly in State. This Tutang having visited every thing, gave order for his Drink to be brought Ashore, and Presented to the Ambassadors, whom he Entertain'd with the shew of such a strong Inclination and Affection, as if a perpetual Amity had been con∣firm'd between those Nations: At last, after he had taken leave, he return'd Aboard his Vessels.

About this time the Inhabitants of the Province of Quangsi began to Rebel and Mutiny against the Grand Tartar Cham, or Emperor of China; so that for their suppression and reduction to Obedience a great Army was rais'd, and the Command thereof given to the young Vice-Roy; who like a prudent and ex∣pert Captain, had provided all things requisite and necessary for such an Ex∣pedition: and because order was given to Transport the Army by Water, this Vice-Roy caus'd several Tents to be pitch'd upon the Margins of the Ri∣ver, on purpose to accommodate there, at a Treatment, the old Vice-Roy and Noblemen of the Court at his Farewel: He rid to the Water side, being mounted on a dapple-gray Horse, with his Quiver of Arrows fastned about his Middle, and his Hanger by his Side, as is to be seen in the annexed Print, taken from the Life: The Coat he had on was Lin'd with Sables, and the wrong side outward: He wore a red Cap Lin'd with Sables, behind (which signifi'd the Royal Dignity, no ordinary Person being suffer'd to wear the like) hanging the end of a Peacocks Tail: The Saddle-Cloth was Gold-Tissue Embroider'd; and about his Neck hung three great Tassels, which touch'd the Ground.

Thus richly Accoutred, he rid to the great Ionck, to take his leave there; which was perform'd with much State and Hilarity. The Grandees were Treated in several Tents: The Ambassadors had also a Tent provided for them, where they were most nobly Caressed. The Feast being ended, they took leave of each other, wishing his Majesty Health and good Success; for which he return'd thankful Acknowledgments, and so parted.

A few days before his Departure, whilst they were making Preparations for the Army, this Vice-Roy sent to his Wizards, Sorcerers, and Soothsayers (to whose Responses the Chineses give no small credit) who drawing their Pre∣dictions from the Configurations and Position of the Stars, and from the In∣spection

of the Entrails of Fowls, and the like, for the most part Astrologi∣cally foretelling good or bad success to the intended Expedition. These Iug∣ling Augurers consulted, and positively told the Vice-Roy, both by Birds and malignant Aspects, that the whole Undertaking would be unfortunate, and extremely prejudicial both to himself, the Army, and the Country.

But this young Prince being wholly bent upon the Design, to purchase him∣self immortal Honor by Prowess and force of Arms, was resolv'd to proceed, notwithstanding all those great Discouragements from his Fabling Fortune-Tellers; for so they prov'd, the Success falling out quite contrary, he bringing under absolute Subjection the whole Province to the Tartar: upon which ac∣count their Vaticination not only proving frivolous, but quite contrary, they fled, absconding themselves, lest they might suffer at the return of the Vice-Roy, who would have handled them very severely; but however, they being absent, the Storm fell on their Idols and Temples, which he rased to the very Ground, and burnt the Images. In the mean time we return'd with the Am∣bassadors to our Lodging, where we saw the whole Fleet under Sail (having the Army Aboard) following the Vice-Roy.

Both these Vice-Roys were of Noble Families, Born and Educated in the Imperial City of Peking. We thought at first that the young Vice-Roy had been the Son of the old Vice-Roy, but we understood afterwards that they were nothing akin, but only great Friends, and Princes of one and the same Power, and who had both undergone one and the same Misfortune: for the Chinese Emperors (for what reason I know not) had beheaded both their Fa∣thers. The Sons therefore to prevent the like Disaster (which it seems they dreaded) fled to this Province of Quantung, which at that time the Great Cham had Invaded with a powerful Army, and had brought most of the Country under his Obedience. This occasion afforded these young Princes an oppor∣tunity to revenge their Fathers Deaths upon the Emperor. To effect this, they endeavor'd to get some Dependence upon the Tartars, and grounded their Complaints to the Great Cham upon the Misfortune of their renowned Fami∣lies, desiring withal Help and Assistance to recover the same by force of Arms. The Great Cham found so many testimonies, and good ground for faithful Dealing in these Princes, that he conferr'd upon them both great Honor and Dignity: the eldest he honor'd with the Title of Pignowan, and the other with the Name of Synowa; which amongst the Chineses are Names of the high∣est and chiefest Offices of the Kingdom: and such chief Officers Command and Rule with the same Power over some Provinces, as the Vice-Roys here in Europe. That these warlike Princes have since that time sufficiently reven∣ged the Deaths of their Fathers upon the Chineses, is very apparent, in regard that in the Province of Quantung you may ride in some Places for several Miles together, and not see a Town or Village standing, only great heaps of Stones, and the Ruines of many Places, which have been formerly very famous for Trade.

In the mean time we continu'd here for the space of six Weeks without do∣ing any thing; so that the Year 1655. was not onely expir'd, but two Months of the next were likewise spent, before any thing remarkable was undertaken: But soon after the Ambassadors sent to the old Vice-Roy to desire Audience, and a Pass to go to Peking; who thereupon appointed when they should come. The manner of our going to Audience was thus: Each on Horse∣back, accompanied with the Mandorin Poetsiensin, and the old and new Heyton:

[illustration]

[illustration]

The Followers and Attendants upon the Embassy were order'd to ride before at a distance: The Ambassadors having presented the Letter writ by the Ge∣neral Iohn Maatzuiker to the Vice-Roy, it was given to the Heyton, to be deli∣ver'd to the Great Cham, in regard the Vice-Roy was not to receive any Letter before the Ambassadors had Saluted his Imperial Majesty at Peking. The Au∣dience being ended, they took leave of the Vice-Roy, and were re-conducted to their Lodging after the former manner; and the next day a Pass was sent to carry us to Peking. The Vice-Roy understanding that we were ready for our Iourney, sent to invite the Ambassadors upon the 27. of the same Month, to a Farewel Dinner: The Galleries, Courts, Halls, and other Places of this Court, were very artificially and curiously built, and most richly furnish'd with Pictures, Silk Hangings and costly Carpets. The Vice-Roy for the greater splendor of the Feast, had invited the Mandorins of Canton, who were plac'd next to one another upon a rich Carpet spread upon the floor: At the entrance into the Room on the right-hand sat the Ambassadors with their Fol∣lowers; and over against the Ambassadors the Vice-Roy sat alone opposite to the Ambassadors, being plac'd upon a broad four-square Seat, cover'd with a curious Carpet, according to the Draught in the annexed Print, in a Lemmon-colour'd Gown, Embroider'd with Golden Dragons; and behind in his Cap he wore the Badge of Royalty, a Peacocks Tail, about his Neck a Chain of white Saphirs of great value and in much request, being scarce among the Chineses, and worn as an Ornament of high esteem only by their Nobles and Persons of great Quality; on his Thumb also he wore an Ivory Ring, as an Emblem signifying the undaunted Courage of the Tartar People, who likewise use Rings upon their Fingers for the defence of their Hands when they draw their Bows.

During Dinner, which was order'd in great Pomp and Solemnity, the Vice-Roy sported with his Children, who were instructed with childish Questions, taught wanton Reparties, and such Complacencies, to dissipate their Father's Melancholy. Several young and beautiful Ladies were likewise seated near the Vice-Roy, to chear up his declining Fancy; who also had the Care and Government of his Children. The Interpreter told us, that this old Vice-Roy maintain'd several Married Women, by whom he had fifty six Children, all then living. The Entertainment being ended, and the Ambassadors highly

[illustration]

[illustration]

Caressed in solemn manner, took their leaves and departed to their Lodgings. The next Day the same Persons who had been Treated the Day before at the Charge of the old Vice-Roy, were invited to the Court of the young Vice-Roy: and although himself (as above-mention'd) was then departed, and in his March for Quangsi, to reduce those Commotioners there to his Great Ma∣sters former Obedience, yet his Secretary had order to receive and Treat them in a most splendid manner; neither omitted he ought that concern'd the Ho∣nor of his Royal Master: for beside the variety and store of well condimented Dishes, they were Presented with a Farce of various Entries, Masquerades, Dancing in the shapes of Lyons, Tygers, Leopards, and other strange Crea∣tures of their Country, to the extraordinary satisfaction of his Guests.

In the Withdrawing-room where the Ambassadors Din'd, was a Window on purpose, to which the Mother of the young Vice-Roy often resorted, to take a view of the Company: She was very neatly and richly Dress'd after the Tartar fashion, middle siz'd, slender, of a brown Complexion, of a plea∣sing and taking Countenance. At our entrance, before we sat down, we found standing a very rich painted Chair, which was appointed for her Majesty, to which in Honor of this great Lady we humbly paid our Respects. Dinner being ended, and the Complements perform'd, they took Horse and return'd to their Lodging.

The Ambassadors having prepar'd themselves for their Iourney, resolv'd to be delay'd no longer at Canton with any farther Entertainments; so that with∣in two days after they went by Water until they came within four Miles of the City of Peking. The Ambassadors had hir'd a very brave Vessel to them∣selves, having procur'd fifty more at the Emperor's Charge, to carry their Followers, Presents, and Goods: and in regard it was thought unadvisable to bring our great Ships any higher up the River, we left them at Canton, un∣der the Commaud of Francis Lansman. A certain Mandorin nam'd Pinxenton, had by order of the Teutang at Canton the Command of this whole Fleet, with whom were joyn'd two Mandorins more for his assistance, beside the Mariners, and such as tugg'd at the Oar. These Vessels were Mann'd with good store of Land-Soldiers, over whom Commanded two considerable Persons to convey us with the greater safety to Peking. No sooner were the Ambassadors Aboard, but they caus'd the Princes Flag to be hung out, and the Trumpeters to sound

[illustration]

[illustration]

the Tune of Prince William of Nassaw. There were likewise some Post-Boys (which is very ordinary in China) dispatch'd away before to give notice to the Magistrates of the respective Towns, of the coming of the Netherland Ambas∣sadors, with Orders to have them well receiv'd; which was accordingly done, till they came to the chief Metropolitan City of Peking.

We departed upon the 17. of March with all our Train from the chief City of Canton, and were Row'd up the River of Tai, close to the side of the City, which shews a most delightful Prospect upon the Water. The small Towns, which are very numerous in Peking and Canton, signifi'd our kind Reception by the thundring voice of their Cannon as we pass'd by.

Having Sail'd and Row'd several Reaches of this broad and spacious River, we at last left the Channel, and strook into another (an Arm of this great one, that disembogues it self into the same) toward the North. The Chineses call this Branch Zin, but those of Europe, The European Stream.

We made so much speed that Day, that toward the Evening we came to a Village call'd Sahu. This Place, though not very large nor famous, yet is of pleasant Situation, and about six Miles from Canton: the Soil is very fruitful, and encompass'd with Trees, Hills, and Vales. There are several good Edifi∣ces in this Place, though most of them inhabited by Peasants and Handicrafts∣men, which are chiefly Silk-weavers, who live by Weaving great quantities of Silk-Stuffs for the Merchants at Canton. We stay'd here all Night, and in the Morning early set Sail.

Upon the 19. of March we came to an Anchor before the City of Xantung, being the eleventh small City belonging to the Chief City of Canton, and lying distant from thence about twenty Miles.

This City on the right side of the River lies in a very pleasant Vale, and is surrounded on the Land side with delightful Pastures and Hills: It is not very large, but was formerly exceeding populous and full of Trade. We got thus far, sometimes with Rowing, Sailing, and Towing against the Stream, which had so tir'd the Chineses, who were put to this slavish Labor, that we were ob∣lig'd to stay by the Way till they had rested and refresh'd themselves. The Magistrate of the Place caus'd the side of the River to be Guarded with two Foot-Companies, to welcom and receive the Ambassadors with the more State: They sent likewise a few Presents for the Ambassadors Table; but

they understanding it was all upon the Emperors Account, and by his Order, who allow'd ten times more than what they sent, thought good to refuse their Civilities both here and in all other Places where they came, which they did with great Respects. Here we went Ashore, which was the first time since we came Aboard, and pitch'd a Tent at a little distance from the City, upon the side of the River, in an open and plain Field. The Tartars in the mean time, to shew some Pastime, Exercis'd their Arms before the Tent of the Ambassadors, which was perform'd by them with much dexterity.

Among the rest there was one with a Bow and Arrow, who was so rare a Marks-man, that he shot thrice together through the White, no broader than the Palm of a Hand, at the distance of thirty five Paces; for which he was rewarded with a small piece of Money.

The Secretary of the Vice-Roy (for the more safety, and for the greater splendor, having conducted us thus far) took leave and went back for Can∣ton; but was most nobly Treated by the Ambassadors the Night before. We on the other hand made all things ready, and set Sail again with fair Wind and Weather, but were forc'd to be Tow'd up the River, being against the Stream, and narrow, into which fall several Torrents from the adjacent Hills; so that we went but very slowly, and that with great labor and trou∣ble, which these poor Creatures are fain to undergo.

Here we saw into what a miserable Condition the Chineses were reduced by the last War of the Tartars, who put them upon this slavish labor of Towing and Rowing their Boats, using them worse than Beasts at their pleasure, without any exception of Persons, either young or old.

Often the track'd ways on the River side are so narrow, uneven and steep, that if they should slip, they would infallibly break their Necks, as many times it happens: now and then they walk up to the Middle in Water, and if any of them grow faint and weary, there is one that follows, having Charge of the Boat, who never leaves beating of them, till they go on or die. But these poor Creatures are no where so miserably harassed out, as in this dangerous and steep mountainous part of Sangwanhab; on which account perhaps none will or dare live there: for we saw there but one poor despicable Village, where some few People dwell, whose Countenances sufficiently declar'd what Hardships they underwent.

The most ancient Greeks and Romans, who formerly subdu'd whole Coun∣tries, never dealt so barbarously by those whom they conquer'd, as these un∣merciful Tartars, who by their cruel usage in this last Invasion, have not only laid waste abundance of noble Cities, Towns, and Villages (which are now places for Birds and Beasts to roost in) but they have likewise made Slaves of the best of the Natives.

Upon the 21. of March about Midnight, we came with all our Train to Sany∣vum. The Magistrates of this Place met us on the Way, and with their respe∣ctive Salutes Presented us for the Table, which for the reason aforesaid, were not accepted. This Place is not very large, lying about forty Miles distant, from Xanxui, and was formerly for its Situation potent and populous, but in this last War wholly ruin'd by the Tartars, who gave the same usage to all such Cities as were not able to withstand them.

Here we got fresh Track-men (our old ones being quite tir'd) to draw us up the River against the Stream and Torrents, which fall from this wonderful Mountain Sagwanhab.

[illustration]

The heighth of this Mountain is very observable, for the tops thereof are envelop'd with Clouds, which makes the Passage at the bottom of the Hill obscure.

On one side of this prodigious Mountain stands an Idol Temple, richly adorn'd, and most artificially built; to which these poor Creatures resort, conceiving all their welfare to consist in Offering to this Idol, adoring it as their Preserver. 〈…〉〈…〉 up by Steps to this Temple, which stands on that side of the Mountain next the River.

There are several strange Mountains and Hills found in China, but none are to be compar'd with this of Sangwonhab, in regard of its Stuation, and extraor∣dinary heighth.

Near to Xunte, 〈◊〉〈◊〉 second small City of Canton, lies a Mountain call'd Lun∣gnien, from whe••e runs a Torrent as clear as Crystal. Upon this Mountain are found certain rough Stones of strange and wonderful shapes, which the Chineses make use of in their way of Trade.

Near to Tangnon, the third small City of Canton, lies the Mountain Tahi, up∣on the East-side, where lie 36 small Islands. Near to this City likewise lies the Mountain Heuteu, which serves such Skippers as are bound for the Pro∣vince of Quantung for a Land-mark.

Near to Cingyuen, the seventh small City of Canton, lies a great Mountain call'd Talo, which is surrounded with steep and sharp Tops; among which lie rich and pleasant Meadows, where dwell several wild and unciviliz'd Peo∣ple, who oftentimes make Inroads upon the adjacent Places, to steal what they can. These wild and irregular People live according to their own Laws, without any subjection to the Chineses.

Near to the sixth small City of Canton lies a Mountain call'd Yaimuen. From this Mountain the last Emperor of the Race of Sunga (after that the Tartars had Conquer'd him, and driven him out of the Country) flung himself headlong out of despair into the Sea.

We were three days hovering up and down before we could get from among these strange and solitary Mountains, and saw in all that time but one poor Village, call'd Quantonlow, which lies so lonely, that 'tis strange how any Peo∣ple durst live in it. In some places of this Island, between the Hills (which is very remarkable) lie several pleasant and fruitful Corn-Fields.

Upon the 24. of March we came to a certain small City call'd Yntag, the sixth small City of the second Chief City of the Province of Quantung. Here we were necessitated to let fall our Anchor, in regard of the violent Stream, and the great Torrents which fall from the Hills; for those that Tow'd the the Boats being quite spent, we were forc'd to give them some rest to recover their Strength again. This violent and strong Stream had driven the Vessel of the Ambassadors against a blind Rock, which did very much endanger the loss both of Ship and Goods.

This small City lies very pleasant upon a corner of the River on the right side, over against the Mountain Sangwonhab: It is fortifi'd with high and indif∣ferent strong Walls, and beautifi'd with stately Houses, and magnificent Idol Temples, surrounded with pleasant Hills, delightful in Prospect, the Suburbs well and sufficient: It was formerly very rich and populous, and is provi∣ded with a safe Harbor for Vessels against the impetuous Current of this Ri∣ver; which is a great protection to them in Stormy Weather, passing up and down. At the entrance of the Harbor on the right side, appears a very high Tower, built with great curiosity.

The next Day, being the 25. of March, we came in sight of that wonderful and strange Idol Temple call'd Koniansiam, which the Chineses hold in great veneration, bringing as rich and fat Offerings thither, as to that of Sangwonhab: It lies on the River side, in a solitary, wild, and mountainous Country: your first Approaches conduct you up with convenient Stone Steps; after you make your Way through blind Paths and cavernous Passes, forc'd with much Art and Industry. These Idolaters believing as the ancient Heathen, that Groves and high Places were most venerable Mansions, and yielding a more reverential Awe to their Gods, and less discovering under a Shade their Priests jugling Impostures. We continu'd here a while with all our Fleet, till the Natives had perform'd their Devotions at this Temple, which afterward our Ambassadors visited. 'Tis incredible to relate, with how much supersti∣tious Zeal, wanting our true Lights, they pour forth there their Ejaculations, and as freely their Bounty, offering prodigally their Country Products of all sorts of Fruits, Birds, and Beasts.

Upon the 27. of March in the Evening, we Landed at a Place call'd by the Chineses, Mongley, with a most pleasant Prospect at a distance, and accommo∣dated with stately Sone Steps, conveying you from the Water-side to the Gate entring the City, which is vested with high Walls, and fortifi'd with tall Bulwarks and Watch-Towers. It is wondrous pleasant to view from the Battlements of this City, the adjacent Countries, thick shrowded with de∣lightful Woods and mantling Pastures. In regard our Drudges were quite tir'd out with Towing their Boats against the impetuous Stream, we got fresh Yoke-men from hence; but we were no sooner under Sail, but the Am∣bassadors Vessel run against a blind Rock under Water, which had like to have endanger'd the loss both of Ship and Goods. The next Day having pass'd some Villages, we came to an Anchor in pleasant Riding, where the Mandorin Pinxenton Treated us with their beloved The.

In the Night following hapned a most hideous Tempest, that wonderfully terrifi'd and amaz'd us all; such peals of Thunder, such flashes of Lightning, that we suppos'd them to be dreadful Ushers to the Day of Iudgment; inso∣much that the Vessel in which were the Emperor's Presents, drove from her Anchors, I my self being in imminent danger: With the approaching Dawn

[illustration]

[illustration]

we had a sad review of our several Disasters, many Ships shatter'd by the Storm, some Mastless Hulls, all their Tackle and Rigging torn and spent, others driven Ashore, there stav'd and beaten in pieces, and all their Men drown'd.

It was upon the 29. of March, when we came with the remainder of our Fleet before the second Chief City of Xaocheu. This City lies about thirty Miles from Yntag, upon an Angle near the side of the River: In regard of its Situa∣tion and safe Harbor of Shipping, they have a very great Trade by Naviga∣tion. Toward the South this River has several Names, and is call'd Scian, and sometimes Scio, and has its Source out of the River Chin and Va, which both run into one not far from this City. The Place where these two Waters meet, is well known by the Chinese Skippers to their sorrow, because of the im∣petuous violence of the Streams, and the many blind Rocks which skulk un∣der Water, on which in stress of Weather they often suffer Shipwrack. The Chineses to avoid this Danger (according to their Custom) have built here an Idol Temple by the Water-side, which is always first visited by such as intend to pass this Way; where they offer what they have, to be protected in their Voyage, by the indulgence of this their favouring God. The City lies sur∣rounded on one side with high and delightful Hills; and on the East side over the Water has a Suburb, which is very populous, rich, and well built: in the middle of the Water stands a Tower artificially built upon a small Rock, ac∣cording to the old fashion of the Chineses.

In view of this City spreads a most pleasant Valley, which seems Wall'd in with various Fruit-bearing Trees: Not far from which, upon the Mauhoa, stands a Cloister, neighbor'd by a spacious Temple, in which reside many of their Idolatrous Priests. A Person call'd Luzu (who had by his Fasting and austere Life, got himself so great a Repute among the vulgar Throng, that af∣ter his Death they honor'd him as a Saint) built this Cloister at his own Charge. This St. Luzu (as they reported) wore Day and Night upon his na∣ked Body Iron Chains, and spent all his time to Grind and Sift Rice for the Monks: These Iron Fetters had made deep impressions into his Flesh, which was thereby so putrifi'd for want of Dressing and looking after, that Nests of Worms crawl'd in the uncleansed Wounds, of which he would not suffer one to be taken off: for whensoever any of his verminous Brood dropt off, he

[illustration]

[illustration]

would take it up again, and say, Have you not sufficient to Feast your selves left? why then forsake you my Body where you are welcom, and thus run away? Whose Corps, as the Inhabitants inform us, is still preserv'd in this Place.

That this was formerly a noble City, full of stately Buildings, the many great Ruines signifie: there yet remains an indifferent Wall about it, but within nothing but Ruine and a heap of Stones. We pitch'd our Tents near unto the Walls, where we had a fair Reception by the Magistrates and Gover∣nor, who brought several Presents for the Ambassadors Table; which were accepted by the Ambassadors, being not put upon the Emperor's Account. After they had Saluted each other, and discours'd of several Affairs, they were most nobly receiv'd by the Ambassadors, who Treated them with so much Respect, that they were highly pleas'd, and promis'd to requite their Kind∣ness upon all occasions; which done, they took leave, and return'd again to the City.

In the Morning early we weighed from thence, and had not long been un∣der Sail, but we drew near a Mountain, which the Tartars for its strange shape and form call Five Horses Heads.

Upon the Pinacles of these Hills, which are envelop'd with Clouds, we saw here and there several strange, as well small as great Edifices standing; some of them were entire, others decay'd and ruinous, built time out of mind. But that which seem'd most remarkable, was the Situation of those Buildings, which were erected upon such high and steep places altogether in∣accessible, that none could imagine a possible Way for these People to carry up their Materials. We were very desirous to have had a nearer view of these Houses and Inhabitants there; but we found by experience after some small trial of clambering up, that our Attempts were in vain.

We were no sooner past this Mountain of the Five Horses Heads, but we fell among other Rocks and steep Ascents, which we made a shift to escape, though with great danger, the River being full of lurking split Ships lying un∣der Water; therefore the Inhabitants call these Rocks The Five ugly Devils.

At last we got safe to the last Country of Suytjeen, where the Mountain of the Five Horses Heads shews it self very wonderfully to the Eye at a distance; but much more the tops of the Hills of Suytjeen, which stand in such order upon the River, as if Art and not Nature had plac'd them there. Amongst these

Mountains lie several pleasant Vales in most delightful Prospect, being well replenish'd with Fruit-Trees and Herbage.

Upon the fourth of April we came in sight of the famous City of Namhun (the third Chief City of this Province) and immediately went Ashore. This Metropolis lies about forty Miles from Xaocheu, and is the outward Frontier of the Province of Quantung, which we had thus travers'd from South to North.

The Governor and Magistrates of this City having notice of the coming of the Ambassadors, sent a Letter full of Complements, to assure them of a cordial Welcom. Not long after they address'd themselves in Person; who (after that the Ceremony of Complements had been reciprocally return'd) earnestly desir'd of the Governor and Magistrates, that good order might be given for the speedy furthering of their Iourney to Peking; which they pro∣mis'd should be done, The Ambassadors to requite their Civilities, Treated them nobly; for which they return'd their Thanks, and having taken their leave, went back in the Evening to the City.

The next day the Ambassadors,* 1.27 with all their Followers, were invited by the Governor to a most splendid Dinner, who sent them his Gentlemen to meet them at the Gate of the City, and conduct them to his House, where he waited their coming, with the rest of the Magistrates, and some of the chief Commanders of the Army. The Entertainment was every way answerable to the Quality of the Persons, as well of the Guests as the Inviters: The Go∣vernor and the Magistrates sat all at one side of the Table, that the Sewers might the better remove the Dishes and Chargers, without any disturbance to the Company, which were not Serv'd up all at once (according to the custom of the Chineses) but only two at a Course, which was the single Allowance for one Person: And when the Steward, who waited always at the Governor's Elbow, had given the Word, every one fell to what he most fancied; and when he observ'd a cessation at the first Course, he made a Sign, and immedi∣ately the Dishes were shifted, which was done at least sixteen times, observing the same order as at first.

During the Feast, there was both Vocal and Instrumental Musick, the bet∣ter to Entertain the Invited to their satisfaction. A little before the Banquet was brought in, they arose and recreated themselves in the Garden, till the Dishes were plac'd, and then they return'd and sat down as before: And when all was taken away, every one drew out a piece of Money, which toge∣ther was to be divided among the Musicians and Attendants: This Colle∣ction or Gathering they laid at the Governor's Feet, to be by him dispos'd of. The Ambassadors likewise Presented them with six Toel of Silver, and some Silk-Stuffs, which the Governor at first refus'd, but at last at their Entreaty ac∣cepted it.

This City of Namhun is very large, well situated, and fortifi'd with Walls and Bulwarks, and divided by the River, over which is a Bridge, for the conve∣niency of passage from one part to another: It is also full of Idol-Temples, and brave Structures. We saw here several Houses, whose Doors were in∣scrib'd with the Letters of the Name of our Saviour. Here is also the Empe∣ror's Custom-house, where they receive his Dues for all Goods Exported or imported; their Bills of Lading being usually accepted on their Words, saving the double diligence and charge of Searchers, and discomposing their Goods as in Europe.

There is no better Mold in all China for the making of any Earthen Ware, than is about this City. Not far from hence is a River, by the Chineses call'd Mekiang, which signifies Ink-Water, whose blackness it much resembles. The Chineses much esteem of the Fish taken in this River, which are commonly ve∣ry white, considering the darkness of the Water.

It is very troublesom Travelling by Land in those Parts, because of the high Hills and rugged Ascents: but the most troublesom Mountain of all to Travel over, was that which the Inhabitants call'd Muglin, which one of the Governors levell'd at his own Charge, and is now very passable either for Horse or Foot; for which the Inhabitants erected to his Honor a stately Temple, Presenting rich Offerings and costly Perfumes to the Idol there re∣siding.

We were four Days preparing for our Iourney from Namhun to Nangan, because of the troublesom, and almost inaccessible Mountains: At last ha∣ving got all things ready, we set forward upon the eighth Instant, with some of the Emperor's Presents: But before we began our Iourney, we sent the Mandorin of the young Vice-Roy of Canton before, to provide Lodgings and other Necessaries at Nangan for their further Iourney; and some of their Fol∣lowers were order'd to stay till next Day, to look to such Goods as could not be carried the Day before with the Ambassadors: There was likewise order given, that each Carriage should have a yellow Flag, with the Emperor's and Ambassadors Names written upon them, to save Strangers Inquisition; and, for their greater ease and accommodation, they were carried over the Moun∣tains in Horse-Litters: And in regard the Ways were dangerous, and much molested with Robbers and Highway-men, the Governor appointed them a Life-Guard of 150 Horse, to conduct them safe over the Mountains; so that, what with those that carried the Goods, and this Guard, we made a Regiment of at least 600.

The next Day, being the ninth, such as were left behind at Namhun set also forward. The Ambassadors Lodg'd upon these Mountains, in a Village call'd Susan, about half way over, but found no body in the Place, except an Offi∣cer, with some Soldiers that kept Watch there; who could hardly furnish us with a little Rice, Hogs-flesh, and strong Drink, the Inhabitants having forsa∣ken their Houses, frighted by the Hollanders.

The next Day, early in the Morning, they took Horse, and rode from thence, and about Noon came to that strange and narrow Mountain which lies betwixt the Provinces of Quantung and Kiangsi, and separates both these Provinces from each other. Upon this Mountain we saw several fair Idol-Temples, very curiously built. This Mountain, though no better than a Wilderness, yet is very delightful, by reason of the variety of Woods and Valleys.

We made so much haste that Day, that we got by Night to Nangan, the thirteenth Chief City of the eighth Province of Kiangsi. But before I proceed I shall relate unto you the number of the great and small Cities, and the Con••dition, Qualities, and Humor of the Inhabitants of this Province of Kiangsi.

Toward the East and South-East this Province has for Frontiers the Pro∣vinces of Chekiang and Foking; South and South-West, Quantung and Quangsi; toward the West, Fukang; and toward the North Nanking. Toward the South appear in this Province mighty broad and high Hills: for the Moun∣tains of three Provinces, as Kiangsi, Quantung, and Fokien, joyn and meet all

in one here: And upon these Mountains live a wild and barbarous sort of People, who maintain themselves most by Plundering and Stealing from the Chineses.

This part is full of Gold, Silver, Lead, Iron, and Tin-Mines, and envi∣ron'd with very steep Mountains, replenish'd with several Lakes and running Rivers: 'Tis a very fruitful Soil, and exceeding populous, insomuch that the Province is not sufficient to contain the Inhabitants; and therefore many of them leave their native Country, and for want of convenient Dwelling-pla∣ces, Seat themselves in other Parts of China, where they use some mean Han∣dicraft Trade, or else turn Soothsayers or Iuglers, to which they are naturally much addicted: They are generally possess'd with a belief of the Pythagorean Doctrine of the Transmigration of Souls; for they hold it a mortal Sin to kill any living Creature, or to eat any thing that is dead.

In this Province of Kiangsi are thirteen Chief Cities, which Command over 67 small ones; and through the midst of it, from South to North, runs the River Can, from whence spring several Navigable Streams, so that you may take Shipping from or to any part thereof.

The thirteen principal Cities are these; Nanchang, Iaocheu, Quanglin, Nan∣kang, Kienkiang, Kienchang, Vucheu, Linkiang, Kiegan, Xuicheu, Iuencheu, Cancheu, and Nangan.

• 1. Nanchang Commands over seven lesser or inferior Cities, as Nanchang, Fungching, Cinhien, Fungcin, Cinggan, Ning, and Nuning.
• 2. Iaocheu Commands also over seven Cities, as Iaocheu, Yukan, Loping, Feu∣leang, Tehing, Gangin, and Vannien.
• 3. Quanglin Commands likewise over seven Cities, as Quanglin, Ioxan, Ie∣yang, Queiki, Ienxan, Iunfung, and Hinggan.
• 4. Nankang Commands over four Cities, as Nankang, Tuchang, Kienchang, and Gany.
• 5. Kieukiang Commands over five Cities, as Kieukiang, Tegan, Xuichang, Hu∣keu, and Pengce.
• 6. Kienchang Commands also over five Cities, as Kienchang, Sinching, Nan∣fung, Quanchang, and Luki.
• 7. Vucheu Commands over six Cities, as Vucheu, Cunggin, Kinki, Yhoang, Lo∣gan, and Tunghiang.
• 8. Linkiang Commands over four Cities, as Linkiang, Sinkin, Sinjin, and Hiakiang.
• 9. Kiegan Commands over nine Cities, as Kiegan, Taiho, Kiexui, Iungfung, Ganfo, Lungciven, Vangan, Iungsin, and Iungning.
• 10. Xuicheu Commands over three Cities, as Xuicheu, Xangcao, and Sin∣cuang.
• 11. Iuencheu Commands over four Cities, as Iuencheu, Fueny, Pinghiang, and Vancai.
• 19. Chancheu Commands over twelve Cities, as Chancheu, Utu, Sinfung, Hingque, Hoeichang, Ganynen, Ningtu, Xuikin, Lingnan, Xeching, Changning, and Tingnan.
• 13. Nangan Commands over four Cities, as Nangan, Nankang, Xangyen, and Cungy.

According to the Chinese Account, there are in this Province 1363629 Fa∣milies, and 6549500 Fighting Men.

The Revenue paid yearly out of this Province to the Emperor consists of

[illustration]

[illustration]

1616600 Bags of Rice, 8230 Rowls of raw Silk, and 11516 Rowls of wrought Silk, beside several other Taxes and Imposts.

Thus much concerning the Province of Kiangsi, and the number of the great and small Cities; I shall now relate what hapned in our Travels through this Province to that of Nanking.

No sooner were the Ambassadors arriv'd at the Gate of the Chief City of Nangan, but a Gentleman was immediately dispatch'd to Complement them in the Name of the Magistrates, and conduct them to those Lodgings which were provided for them. A while after came the Governor himself, with some other Persons of great Quality, who after Civilities interchanged, fell into some Discourses of small importance; and having thus spent an hour, they took their leaves and departed, sending a handsom Treatment that Night at the Charge of the City.

Afterwards came to us two Tartar Gentlemen, who were newly arrived there from the Imperial City of Peking; and after they had Saluted the Am∣bassadors, they told them that they were sent to Congratulate the Vice-Roys of Canton, upon their Victory obtain'd the last Year against the Chineses, in the Province of Quangsi; they then took their leaves and departed, seeming much to admire the large and tall Statures of the Hollanders, and that they should come from the end of the World to Salute their Emperor; adding withal, That his Imperial Majesty expected them with great impatience.

During our abode here, we were often visited, and receiv'd the friendly Salutations of the best and chiefest of the City.

The Ambassadors were here very much troubled to procure Vessels to carry them to Nanking; for though they did earnestly insist to prosecute and hasten their Iourney, yet the Commissioner appointed to furnish them with Boats, could not get them ready so soon as he desir'd: whereupon the Mandorin Pinxenton rated him with such bitter Expressions, that taking it to heart, he drew his Knife, and would certainly have stabb'd himself, had he not been prevented by one of the Mandorin's Servants.

The Country about this City (which is the farthest City of this Province) is very pleasant and fruitful, surrounded with Hills and Mountains, which serve for a Fence to Guard the Country. One of these Mountains far exceeds the rest for delightfulness, being call'd Sihoa, which signifies A Place of Pleasure.

This City is divided into two equal Parts, by an Arm of the River Chang; which being situate on the Stream, causes great Trading there for all the Goods and Merchandises which are brought out of China, and carried to the Province of Quantung, or from thence to the other Places of Trade which lie higher up in the Country, are for the most part unladed in this City, from whence they are carried to other Parts by Land or Water.

The South part of this City is close built with several goodly Houses, and is full of Commerce and People: On the North side stands an Idol-Temple, very curiously built, and so richly adorn'd, that a second Dedalus may be said to have shewn his Art in the contrivance of this Edifice. However, in bigness and strength this City stands not in competition with that of Nanhung, al∣though the Tartars in their last Invasion were more favourable to this than to the other; for in Nangan they forbore to destroy such Fabricks as were of any note, but in Nanhung all were ruin'd. Besides, the great Commerce and Traf∣fick which has been of late Years driven here, has been a means to enrich the Inhabitants thereof, who have continually contributed toward the re-edifying of this City.

After four Days abode in this City, the Ambassadors Embarqu'd themselves with all their Followers, to pursue their Voyage to Peking. From the City of Canton to Nanhung we were Tow'd all the way against the Stream by Track-men, not without great danger of Shipwrack, by reason of many Rocks that lie hid under Water; but now we were carried down with the Stream, though yet not without great labor, and danger of often losing both Ship and Goods. The River Can runs here as swift as an Arrow from the Bow, and is full of Banks, Sands, and Shoals, which requires much care and experience in the Mariners. It hapned in this Passage among other Accidents, that the Barque in which Iacob de Keizer, one of the Ambassadors had Embarqu'd himself, with the Presents to the Great Cham, fell into a Whirl-pool, and turning and wind∣ing amongst unsteady Eddies, drove at last on a hidden Sand, where she stuck fast, and could not be gotten off until they had unladen her: they then per∣ceiv'd that she had two great Leaks in her Hull, which they made shift to stop, putting the Goods Aboard again, and so we proceeded on our Iourney. The Mandorins commanded the Water-men to be severely Lash'd with a thick Leather Whip; and the Master himself had not escap'd the same Punishment for his neglect, if the Ambassadors had not interceded for him.

The next Day being the 14. of April, we pass'd by the second small City call'd Nankang, but did not Land as we went; but in our Return put Ashore.

This Nankang lies upon the left side of the River Chang: It is built four-square, being invested with a strong Wall twenty five Foot high, and was for∣merly rich, and famous for Commerce: It hath four Gates, each about a quarter of a Mile distant one from another. This City was totally subverted by the Tartars in the last War. On the River side stands a strong high Tower, the Structure well built. At our return we lay with our Vessels before Nam∣mon, which signifies The South-Gate; from whence a Street leads to the House of the Governor; and at the end of the Street stands a Chinese Triumphal Arch, an elaborate Piece, which the Tartars left without any demolishment: At the end of this Street is the Market-place, to which is brought daily all manner of Provisions, as Flesh, Fish, and Fruits of all sorts in great abundance.

Upon the 15. we came to Cancheu, the twelfth Chief City of the Province of Kiangsi, where we took up our Lodgings for that Night; and were visited

Aboard our Vessels by some great Mandorins, who welcom'd us in the Name of the Magistrates; after which the Ambassadors address'd themselves to the great Tutang of this City, returning him the like Complemental Civilities, who receiv'd them with singular Courtesies and seem Affection, and con∣ducted them into his private Apartment, where he plac'd them on his right Hand: Then he ask'd them several Questions concerning the Constitution of Holland, viz. Of how many Provinces it consisted, and how remote from Portugal? How long their present Government had been Establish'd? When that Power began? Whe∣ther they were all of one and the same Religion? and Whether they us'd Beads in their Ejaculations after the Portugese manner? To each of which Particulars the Ambas∣sadors return'd them a brief and satisfactory Answer. By these Questions we guess'd what a near Community and Commerce there was between this Lord and the Portugueses; and we were likewise afterwards told, that his Wife had been Baptiz'd by them. Whilst we were drinking of Thea in the With∣drawing-room, he desir'd to hear our Trumpets sound in the Hall, with which he was exceeeingly pleas'd; and also seem'd much to admire our Arms: And because this Tutang (who held his Residence and Court in this Chief City) had the Command over the Provinces of Kiangsi, Fokien, Hucang, and Quantung, and consequently was not much inferior to a Vice-Roy; and that the Ships of our East-India Company, bound from Iapan to Taiwan, often supply'd them∣selves here with much fresh Water; (for the Province of Fokien is all Maritime, lying opposite to the other Island of Formosa) therefore the Ambassadors con∣cluded to offer him some Presents; but he refus'd them with great Civility, alledging, That the Tartar Government would not permit any Presents to be receiv'd from any Foreign People, till they had made their Appearance at the Court before his Impe∣rial Majesty. He likewise added, That he did not refuse them out of a Chinese Dis∣simulation, but only to observe the Custom of their Country; and assur'd the Ambassa∣dors, that in their Return from Peking, all manner of Friendship should be shewn them.

This Cancheu, in regard of the great Income and Revenue arising yearly from the Trade that is driven there, is one of the Chief Cities in the Province of Kiangsi, and Commands over twelve small Cities: It lies about sixty Miles from Canton, close to the side of the River Can, which takes its source near to the eighth small City call'd Xuikin, and flows from thence Northward up to Cancheu. The City is four-square, as Nankang, and is surrounded with a high Stone Wall about two Miles compass: There are four Gates also to this City, which are call'd after the four Winds. We lay all Night in our Barques before the Western Gate. The Streets of the City are handsomly Pav'd. On the East-end stands a high well-built Tower, from the top of which you have a full Prospect of the City and adjacent Countries, which are wondrous plea∣sant. The Burgers Houses and Dwellings are built in good order, among which are some very large ones well furnish'd; but the Palace of the Gover∣nor exceeds all the rest.

Among other stately Edifices, this Place abounds in curious Idol-Temples, very richly adorn'd with Pictures and Graven Images; but there is one espe∣cially (whose Top stands higher, crowning all the rest) which may be rec∣kon'd among the chiefest Temples in all China, and is call'd Kuil, Kiasti, Miao; Miao signifying A Church, and Kuil Kiasti being the peculiar Name of the Idol they here worshipp'd.

On the Verges of this Idol-Temple stood several Bedsteads for Travellers,

[illustration]

[illustration]

and Priests that come to Offer, to Lodge in; as in most Places the Idolatrous Edifices serve for Inns to receive and harbor Strangers in. In the Porch of this Temple stood on each side two Giants of Plaister-work, the one Fighting with a Dragon, and the other having a Dwarf lying under his Feet, with a drawn Sword in his Hand: The signification of these two Figures may be easily understood by those who have but small skill in the Chinese Characters and Emblems. On the other side of the River stands another Temple upon a high Hill, which I went to see early in the Morning, and found the same situated in a very pleasant Place, to which you ascend by Stone Steps. Not far from hence stands a small Chappel rarely built, according to the Chinese Model; whereas such as Travel this way, Offer something to this Idol for a safe Passage, and preservation from the hidden Rocks and Sands, whereof there lie many in the River Can; which if they escape, they attribute their Success solely to these Offerings; but if they happen to miscarry, then they lay the blame on themselves, that either they made no true Confession, or brought Gifts too mean for this their Deity.

At the Place where the two Rivers Chang and Can meet and conjoin, cross the Stream lies a long Bridge of Boats, cover'd over with Planks: At the end of the Bridge stands a Toll-house for the receipt of Custom.

Upon the 18. of April we pass'd by the ruinous and deplorable City of Van∣••••ngam. This City lies close to the side of the River Can, on the right hand, in a very fruitful and pleasant Soil. The Tartars were so cruel to this Place in the last War, that they left nothing standing that was any ways remarkable: It appears to have been a wondrous delightful Place, very accurately built, and full of Inhabitants. The Country round about this City, produces twice a year great store of Fruit to the Husbandman: And not far from hence lies a Hill which has Silver-Mines, but the Chineses are forbidden by their Laws to dig for any Silver.

On the East-side of this City is a Mountain call'd Chao, whose Top reaches up to the Clouds; and though of this vast heighth, yet from the bottom to the top there grow all sorts of Trees and Herbs, which made us a delightful Prospect at a distance.

About half a Mile from this Place we saw lying the sixth small City call'd ••••ngeiven, which has a small Inlet of the River Can running up to it; but this

[illustration]

[illustration]

City participated of the same Misfortune with the rest, and was totally ruin'd and sack'd by the Tartar, who left nothing standing but one Triumphal Arch, which serves for some Ornament to the Place; but the Houses and great Buildings lie all in a Heap of Ashes.

We left immediately this miserable Town, and came to an eminent Vil∣lage call'd Pekkinsa, whose Situation is most pleasant, and where a good Trade is driven in all Naval Materials, to the great benefit of the Inhabitants. At a great distance before you come to this Village, you see several Cliffs, which have been so wonderfully cut and order'd by Art and Labor, that the very sight thereof fill'd us all with admiration; but the last War has much defac'd the beauty of them, and there is now only left the Ruines whereby to judge what a brave Ornament they were formerly. The very destruction of these artificial Rocks sufficiently declares what vast Devastations befel the whole Empire of China in the last War of the Tartars, who did not only ruine the greatest Cities, Towns, and Villages, but neither suffer'd any Ornaments to continue eminent in the Country; for not any Place of note escap'd the fury of those barbarous People, except the Imperial City of Peking, which the Tar∣tars favor'd after they had taken it, where yet are to be seen most rare and ex∣quisite Curiosities, whereof we shall make mention hereafter.

In regard of the extraordinary strangeness of these Stone Cliffs made by Art, I took the Altitude of one of them which had suffer'd least prejudice by the Tartars, and found it at least forty Foot. The like artificial Rocks are to be seen in the Emperor's Court, where the Great Tartar Cham often refreshes himself in the heat of Summer.

We departed at last from this Village Pekkinsa, and came late in the Even∣ing to the small City Taiko, which is the second small City under the Iuris∣diction of the ninth Chief City Kiegan, and situate on the side of the River Can.

Early in the Morning I took a view of this Place, which hath toward the Water side high and strong Walls: The Country round about is most de∣lightful and luxurious; but the City it self lies wholly ruin'd by the Tartars: The Streets are well enough Pav'd, but very small and narow, yet were reple∣nish'd formerly with stately Edifices, which now lie waste and uninhabited: all that was left remarkable, is a high Tower, with some Idol Temples. We

[illustration]

[illustration]

were visited here by a certain Mandorin, who was come thither not long be∣fore from Peking with two thousand Horse, upon the Account of the young Canton Vice-Roy: He told us that the Emperor, with several Lords in Pe∣king, long expected our coming.

Upon the 29. of April we came unto the most famous City of Kinungam, call'd by som Kiegan, which is the ninth Prime City of this Province of Kiang••i: It lies about forty Miles from Taiko, being built upon the Western side of the River Can, not far from the Place where those terrible and dreadf••l Cliffs call'd Xepatan discover themselves, and is defended with tall Battlements, by the help of which she was enabled to make resistance against the Tartars when beleaguer'd by them. Here were also formerly many stately Structures; but they are now generally ruin'd and destroy'd by the Enemy, some few Idol-Temples only remaining. Over against the City lies an Island, where stands a curious Temple of modern Building, hung round about with great and small Images.

The Country round about this City is full of Hills and Dales, in which are said to be Gold and Silver Mines; but the Chineses are prohibited by their Laws to dig for any, only they are permitted to take what of either they can find upon the sides of the Rivers. These Parts are also pregnant and delight∣ful; for in this Country (which is seldom known in other Places) there is no want of Water either Winter or Summer, nor too much Drought.

Near to Ganto, the fifth small City under the Iurisdiction of Kinungam, a mighty high Mountain call'd Nucung, lifts her Head towards the Clouds, and is as remarkable for bigness as any in those Parts.

Most of the Chinese Rivers are very dangerous, being so precipitate, that all Vessels are liable almost to continual Attaques, and sudden surprizals of Rocks, Banks, and Shoals in ambush; so that the Masters ought to be skilful and circumspect in their Steerage from Port to Port. But the River Can is near this City most hazardous, there residing those unmerciful Bilgers, call'd by the Natives Zepatane. The Vessels bound hither take commonly very expert Pilots, and such as are by Custom better acquainted with the fixed Rocks, and still varying and unsetled Shoals.

The Inhabitants of this Place and the adjacent Parts, recounted to us with

much regret and reluctance, how barbarously they had been us'd by the Tar∣tars, who burnt and destroy'd their Houses, carrying many into perpetual Slavery; others they put to Death with rare and exquisite Tortures, making no discrimination either of Sex or Age; and when they had glutted their sal∣vage Inclinations with Ruine and Plunder, they exercis'd their more inhu∣mane Cruelty upon innocent Virgins, of whom four thousand, all choice and singular Beauties, they carried into Captivity, aud for inconsiderable Sums sold them to make Bawds and Madams of Pleasure-houses, so prostituting them to be comprest and devirginated by libidinous Courtiers and deboist Hectors, for their own Profit, at what Price soever they pleas'd to put upon them.

That same Day we made such good speed, that we got beyond Kiexui, the fourth small Town under the Iurisdiction of Kiegan. This Place is situate on the side of the River Chang, and is in circumference a Mile and a half, sur∣rounded with Hills, and built after the Chinese fashion, with Idol-Temples: On the Water side stands a strong Wall fifteen Foot high.

The next Day, being the 20. of April, we past by Kiakia, the fourth small City under the eighth Chief Metropolis Liukiang. This City lies about thirty Miles from Kiexui, at the bottom of the Mountains, and upon the North side of the River Can, which waters this City, to the great accommodation of the Inhabitants.

The Country about this Place produces Oranges and other Fruits in great abundance: A good part of its Wall is built upon the Hills, and the Ground lying within the Wall is Manur'd by the Inhabitants. Here is standing an an∣cient Idol-Temple, which is famous for having two Gates, each being of one intire Stone; but the Houses were most of them demolish'd by the Tartars. Not far from these Walls lies a Mountain call'd Mung, whose Top reaches so high, that it seems to be invested with Clouds: yet the sides of this Aspirer flourish, being cloth'd with stately Woods, and mantled with verdant and delightful Pastures.

That same Day toward the Evening we got to the City Sinkin, the second small City under the eighth Chief City of Linkiang, which lies about twenty Miles from Hiakiang; and it is situate also on the side of the River Can, having a pleasant Prospect of Hills and fruitful Fields behind it. This Place doth not differ much in bigness or beauty from Hiakiang, only it lies in a more even Soil, and not so near the Mountains. Toward the Water, in the middle of a Wall, stands a very high and well-built Gate. Most of the Buildings within had been destroy'd by the Tartars. We lay all Night Aboard our Vessels over against the City near to an Idol-Temple, where the Governor came to Salute us, and brought some few Presents for the Kitchin.

Upon the 22. we set Sail early in the Morning, and arriv'd by Noon be∣fore the Chief City of Fungching, which is the second small City under the Iu∣risdiction of the first Chief City of Nanchang. This City lies in a flat and even Soil, built four-square, and situated upon the said River Can, and is surround∣ed with a high Wall above a Mile about.

On the North side of the City is a populous Suburb, well and close built with goodly Buildings.

There are also two great and high Triumphal Arches, which had been much defac'd with the rest of the brave Structures in the last bloody Invasion. There are likewise several Mountains not far from this Place; one is call'd Pechang,

from whence there falls a mighty Torrent of Water with a most hideous noise.

The next Day, being the 23. of April, we came in sight of the first Chief City of Nanchang, which is also call'd by some according to the Name of the Province, Kiangsi, where it is situated. We were hardly come to an Anchor, but the Magistrates sent four very commodious Boats Aboard to fetch us Ashore, for there is no Landing or coming near the shore with great Vessels, by reason of the Sands. The Mandorin Pinxenton took presently two of the best of these Boats for himself which was ill taken by the Ambassadors: Not long after came the Magistrates themselves to welcom them, and caus'd Pin∣xenton to restore to the Ambassadors one of the Boats which he had taken for his own use.

The next Day one of the Ambassadors, namely Peter de Goyer (for Iacob de Keyser found himself ill) with the Secretary Henry Baron, and all our Follow∣ers, went to visit the Tutang, or Governor of this City; who receiv'd us with great Civility, and shew'd his Displeasure at his Interpreter for bringing the Ambassadors a foot, saying, That such Persons as came from so remote and strange Parts, to Congratulate his Imperial Majesty upon his Victories and Prosperity, ought to be receiv'd in great State: He was also very much offended at the Mandorins of the Canton Vice-Roys, calling them Asses. After the Ambassador had taken his leave, and was come into the Street, one of the Governor's Gentlemen came and presented both him and his Secretary each with a fine Horse, upon which they rid to the Water side; and when the Ambassadors set Sail, they were Sa∣luted with the great Guns from the Walls of this City; and they to requite this civil Reception of the Governor, sent him a few Presents, but he refus'd them, saying, That no Person in China was permitted to receive any Presents from Forein Ambassadors, before they had seen and Saluted the Emperor.

The Chief City of Nanchang is distant about five Miles from Funching, situa∣ted near that great Lake call'd Poyang, which hath a Current round this City, so that she stands amidst an Island: Her Building is four-square, with high Walls and seven Gates, whereof four are very handsom; before one of which we lay at Anchor. This City also boasts four stately Temples, which are very richly adorn'd; but amongst them that is the most famous which the Chineses call Thisiking, being cover'd with glittering or glaz'd Pan-Tyles: At the En∣trance stand three Buildings together; in the first of which appears an Idol, by the Chineses call'd Kouja, believ'd to be the Guardian and Preserve of this his own Mansion; he sits amongst a great many other Images upon a rich Seat, Cloth'd Al' antique, after the manner of the old Romans, with a Crimson Mantle hanging upon his Shoulders: On each side stands upon a bigh Pole two terrible Dragons, much admir'd among the Chineses, which with extended Necks seem hissing and breathing defiance against the Gods. In the second Structure you have a broad Gallery reaching round the Temple, hung full of Idols, which are much ador'd by the Chineses. The third Building is also adorn'd with the like Images.

At the Entrance of the first of these Edifices, on the right side, stands a Well, which is twelve Paces in the square over, and curiously adorn'd with white Stone, and always brim full of Water.

The Chineses fancy to themselves wonderful Stories from this Idol Kouja and the Well, believing that formerly here he dwelt, and in his Life was very Charitable to all poor People, dispencing freely what he had among them;

and his Treasure was never to be exhausted, because he being a great Alchy∣mist, was possess'd of the Elixir, and converted all Metal into Gold. Like∣wise they imagine that this Kouja, through their Gods Direction and Power, did once overcome a most hideous Dragon, which threatned the Destruction of this City; which he afterwards bound to an Iron Pillar and flung into this Well, and so deliver'd the Inhabitants from the grand Destroyer, as a se∣cond St. George; and that he at last with all his Family was taken up into Heaven. Therefore these Idolaters (who held this for a good and holy Deed) erected this Temple for him after his Death. Many other Stories were told us of this their Deity. Most of the other rare Buildings which had been for∣merly in this City, were totally destroy'd by the Tartars, only there is still left standing one well-built Tower.

The Fields about this City are very fruitful, and well manur'd, which fur∣nish the Cities and Towns round about with all manner of Provisions and Corn.

The greatest destruction which befel this City in the last War, was occasi∣on'd thus: One Kiuns, a famous Commander, born in the Province of Leao∣tung, was made Governor by the Great Tartar Cham over this Province of Ki∣angsi; for the Tartars much trust the Leaotungers, because they lie next to Tartary: but this Kiuns revolted from the Tartar, with this whole Province of Kiangsi, and own'd one Iunglieus for Emperor.

The Tartar to stifle in the Birth the Design and Intention of this Comman∣der, and to reduce the said Province under his Obedience, rais'd a formida∣ble Army, Listed under famous Captains. In the mean while this Kiuns had Fought several Battels with good success against the Tartars, and put to flight the chief Commander of the Southern Provinces with his whole Army, which was sent against him. Hereupon this Kiuns went and besieg'd the City of Can∣cheu; but when he understood that the Tartar was coming against him with a powerful Army, he rais'd his Siege, and march'd toward the Frontiers of the Northern Provinces, to hinder the Inroads of the Tartar: and at first Kiuns Fought with good Conduct and Success, having a great Army with him, that understood well the Tartar Discipline; but finding his Enemy to be too strong, and ready to overpower him, he was necessitated for his safety to re∣treat into this City of Nanchang. The Tartars though they had a very formi∣dable Army, yet durst not venture to Storm the City by close Leagure, but resolv'd to force an Entrance by their Necessities: and the better to effect this their Design, they commanded the neighboring Villagers to assist, causing them to dig a great Trench on the Land side of the City; but the River was block'd up with Vessels, to prevent all manner of Provision from coming by Water to their Relief. This Place was then exceeding full of Inhabitants; so that Kiuns, af a Siege of four Months, was reduc'd to great extremity by Fa∣mine; and though several daily suffer'd Death, yet they would not deliver up the City, still expecting that Iunglieus would come and relieve them: But when Kiuns saw himself brought as it were to the last gasp, 'tis said he thus encourag'd his Men; Most valiant Fellow-Soldiers, we are to expect no other Help than what our Swords and Courage will afford us; we must therefore force our Way through the Tartars: make ready and follow me. Thus having ended his short Speech, and put himself and those with him into the best posture he was able, he Sallied out immediately; but coming to the Trench (which was large and deep) they began to see the difficulty of their Attempt; yet being in de∣spair,

[illustration]

[illustration]

they at last got over the Trench, notwithstanding all the opposition of the Tartars, and fought their Way through the Army, with the slaughter of a great number of their Adversaries: Kiuns himself came off with his Life, and hid himself among the Mountains. He was no sooner gone out of the City, but the Inhabitants immediately set open the Gates to the fury of the Enemy; who being got in, never left destroying till they had ruin'd the whole City; and when they had done with the Buildings, they fell upon the Citizens, whom they put all to the Sword: for it is a Maxim among the Tartars, That such Cities as revolt against them, and are subdu'd by force of Arms, should be serv'd after this manner; but such as yield without any opposition, have no hurt done unto them.

Upon the 25. of April we came to a Village famous for Shipping, call'd Ucienjen, where lay great store of Vessels of several sorts and sizes, which were come thither from all Parts of China, to lade with China Earthen Ware, great quantities whereof are sold in this Village, which lies near to the Pool call'd Poyang, upon the side of the River Can, and is above a Mile long: It is a Place full of Trade, and very handsomly built. Upon the side of a Mountain near this Place, stands a well-built Idol-Temple, behung with great and small Ima∣ges. I found hanging also in this Temple a great many black Lamps, which the Inhabitants kept continually burning Day and Night. The Chineses and Tartars that at any time are to pass over this Pool Poyang, Offer up first some Present or other to the Idol of this Temple, for a safe and speedy Passage. The Sacrifice which I saw here, is perform'd after this manner: The ordinary sort of People take a Cock, but the rich a Hog (wherewith the Country abounds) which they bring alive to the Image, which is Pictur'd in a most terrible Posture, and there they cut the Throats of those Creatures, and with the warm Blood besprinkle the Claws of the Idol (which generally resemble the Claws of Griffins) and some part of his Body; so that their Idols are always bedawb'd with Blood, on purpose to make them look with a more grim Aspect. They Offer up likewise to the Idol the Feet of the dead Swine, and the Spurs and Comb of the Cock; the rest they reserve for themselves, and make Merry therewith, Feasting in Honor of this Idol.

Quite through the middle of this rich Village runs a broad Street, full of Shops on both sides, where all manner of Commodities are sold; but the

chiefest Trade is in Porcelane or China Ware, which is to be had there in great abundance.

The Inhabitants of this Village told us (to our great admiration) that there was no better Porcelane made in all the Kingdom of China, than in the Village Sinktesuno, which lay at least a hundred Miles Eastward from hence, near to the City Feuleang, the fourth small City of the second Chief City of Ioacheu: and they added withal, (which increased our wonder) that they did not fetch the Earth whereof this Porcelane is made out of the Province of Kiangsi, where∣in this Village is situated, but from the Chief City of Hoeicheu, in the Province of Nanking; and that the Inhabitants there were not able to make it, though they digg'd the Earth in great abundance, because they knew not how to tem∣per it with the Water, which they alledg'd to be the only reason why they could not attain to this Art. And though I saw not these Cities Hoiecheu and Iaocheu, nor how they digg'd this Soil in one Place, and made Porcelane there∣of in another, yet I will briefly relate to you what Account was given me by Persons of credit, resident in this Village of Ucienjen.

The Earth whereof this Porcelane is made, is digg'd in great quantities out of the Mountains situated near the Chief City Hoeicheu in the Province of Nanking, from whence it is brought in four-square Clods to the above-men∣tion'd Village, which have the Emperor's Arms stamp'd upon them, to prevent all manner of deceit. The Earth is not fat, like Clay or Chalk, but like to our fine Sand, which they mingle with Water, and so make it into the fore∣mention'd Clods. They likewise beat into Powder the broken China Dishes, and make new ones of them; but such as are made of broken Ware never take so fine a Colour and Gloss, as those which are made of fresh Mold: The Earthen Clods which are thus brought from the Mountains, are afterwards fram'd into what fashions they please, after the same manner as our Potters in Europe form their Earthen Ware. Upon the greatest sort of Pots which are made of this Earth, they have an Art to themselves to paint all manner of Creatures, Flowers, and Trees, which they do very curiously only with Indico. This Art of Painting upon the Pots is kept so private and secret, that they will not teach it to any but their Children and near Relations; wherein the Chine∣ses are so dexterous, that you cannot shew them any thing, but they will imi∣tate it upon their Pots and Dishes; which being fram'd and made of this Earth, are first dri'd in the Sun before they are bak'd in the Oven; and when they are throughly dri'd, they are put into an Oven and stopt very close, there baking for fifteen days together with a good Fire underneath: the time being expir'd, they are continu'd in the Oven fiften days more without any Fire, on∣ly the Oven all that while is kept close stopt, and not open'd till it be quite cold; for if they should take the Ware out red hot, it would endanger not on∣ly the breaking of it, but also the losing of the Gloss. After thirty days the Furnace is open'd in the presence of an Officer, appointed by the Emperor to take an Account of this Earthen Ware, and to receive his Duty, which is of each sort the fifth piece, according to the Laws of the Kingdom; the rest they afterwards sell to the Inhabitants of this Village Ucienjen, where (as they say) is the Staple of this Porcelane Trade, which is sent from this Village, not only through all China, but also through the whole World.

We departed the same Day from this Place, and upon the 26. came to the Chief City of Nankang, which lies upon the West-side of this Lake, which is very broad and long.

[illustration]

This City is built upon a mountainous Soil, about fifty Miles from Nan∣kang: the Walls are both high and strong, and fortifi'd with Bulwarks. Within the City stands a well-built Tower; the Streets are very full of Wind∣ings and Turnings, which makes them very troublesom to such as use them. The first Street, which lies on the left-hand as you come in, has several Trium∣phal Arches standing in it, very artificially built according to the Chinese fa∣shion: Beside these Ornaments there is nothing rare in this City, for the Houses are but mean, and slightly built.

In prospect of this City lie several stately Temples, whereof the biggest and chiefest are built upon the Mountains Quangliu and Iuenxiu. The Inhabi∣tants round about worship these Mountains, upon which dwell a great com∣pany of Priests and Friers; each of which has a little Hutch, where he daily cruciates and afflicts himself, by scourging and disciplining his Body; the en∣during of which Castigation makes him a Miracle to those People of impli∣cit Faith, who fancy these their Sufferings to merit after Death the highest Felicities in another World: for they believe, that their Souls are transmi∣grated into other Bodies. The Inhabitants told us, that upon the Mountain Quanglu there are as many Cloysters as Days in the Year. They said likewise, that this Mountain was always cover'd with Clouds and Fogs, though round about the Weather were clear and serene. The Country produces store of Hemp, whereof the Inhabitants make themselves Clothes for the Summer, which very much keep off the scorching Heat of the Sun.

On the West-side of this City lies a Hill, which the Chineses call Kien. The Water that falls from the Brow of this Hill, is held by the Chineses very sove∣raign for several Diseases.

The Pool Poyang divides the Territories belonging to this City into two parts, both which are very fruitful in Rice, and Corn of all sorts.

Upon the 29. we made for the City of Hukeu, being the fourth small City of the fifth Chief City Kieukiang, to furnish our selves with Provisions. This City lies forty Miles from the foregoing Chief City of Nankang, upon the narrow of the Lake Poyang, and upon the right-side of the River Kiang, which mingles with it, and receives no small share of its Water. On the North-side of the City doth appear a very pleasant and antique Rock, which hangs somewhat over the River, and appears a most delightful Prospect, being over∣grown

with Trees. At the bottom of this Mountain stands a large and beau∣tiful Idol-Temple. The Walls of this City are very thick and high, and for the greater safety of the City, are Guarded in several places with Foot-Sol∣diers. This City drives a handsom Trade, is full of People, and well built; all manner of Provisions are sold very cheap, especially Fish, which yields but a small Price.

About this City lies a Hill call'd Xechung, which signifies A Stone Bell; for the Waves and Billows which rise out of the Pool Poyang in foul and stormy Weather, beat against this Hill, and occasion thereby such a strange and ring∣ing noise, that it very much resembles the sound of a Bell.

We were no sooner come to an Anchor, but the news of our Arrival fill'd the whole City with joy, so that both old and young came running to the Shore to view us and our Vessels, who beheld us with great admiration, and fain would have been talking to us, if the difference of Language had not hin∣dred: We caus'd our Trumpets to sound that old Tune of William of Nassaw, supposing to have delighted them; but on the contrary, they were so much affrighted with their brazen Voice, that they ran roring with full speed for shelter to the City.

Having provided our selves with Necessaries, we departed from this Place and came to Pengce, the fifth small City under this Capital one of Kieukiang. Thus far had we proceeded in our Voyage upon the River Can from Kancheu to Nanking; from whence we passed over the Pool Poyang, and so came into the River Kiang, which, to prosecute the remainder of our Voyage to Peking, we were to Sail up Eastward. This River Kiang, which signifies The Son of the Sea, divides all China into Northern and Southern, gliding from West to East, and receives several Names from the Provinces through which it runs.

The foremention'd City Pengce lies thirty Miles from Hukeu, behind an Island on the East-side of the River Kiang, and has behind it high and famous Hills: it is a well-built Place, but far less than Hukeu.

Not far from this Pengce lies a Mountain call'd Siaocu, which is so steep, high, and inaccessible, that none could ever scale the top: It is surrounded with Water, and has on the South-side a small, but very safe Road for Ships in foul Weather.

Upon the South-side of the River Kiang lies also a Hill call'd Makang, talk'd on with terror through all China for the abundance of Shipwracks which hap∣pen near this Place: for if the Pilot miss never so little his Steerage, they sel∣dom escape bilging on the neighboring Rocks.

The Ambassadors with some of their Followers went Ashore upon the said Island, but were forc'd immediately to return, having observ'd the footing of a Tyger, which sort of Beast is very numerous in this Country.

When the Chinese Pilots saw our Cook going to make a Fire to dress Dinner, they came into the Cabbin to the Ambassadors, fell down upon their Knees, and earnestly entreated that they would forbid any such thing to be done, for that (as they said) there was a certain Spirit who kept himself under Water about this Pool, and appear'd in the shape of a Dragon, or great Fish, and had the Command over this Countrey, whose Nature and Constitution was such, that he could not endure the scent in his Nose of roasted Poultry, boil'd Bacon, or other savory Smells; for so soon as he was sensible of any such thing, he immediately rais'd a Storm, which did infallibly cast away the Vessel. The Ambassadors at their earnest Entreaty sent word to the Cook, that they should

be content with a cold Dinner for that Day. During the Discourse, there appear'd playing above the Water two or three Tunny Fishes, which put the Chineses into no little fear, in regard they imagin'd the Water-Spirit had al∣ready given order for the casting away of their Vessel.

Thus far we had travell'd through the Province of Kiangsi, when about Noon we came in sight of two Columns which stood in the middle of the Ri∣ver, and divide the Province of Kiangsi from that of Nanking, into which we were now come. But before I relate the Sequel of our Iourney, I shall give you in short the number of the great and small Cities of this Province, and the farthest Extent thereof.

This Province of Nanking (which is reckon'd for the ninth among the fif∣teen) is wash'd with the Sea on the East and South-East: On the South it borders upon the Province of Chekiang; on the South-west, upon Kiangsi; on the West upon Hupang; North-West, upon Honan; and the rest upon Xan∣tung.

In this Place formerly they kept the Court of the ancient Chinese Emperors; and though the Imperial Palace be remov'd to Peking, yet till the last Tartar War, the Court of the Emperors did continue in the Chief City of this Pro∣vince call'd Kiangning: but the Tartars in the last Invasion, did not only to∣tally destroy and deface all Royal Palaces, and Imperial Courts, which were most noble Edifices, but also alter'd the very Name of the Province and of the Chief City: for the Province which formerly bore the Name of Nanking they call'd Kiangnan; and the Chief City which was formerly call'd Ingtien, they nam'd Kiangning; and depriv'd this City also of all its Royal Splendor and Privileges.

As this Province far exceeds all the rest in goodness and richness of Soil, so likewise in Trade and Commerce; for here are the Chiefest Cities of all China, each being famous for Traffick. No less doth this Kingdom abound in Shipping above all the rest; for the number of all manner of Vessels is so great, that it seems as if all the Shipping of the World were Harbor'd there: but 'tis no wonder, considering the Situation of the Rivers that run through this Country; for by them they can pass by Water into any part of China, and all Vessels which are bound higher up, must meet there, which lessens the wonder of so great Fleets of Ships together in that part: And besides, all Vessels come to this Province out of the River Kiang through broad Naviga∣ble Waters, made either by Art or Nature, which are call'd The Royal Channels.

The Natives of this Place are generally very Civil, Witty, Serviceable, and Mannerly: It likewise breeds great store of able Handicrafts-men, who prove most excellent in their several Arts. There are likewise here very Learned Men, brought up in their Schools of Literature.

It produces great store of Cotton and Silk, which maintains there abundance of Weavers, who work in either Commodity; but this is the Womens Busi∣ness, and the Men follow Husbandry and other Employments, or else look to the Children whilst the Women Spin.

This Seat of Nanking is so famous through all China, that whatsoever is made in it, is preferr'd before any thing of the like nature wrought in other parts of the Country.

In this Province lie fourteen Chief Cities, which Command over a hun∣dred and ten small ones; the Names of which fourteen principal ones are these which follow; Kiangning, Fungyang, Sucheu, Sungkiang, Changcheu, Chin∣kiang,

Yangcheu, Hoaigan, Lucheu, Ganking, Taiping, Ningque, Chicheu, and Ho∣eicheu.

Kiangning, call'd also Ingtien and Nanking, Commands over seven Cities, as Kiangning, Kiuyung, Lieyang, Liexui, Caoxun, Kiangpu, and Loho.

Fungyang Commands over eighteen Cities, as Fungyang, Linhoai, Hoaiyven, Tingyven, Uhu, Hung, Xeu, Hokieu, Mungching, Su, Hiutai, Tienchang, So, Lingpi, Ing, Tacho, Hao, and Ingxan.

Sucheu Commands over seven Cities, as Sucheu, Quenxan, Changxo, Ukiang, Kiating, Taicang, and Cungming.

Sungkiang Commands over three Cities, as Sungkiang, Xanghai, and Cingpu.

Changcheu Commands over five Cities, as Changcheu, Vusie, Kiangyn, Gniking, and Cinkiang.

Chinkiang Commands over three Cities, as Chinkiang, Tanyang, and Kintan.

Yangcheu Commands over ten Cities, as Yangcheu, Ychin, Taihing, Caoyeu, Hing∣hoa, Pacyng, Tai, Iucao, Tung, and Haimuen.

Hoaigan Commands over ten Cities, as Hoaigan, Cingho, Gantung, Taoyven, Moyang, Hai, Canyu, Pi, Sociven, and Ciunning.

Lucheu Commands over eight Cities, as Lucheu, Xuching, Lukiang, Vuguei, Cao, Logan, Iungxan, and Hoxan.

Ganking Commands over six Cities, as Ganking, Tungching, Cienxan, Taihu, Su∣fung, Vangkiang.

Taiping Commands over three Cities, as Taiping, Vuku, and Fachang.

Ningque Commands over five Cities, as Ningque, King, Taiping, Cingte, and Nanling.

Cicheu Commands over six Cities, as Cicheu, Cingyang, Tungling, Xelai, Kiente, and Tunglieu.

Hoeicheu likewise over six Cities, as Hoeicheu, Hieuning, Vuyven, Kimuen, In, and Cieki.

There are beside all these four other ordinary Cities in this Province, which the Chineses call Cheu, and some other less Cities which they call Hien: The four Cities are these; Quangte, Hocheu, Cheuceu, and Sincheu.

Quangte Commands over one City, which is call'd Kienping; Hocheu, over Hanxan; Cheucheu over two others, Civenezao and Taigan; Siucheu over four, Siao, Tanxan, Fung, and Poi.

The Chinese Poll-Book of this Province makes mention of 1969816 Fami∣lies, as also of 9967429 Fighting Men.

The yearly Revenue which this Province pays to the Emperor, consists of 5995034 Bags of Rice, 6863 Pounds of unwrought Silk, 28452 Pieces of Cloth, and 2027 Rolls of woven Hemp-Cloth.

This Province likewise furnishes the Emperor's Stables with 5804217 Trusses of Straw or Hay, and 705100 Pounds of Salt: All which being va∣lu'd together, will amount to an incredible Sum, beside what is paid in Mo∣ney, which amounts to 32000000 of Ducats, as I was credibly inform'd by some of the Grandees of the Province; which is not incredible, considering the vast Customs which are paid to the Emperor for all Goods Exported out of the Chief City of Nanking.

The City of Xanghai alone pays yearly to the Emperor for the Toll of Wool, the Sum of 250000 Ducats. All great Shops and Inns pay monthly thirty Toel of Silver, or else the Tartars come and Quarter upon them in their Houses, and misuse them at their pleasure.

[illustration]

Upon the 29. we came to Tonglon, or Tonglieu, the sixth small City in the Iurisdiction of the thirteenth Chief City Chicheu, and the first Place we came at in this Province of Nanking. This is a small City, and lies close to the South-side of the River Kiang, in a very pleasant and delightful Soil, which is encom∣pass'd about with fine little rising Hills and Vales: It is surrounded as well on the Water-side as toward the Mountains, with a reasonable strong Wall, fortifi'd with Bulwarks. This City shews very beautiful as you approach it upon the River, but within it lies in a most lamentable Condition; for the Tartar proceeded with so much fury against it, that they left nothing defac'd that deserves any notice to be taken of, only there is one Street that has some Houses standing in it, the rest are all destroy'd, except the Governor's House, which is in reasonable good order.

The Magistrates or Governors of the City Tonglieu, sent a congratulatory Letter to the Ambassadors upon their Arrivals, as also some Presents for the Table, which were not accepted. The Traffick of this City was only Tim∣ber, so that the Place more resembled Norway than China. About two Miles beyond this we saw an Island lying in the Bosom of the River Kiang, call'd Sanglo.

Not far from Tonglieu, near the River side, rises a Mountain call'd Kieuhoa, or The Nine-headed Mountain, much like the Sun-Flower when hanging down the Head.

Two Miles from this Tonglieu we saw in our Passage the tenth Chief City Ganking, the most famous City of this Countrey, which abounds in Wealth and Trade, because no Goods are brought out of other Parts to the Chief City of Nanking, but they must first pass by this.

Upon the 30. we pass'd by with our whole Fleet to the City of Anhing, call'd by some Chicheu, and the Chief City of the Royalty of Nanking, lying up∣on the South-side of the River Kiang, and is about two Miles in circumference. Upon the River lies a very fine Suburb well built, with good Houses and Idol-Temples: The Walls which invested the City were above twenty five Foot high, and artificially rais'd with Watch-Towers and Redoubts: Near the River side lies a very pleasant Hill, adorn'd with Fruit-Trees, which renders the Prospect very delightful; upon which stands a Heathen Fane, where the

[illustration]

[illustration]

neighboring Inhabitants round about come to Worship, and present Offer∣ings to the Deity of that Place. This Temple is crown'd with a stately Steeple, aspiring with seven Rounds.

The Country, though Hilly, yet abounds with most sorts of Provisions, and is plentifully supply'd with what they want from the adjacent Markets, by the River Kiang.

Toward the Evening we came to Tungling, the third small City under the Command of the Metropolis Chicheu, which is situated most delightfully, be∣ing surrounded with variety of Woods, Hills, and Dales. This City, though but little, is well built, and encompass'd with Walls, having in the Front a Land-lock'd Harbor, for Vessels to shelter in stormy Weather, which very much enriches the Place. The Corner of this Port is Guarded with a strong Castle, which not only defends the City against any hostile Invasion, but also serves to protect the Harbor and Vessels that ride there.

Whilst we were taking a view of this Place the Inhabitants told us, that not far from thence on a Hill, was a very rare Echo: Out of curiosity to hear this Novelty we clamber'd up the Hill, and there sounded our Trumpets, where we heard their Notes return most distinctly, to our great admiration.

Near to this City rises the Mountain Hing, so nam'd from the Apricocks which grow thereupon in great abundance.

Having satisfi'd our Eyes with the view of this Place, we set Sail the next Day, and came on the third of May to a Castle call'd Upun, near the River Ki∣ang, not far from the following City of Ufu, being built four-square, and be∣girt with a large Stone Wall: Amidst this Fortress is a strong well-built Temple, with a high Roof, whose inside is curiously adorn'd with Pictures.

The same Day we arriv'd at Ufu, the second small City under the eleventh Metropolis call'd Taiping, lying with our Vessels close under the Walls of the City. This Town is situate in an Island of the River Kiang; the Suburbs of it are very populous, and full of Commerce: Upon each Angle of this Island are strong Block-houses, but are neither Mann'd, nor have any Guns mounted on them. This City is cri'd up through all China for Arms, the Inhabitants being most dexterous and exquisite in making all manner of Military Uten∣sils; they are likewise very skilful in making Lamps of all sorts.

Upon the fourth we pass'd by the third Chief City, call'd Teytong, which some also call Taiping, lying upon the side of the River Kiang, in an Island there made by the same Stream. The Country about this Island is in some places very Rocky, and full of Hills; in others again, as smooth; but in both exceeding fruitful.

On the South-side of this City we saw at a distance a high Mountain, by the Chineses call'd Tienmuen, which signifies Heavens Gate, because the River Kiang runs through here between two small Hills of this Mountain, as through a Gate. Sailing forward, we observ'd lying in the River over against this City, another Island call'd Hiao, all of one intire Stone: In this Rock were several Holes and Concavities, wherein bred abundance of Night-birds; the Isle from thence denominated Hiao. Not far from hence toward the South-East, is a large Lake or Pool call'd Tanyang, which as well as the River Kiang, divides it self, and waters the whole Countrey of this Chief City, which very much enriches the Grounds round about, making them satisfie the greedy Husbandman.

We understood by the Chineses that this had been a stately City, well built, and full of Trade; but the Tartars totally ruin'd it in the last Wars. Three gallant Towers we saw upon the River side as we Sail'd along; by which we might understand in what a famous Condition this Country had formerly been.

Upon the same Day we came in sight of that renowned and Royal City of Nanking, which is justly call'd the Chief City of the Province of Nanking; we came to Anchor in the Harbor, and lay with our Vessels before the Gate Susi∣mon, which signifies The Water-Gate.

The Ambassadors went the next Day to visit the three Governors of this City, being carried in Palakins, or Sedans, and their Followers waited upon them on Horseback: They were conducted thither in great State by the Agent of the young Vice-Roy of Canton, who resided in this City, and by two Mandorins, who came from Canton in the absence of Pinxenton, who lay still be∣hind.

The chief Governor shew'd the Ambassadors his Withdrawing-room, and made them, after accustomary Complements, to sit down next to him: He was a Chinese, born in the City of Leoatung, but of a very civil behaviour. The Ambassadors shew'd him a Letter of the Presents which were design'd for him, but he would not receive them, they having not yet seen the Emperor.

After they had discoursed a while with this first Governor, they took leave, and went to the second, also a Chinese, and born at Leaotung; who shew'd him∣self no less courteous than the former: He caus'd the Ambassadors to sit down with almost the same Complements, and receiv'd the Letter with great Civility from them, which nominated his allotted Presents; but he being illiterate himself, gave it to one of his Commanders to read, and on the for∣mer account refus'd to accept of them.

From hence they went to the third, who dwelt in the Wall of the old Im∣perial Palace; he sent for the Ambassadors, who came to him in his Cham∣ber, where his Wife was with him: The Apartment was four-square, with Benches round about cover'd with Silk, and a Stove to warm the Room in Winter, in which they burn Reed, Wood being there very scarce. This Go∣vernor was by Birth a Tartar, a young well-set Man, but understood not the Chinese Language, therefore his Sons were Interpreters: His Wife, a proper

and comely Dame, spoke more than her Husband, and seem'd very inquisi∣tive about Holland: She was not dismay'd at our strange Arms, but, like a bold Virago, drew ont our Swords, and discharg'd our Pistols, which much delighted her. The Room was presently fill'd with Tartar Gentlewomen, who belong'd to and waited upon this Lady, and brought a great Silver Kettle full of Thea, mingled with Milk and Salt, placing it in the middle of the Chamber, and serving it about with Wooden Ladles to all the Compa∣ny. The Thea thus mingled, they drink in Wood; but the clear Thea, made onely with Water, they drink in little China Cups; and other Drinks, as Chi∣nese Beer, and Zamsou made of Rice, in Silver.

The Ambassadors, after they had been thus civilly receiv'd and treated, took leave, and went with the Canton Agent to visit a Tartar Gentleman, who was newly arriv'd from Peking: He was a young lusty Man, and had his Lodging in an old ruinous Court, which also belong'd to the Imperial Pa∣lace; but all things were in disorder, and in a decay'd condition, without any Furniture but two or three broken Benches, some Kettles, and a few little Dishes for Thea. His Horses, Mules, Asses, Dromedaries, and Camels, went up and down in the Court, the Stables being all ruin'd and spoil'd.

From this Tartar's Lodgings the Ambassadors were conducted by the Agent to his own House, to a sumptuous Dinner, then made ready by his order for them; where he entertain'd them till Night with all manner of Dainties: Which done, they thank'd him for his great kindness and civility, took their leaves, and return'd aboard their Vessels, in which they lay all their Voyage, both to and from Peking, except at Canton, Nangan, and Peking.

This stately City, which without parallel is the Diadem of all China, lies about thirty five Miles from the foremention'd Taiping, on the East-side of the River Kiang, and in 32 Degrees of Northern Latitude. Her situation is most pleasant, and the Soil luxuriously fruitful, the River running quite through this City, whereof some Streams are navigable for great Vessels. Here was formerly kept the Court of the old Chinese Emperors, the Residence of the ancient Kings of U, Cyu, Cung, Ci, Leang, Chin, and Tanga: Here also Reign'd ma∣ny Lustres the Race of Taiminga, till they remov'd to Peking, the better to pre∣vent the Invasions and Designs of the Tartar.

The Founder of this City was Gnens King of Cu, who nam'd it Kinling▪ which signifies A Golden Countrey: Afterwards the first Branch of the Race of Cina call'd it Moling. The Kings of U, who kept their Courts in this City, call'd it Kienye: The Race of Tanga gave it the Name of Kiangxin; but that of Tai∣minga call'd it Ingcien: And last of all, the Tartars, who not many years since over-ran and conquer'd all China, gave it again the Name of Kiangxing.

Where this City borders on the River Kiang, it hath a broad and deep Gra••••, into which you come out of the Kiang up to the Town, about half a Mile within the Land. Here they pass over on a Bridge of Boats, which brings them conveniently into the City, whose East-side, which runs far into this Country, covers a Flat, with several Navigable Channels running through, so that you may come with large Vessels up to the Town on that side. Over these Channels are several Stone Bridges, very rarely built.

According to all Chinese Geographers, this City exceeds all the Cities of the whole World, not onely in Bigness, but also in Beauty, and handsom Decore∣ment; and is at least five Hours going about, being round, close, and well-built: but the Walls are full six Dutch Miles in length, the Suburbs excepted,

[illustration]

[illustration]

[illustration]

[illustration]

[illustration]

which run out much further. Besides this, the City hath another strong Wall, for the better defence and safety of the Place.

The Chineses describe the Circumference of this later Wall by two Horsemen, who in the Morning setting forth at one and the same Gate, parted, riding contrary, and, they say, met not till the close of the Evening; by which they would have us guess at the vast Circumference of their City. The first Vesture of the City is above thirty Foot high, built Artificially of Stone, with Breast-Works, and Watch-Towers.

There are thirteen Gates in this Wall, whose Doors are plated with Iron, and guarded continually with Horse and Foot: Some of these Gates rest on four or five Arches, through which you pass before you come into the City. We lay with our Vessels before the Gate Suisimon, or Water-gate: So great a number of People pass daily to and again through this Gate, that there is no getting in or out without much crowding.

The chief Streets of this City are twenty eight Paces broad, very neatly pav'd, and strait. In the Night there is such good order observ'd for the pre∣venting of House breaking, or disturbance in the Streets, that there is not the like in any other part of the World.

The ordinary Citizens Houses are but mean, built without any conveni∣ence, and stand all with the cross Ridges next to the Street: They have but one Door to go in and out, and but one Room to eat and sleep in. Next the Street appears onely a four-square Hole, serving in stead of a Window to let in Light, which is commonly cover'd with Reeds in stead of Glass, to prevent Gazers from looking in.

The Houses are but one Story high, being cover'd with White Pan-Tiles, and the out-sides whited over with Chalk.

Such as dwell in these ordinary Houses, drive very mean Trades; but the Shops of the chief Citizens and Merchants are fill'd with all manner of rich Chinese Wares, as Cottons, Silk Stuffs, China Dishes, Pearls, Diamonds, &c. Before each Shop stands a Board, upon which is inscrib'd the Name of the Master in Gold Letters, as also what Goods he sels: Beside these Boards stands a high Pole, which reaches above the House, upon which they hang Pennons and Flags, or something whereby they (as we in Europe with our Signs) make known their Habitations.

They have not here, nor in all China, any Coin'd Money; but use in stead thereof small Pieces of Silver, which are of different value and weight; and though you buy never so little, you must always have a Pair of Scales about you, if you will not be cheated in the weight by these crafty Chineses: for they have commonly two sorts of Weights by them, and are so nimble and deceitful in their Balancing, that you had need of Argus's Eyes when you buy any thing of them.

This great City is also so Populous, that there are above 1000000 People dwelling in it; and yet Provisions of all sorts are to be had there in great abundance, at a small rate, all the Year long: the reason whereof is the fer∣tility of the Soil round about. Amongst other Fruits, there are most delicious Cherries sold very cheap in this City.

Beside the vast number of People, there lies a Garrison of 40000 Tartars: Here resides also the Governor of the Southern Provinces, in the Name of the Emperor.

This City likewise exceeds any other in China for stately Idol-Temples, Towers, rare Edifices, and Triumphal Arches: But the Emperor's Court or Palace formerly exceeded all the rest of the Buildings; wherein the Emperor of China was wont to reside, with the same State and Pomp as now at present the Great Cham doth at Peking.

This Palace was situated on the South-side of the City, built four-square, and surrounded with a Wall which contains the greatest part of the City. Each side of the Square wherein this Palace was included contain'd in length one Italian Mile, and three parts of a Dutch Mile; and as near as could be guess'd by the decay'd Walls, or might be learnt from the Inhabitants, this Court, or Palace, with all belonging thereto, was as big as Haerlem in Hol∣land. Within the first great Gate lay a large Court, which led to the four Squares, and was pav'd with fine smooth Stone.

The Tartars seated themselves near an Idol-Temple call'd Paolinxi, where they built themselves several Huts, leaving the Chineses to dwell in the City, and there to drive their Trade. The Buildings are all of a hard sort of Stone, which the Natives have most curiously painted with a yellow Colour, so that when the Sun reflects on them, they shine like Gold.

Over the Gate of the second Court of this Palace hangs a great Bell, about 10 or 11 Foot in height, and three Fathom and a half in Circumference, whose thickness contains near a quarter of a Yard. The Chineses made great Brags of the sound of this Bell, as if the like were not to be heard of again in all China, yea, not in the whole World; but when we came and struck upon it, we found it sufficiently dull, and the Metal not so good as that of ours in Europe.

And though the Tartars in the last War did not much deprive and impair this City of its former Lustre and Splendor (no City escaping better than this Nanking) yet however the stately Palace of the Kings was totall destroy'd by them. It is suppos'd that the Tartars did this for no other end or cause, but out of a particular Hatred and Grudge which they bore to the Family of Taiminga, who Govern'd till the Court was remov'd from thence to Peking.

But though this City, by the removing of the Imperial Court to Peking, was thus depriv'd of its ancient Glory and Splendor; yet its former and anci∣ent Magnificence, as well as Obedience, is shewn by the extraordinary Pre∣sents yearly sent to the Emperor, beyond all the rest of the Cities.

First of all, Every three Months five Ships are sent from thence, laden with all manner of Silks and Woollen Cloths, to the Emperor at Peking: These Ships are call'd in the Chinese Language Lungychuen, which signifies Ships with Dragon-Cloths, because they are sent to the Emperor, whose Blazonry is full of Dragons. I must confess, that in all my life-time I never saw any Ships to exceed these for Riches and Bravery; for they are so very much Gilded and Painted on the outsides, that it made our Eyes dazle to look on them: and within they were likewise most curiously contriv'd and adorn'd with Images. This one thing alone is enough to discover the Ingenuity of these People.

The City sends likewise for a Present to the Emperor, certain Fish, which are taken before her Walls in the River Kiang, in May and Iune, and are by the Chineses call'd Siyu; but by the Portuguese who live there, they are call'd Savel; and though the Way from Nanking to Peking be more than two hundred Dutch Miles, yet they have a Way to Transport them to the Emperor's Court fresh and good; for a great number of Men are appointed to draw the Boats Day and Night, who are reliev'd upon the Way with fresh Men; so that they per∣form the Iourney in eight or ten Days at the farthest, which is in a manner with as much speed as riding Post in Europe. They likewise signifie by Letters from Place to Place the Hours of the Day when the Barques are arriv'd; and if the Emperor be pleas'd, they never fail to send twice a Week.

As we were Riding out one Day to take the Air, and to view the City, we pass'd by the Gate of the old Imperial Court, where sat a great Tartar Lady, with her Servants waiting upon her, about forty years of Age: she very ci∣villy sent to our Interpreter to invite the Ambassadors into her House: Iacob de Keyzer hereupon lighted, and the Lady then made towards him: She was very debonair and free, look'd upon our Swords, and much admir'd their bending without breaking: She took the Ambassadors Hat, and put it on her own Head, and unbutton'd his Doublet almost down to his Waste: After∣wards she led the way into the House, and desir'd him to follow, appointing one of her Attendants to conduct him, who brought us into her Apartment, where we found her with her Daughter, who was about half her Age, waiting our coming, in great State: The Daughter was Cloth'd in a Violet-colour'd Damask Gown, and the Mother in black Damask, and both of them had their Ears hung with Rings, and their Hair braided and twisted about their Heads with Strings of Pearls; but over their Hair they wore little Caps made of Reed, with a Tassel upon the Crown, of red Silk: Their Clothes reach'd down to their Heels, ty'd about the Middle with a broad Ribbon, and button'd down from the Neck to the Waste: Their Shoes were of black Leather, their Fa∣ces unmask'd, without any Painting: They had us into a large Withdraw∣ing-Room, unfurnish'd, only a few Benches cover'd with Silk, upon which they desir'd us to sit: They drank to us several times in their Liquor made of Beans, which is very strong, but agrees wondrous well with their Constitu∣tions: They set before us also some of their Sweet-meats, much intreating us to Eat, excusing the meanness of the Entertainment, her Husband being ab∣sent.

Having taken leave of these Ladies, we Rid to see a famous Temple, which the Chineses call Paolinxi; but this Name of Paolinxi, not only denominates this Structure, but also a great Plain, which contains several Fanes, Edifices, a Porcelane Tower, and other Rarities. Amongst other Buildings erected upon

[illustration]

[illustration]

this Plain, they shew'd us one great Structure, which exceeded the rest in Art, Beauty, and Cost, wherein hung at least ten thousand Images, all made of Plaister; some were six Foot long, but the most were only one, which were hung round about the Galleries and the Walls, in handsom and exact order. The Heathen Priests receiv'd the Ambassadors with great Respect and Civility, and set open all the Doors of their Temples.

In the middle of the Plain stands a high Steeple or Tower made of Porcelane, which far exceed all other Workmanship of the Chineses in cost and skill; by which the Chineses have declar'd to the World the rare Ingenuity of their Ar∣tists in former Ages.

This Tower has nine Rounds, and a hundred eighty four Steps to the top; each Round is adorn'd with a Gallery full of Images and Pictures, with very handsom Lights: The outside is all Glaz'd over and Painted with several Colours, as Green, Red, and Yellow. The whole Fabrick consists of several Pieces, which are so artificially cemented, as if the Work were all one intire Piece, Round about all the corners of the Galleries hang little Bells, which make a very pretty noise when the Wind jangles them: The top of the Tower was crown'd with a Pine-Apple, which (as they say) was made of massie Gold: From the upper Gallery you may see not only over the whole City, but also over the adjacent Countries to the other side of the River Kiang, which is a most delightful Prospect, especially if you observe the vast circumference of the City, reaching with her Suburb to the River side.

This wonderful Pile (as they inform us) the Chineses built at their own Charges by the Command of the insulting Conqueror the Tartar seven hun∣dred years since, as a Pillar of Honor to them, and when, in like manner as lately, they over-ran all China, bringing the whole Country under absolute Obedience. The now prevailing Foe, whether conquer'd by the extraordi∣nary Beauty and Magnificence, or whether they design'd by it to perpetuate the Memory of their first Conquests, and also to add to their Fame this their second subduing of them, would not permit the demolishing or defacing in the least of this noble Structure; so that now it stands firm and intire as at first.

Round about this Plain are also Woods of Pine, where formerly were

[illustration]

[illustration]

built goodly Edifices, which were the Places of Enterment of their former Emperors, but are now by the Tartars totally demolish'd.

According to all outward appearance, we found these People to exceed not only all the rest of the Nation in Candor, Sincerity, and civil Demeanor, but as much excelling in Science and Understanding. There are also several of the Inhabitants of great Estates, keeping like Port both in their Habits and Hos∣pitality. They enjoy here far greater Privileges than in a less City, which the Tartars allow them, supposing that to be a Bridle to Rebellion.

We found in this City of Nanking a Iesuit, his Name Manuel Van Lisbon, who came Aboard the Vessels of the Ambassadors, to Complement and invite them to Dinner; but they civilly excus'd themselves: however, my self and the Secretary accepted of the Invitation, and were very handsomly receiv'd and Treated next Day by him, with some of the better sort of Chineses, who were pleas'd with our Company; and to signifie that they were Christians, strook upon their Breasts, and Cross'd themselves. This Iesuit was a very free, gal∣lant, and open Spirit, earnestly desiring that we might have free Commerce in China: He came often to see the Ambassadors, and Presented them with se∣veral Provisions for the Table, inviting himself to Dinner at the same time.

The Ambassadors were very desirous to have writ from hence to Iapan, but were inform'd that that Passage was forbidden; the reason said to be this: The unshorn Chineses had complain'd three Years before to the Emperor, that the Chineses of Snitjien and Amei (who belong'd to the famous Pyrate Coxinga) had done them some Injury in Iapan, so that they desir'd the Emperor to right them; who thereupon order'd, that they should go no more to Iapan.

These unshorn Chineses are those who will not submit to the Government of the Great Cham, nor cut their Hair after the Conqueror's fashion: for when this Emperor had conquer'd all China, he issued forth a Command, That the Chineses should wear their Hair after their manner, all cut off, except one Lock behind; which caus'd some thousands of the Chineses (who are very proud of this Ornament) to sacrifice their Lives to the rigor of the Laws, rather than part with one single Tress.

Having spent about a Fortnight in receiving and giving of Visits, we de∣parted from this famous City upon the 18. of May, early in the Morning.

The Ambassadors had made use by the Way of ordinary Barques and Boats, till they came to this Place; but now they were accommodated by the Governors, with the Emperor's own Vessels, to carry them on this their Iourney. These Vessels were very large and commodious, all Gilded and Painted with Dragons open-mouth'd, and looking fiercely. On one end of these Imperial Bottoms was a place for Musick, to recreate the Passengers on the Way; but the Ambassadors desir'd to spare them that trouble, and ap∣pointed that Place for some Chinese Soldiers that came with them from Canton, to Lodge in.

They have severe and corporal Punishments, whoever dares presume to Paint any Yellow or Golden Dragons on their Vessels, or any thing else with∣out leave, this Colour being made use of only by those whom the Emperor's particular Favor admits to that high Honor.

Two great Imperial Vessels were appointed for the Ambassadors: the Chinese Officers, as Pinxenton and the two Mandorins, had also two others; and the Canton Soldiers were put Aboard with the Ambassadors, who were like∣wise accompanied by several Persons from Nanking.

[illustration]

After we had taken leave of the Governor and Magistrates of the City of Nanking, we set Sail, and pass'd by the Ship-Bridge of fourteen Arches. On the farthest Point of the Walls of the City, about two Miles from the Water-Gate call'd Suisimon (where we first arriv'd with our Vessels) there stood a ve∣ry famous and eminent Idol, to which the Mandorin Pinxenton, with the whole Fleet, appli'd themselves, and Offer'd up to this Daemon or Genius of the Place, Swine, Goats, and Cocks Blood, to the end we (which they verily believ'd) might have a safe and prosperous Voyage.

The Sacrifice was perform'd after this manner: The Swine and Goats were first kill'd and cleans'd, and afterwards laid upon the Altar: on the side of this Altar stood several little Images, and behind the Altar the chiefest Image, which is held for the Protector and Defender of this Temple, and to whom it was Dedicated. The Cocks which I saw Offer'd, were kill'd, and their Blood kept and sprinkled upon the Images, which afterwards they wip'd clean. During the Ceremony of the Sacrifice, the Priests upon their Knees made several Grimaces and Mutterings to themselves, as if they and the God had been in some earnest Contract or Dispute, great Tapers burning all that while.

After this Sacrifice we Steer'd our Course Eastward, and Sail'd down the River Kiang with great speed, having the Stream with us; so that in the Even∣ing we came to a famous Village call'd Wanksien, where we stay'd all Night, and in the Morning early we set Sail, and came upon the 20. of Iune to the City of Iejenjeen, which some call Loho.

This Iejenjeen being the sixth and last small City of the Capital City of Nan∣king, lies about sixty Miles from Nanking, on the North-side of the River Kiang, whose Streams run into the large and open East-Indian Sea. Here came several Beggars Aboard us to shew their Tricks; amongst the rest there were two, who knock'd their Heads with so great force one against another, that we look'd every moment to see them fall down dead upon the Place; and in this Gesture they continu'd till the Company had bestow'd their Charity on them: for unless they give them something, they never cease rencountring Head till they kill each other, which has often hapned. I saw likewise in this City another Beggar kneeling down, and seeming to mutter something to

himself; after which he strook his bare Head against a round black Stone with so much fore and violence, that he made the Earth to shake under him: Several other such Feats they use, to win remorse from Strangers.

This small City of Iejenjeen, situate near to the River Kiang, is very delight∣ful, though but small within the Walls, which are not very high, but strong and thick: It is built mighty close, and adorn'd with several Temples and Idolatrous Edifices; and has likewise a populous and well-built Suburb, and much Trade, by which its Inhabitants are much enrich'd.

Whilst we stay'd in this City, the Interpreters told us, That the famous Pyrate Coxinga had Landed some Forces, with an Intention to have surpriz'd this Place, and to have brought the same under his Subjection; but through the care of the Inhabitants he not only lost his Design, but also a great number of his Men, and was forc'd to retreat to his Ships with shame and confusion: yet to shew his Malice, and to revenge himself upon the Citizens, he burnt several of their Vessels which lay at an Anchor before the City, and carried away others with him to a considerable number. They also told us, that about twenty Miles from this Place, there were five great and fruitful Islands in the same River Kiang, in which this Pyrate had chosen to harbor and shelter his Ships in stormy Weather.

Having lain all Night before this City, we set Sail early in the Morning, and the next Day we found upon the North side of the River Kiang, near to a Castle call'd Ruancheu, a large Stone Sluce, at the Head of a Channel, the Work onely of the Spade, forc'd quite through the Country, to get into the Yellow River. so to avoid the trouble of Sailing round about out of one River into another.

These Artificial Channels, by reason of their wideness, and the greatness of the Undertaking, and being made at the Emperor's Charge, are call'd The King's Waters.

We then pass'd by this Sluce, and so came into the first Royal Channel, and from thence we got into the Yellow River, Well may this Channel bear the Name of The Royal Water, since there is nothing more pleasant to be seen in all the World; both sides of the Aquaeduct having not onely smooth large Banks, but planted also with stately and shady Trees. On the West and East of this Royal Channel (for it reaches from South to North) we saw rich Pa∣stures and delightful Woods, the like not to be seen in all Asia, intermingled with abundance of Wealthy Towns, Villages, pleasant Seats, and opulent and stately Dwelling, insomuch that nothing can be more delightful; as if Art and Nature had strove to please the Passenger upon his way through this famous Channel. On one side thereof stood a famous and renown'd Image of the Idol Kinkang, who is highly ador'd by the Chineses.

In the Passage we saw at a distance another great and artificial Idol-Tem∣ple, which was adorn'd with a very brave Tower of six Rounds, and by the Chineses call'd Quangguamiau. A particular Person out of a mistaken religious Zeal, erected at his own Charge this Idol, in honor of this Temple, which stands in a large and pleasant Field, and is surrounded with many Houses, whose Inhabitants and their Neighbors Offer up to this Idol with great De∣votion, all manner of Fruits, besides Beasts, Cocks, Hogs, Swine, and Goats, that so they may be successful in their Labors, and enjoy a plentiful Harvest. All Travellets who pass this way, bring commonly with them fat and rich Offerings to this Idol, their Temple Protector. The Chineses and Tartars who

[illustration]

[illustration]

accompanied us from Canton to Peking, were very desirous to have stay'd here a while, till they had perform'd their Devotions (according to the Custom of the Countrey) in Offering up Cocks, Hogs, and Goats, for the procurement of a prosperous Voyage; but the Ambassadors were unwilling to stay their Iourney, and could not be prevail'd with to lose so much time, but resolv'd to hasten their Voyage, being weary of their vain Superstition: However, they gave leave to some to go ashore to see this famous Structure, which shews very handsomly at a distance, being artificially built after the Chinese fashion; and within adorn'd with abundance of great and small Images (for amongst all other Idolaters, the Chineses exceed in decoration of their Temples) which are fix'd to the Walls. At the upper end stood a great Altar, where they Present their Sacrifices to the Idol: Round about (as is to be seen in most of the Stru∣ctures) hang abundance of heavy Lamps, which burn Night and Day in ho∣nor of this God, and the Departed.

Upon the 24. we came to the brave City of Iamcefu, which is call'd by some Yaucqeu, and is reckon'd for the seventh Capital City of this famous Province of Nanking. This City lies about twenty Miles from Iejenjeen, is built four-square, and surrounded with Walls and strong Bulwarks: It is very large, being at least five Miles about, exceeding most Cities in China for Wealth and Trade.

The Inhabitants of this City deal in several Commodities; but that where∣in their chief Trade consists is Salt, Transported from thence into most Pro∣vinces of China. This Salt is made of Sea-Water, after the manner of ours in Europe. On the East-side of the City we saw standing a great many Salt-Pans, wherein they boil Sea-Liquor Day and Night. This Trade alone has so very much enrich'd the Inhabitants of this Town, that they have re-built their City since the last destruction by the Tartars, erecting it in as great Splen∣dor as it was at first.

In no Place of all China are found more comely, and better humor'd Wo∣men, than in this City: The Virgins, as also the married Women, have very small Feet, and handsom Legs; so that it passes for a common Proverb among the Chineses, That if a Man will have a Wife slender of Body, brown Hair, and with a handsom Leg and Foot, he must come to this City of Iamcefu. But yet in no Place in all China Women bear so inconsiderable a Rate; for it is lawful both to

[illustration]

[illustration]

Parents and Masters to sell their Servants and Daughters to Gentlemen that will buy them, to be their prostituted Harlots.

No sooner were we Landed in this City, but the Mandorin Pinxenton went in great State to Salute and Complement the Commissioner of his Imperial Majesty, and Presented him with four Pieces of red Cloths in behalf of the Ambassadors.

The Emperor hath here a Toll-house, where the Customs are paid for all such Wares as pass. The City is well built, and hath several Channels run∣ning through it, over which are many Stone Bridges. On the West-side are very large Suburbs, which were formerly full of goodly Structures, but were most of them destroy'd in the last Tartar War, yet have begun since to be re∣edifi'd. There are also several Temples, curiously built, and most richly adorn'd. Near this City is a very high Mountain, call'd Heng.

Next Day being the 25. we departed from this Place, and upon the Verge of this Royal Channel we saw twelve Stone Ovens; and not far from thence, on the other side of the Channel lies the famous Burial-City of the Great Sultan, much ador'd and worshipp'd by the Chineses. About Noon we came to a Vil∣lage call'd Saupoo, where at the same time the Chineses were celebrating the Feast of the new Year on the New-years day, being then also Full-Moon, great Acclamations and Expressions of Ioy, signifi'd by their lighting of so many Candles and Bonefires, as if the whole City had been in one great Flame. They run likewise up and down the Streets in their Nocturnals like so many distracted Bacchanals, with Tapers in their Hands, twisted together in the form of Dragons. We were forc'd to stay here a while, till the Mando∣rin Pinxenton and his Lady also assisted at the Solemnity of this Feast.

We found lying about this Village, in this Royal Channel, a great number of all manner of strange built Vessels; but the most to be admir'd at were two Barques or Sloops, which by the Chineses are call'd Longschon, which signifies A Serpent-Boat. These two Vessels were built after a particular fashion, very curiously Painted with all manner of Colours, that they seem'd much to ex∣ceed those Boats which carry the Fish from Nanking to Peking for the Empe∣ror's use.

The Mould or Cast of this fair Bottom was much like the Form of our Water-Snake: The Stern hung full of strange Serpents, fastned with Ribbons

of several Colours, which made a gallant show. At the Stern of one of these Vessels hung likewise two nimble Boys, who play'd Tricks and Gambols to delight the Spectators both above, and by Diving under Water. Upon the top of each Mast, which were three in all, stood an Idol, very curiously adorn'd with Silk Flags and Pennons: In like manner stood on the Poop an Image dress'd with Ducks and Drakes. The Stern was also fill'd with Stan∣dards, set out with Tassels of Hair, Silk Flags, and long Feathers; the Boat cover'd round with Silk. Under an upper high-rais'd Desk, full of Flags and Standards, sat twelve lusty Seamen, with gilt Crowns upon their Heads, Cloth'd in Silk, their Arms naked; these were so dexterous at Rowing, that the Boat went at an extraordinary rate: They came Aboard of the Ambas∣sadors, and seem'd to be overjoy'd at their Arrival: The Ambassadors requi∣ted their Kindness with a return of some Presents; which they willingly ac∣cepted, wishing them good Success in their Voyage, and a safe Return into their own Country. Near the Ducks stood a Chinese with a Fork in his Hand, and long Feathers in his Cap, who continually tortur'd these poor Creatures, putting them in perpetual Disquiet.

The next Day, being the 26. of May, we came to the City of Cajutsia, which is also call'd by some Caoyeu, and is reckon'd for the fourth small City of the Capital Yancheu. This City we found lying upon the side of this Royal Wa∣ter, near a great Pool which the Chineses call Piexe, out of which runs plenty of Water into this famous Channel. Formerly all such Vessels as came from Nanking, bound for Peking and the Northern Provinces, were glad to pass over this Pool, to the great hindrance of Commerce and Navigation; for oftentimes in a foul Season, they lay Weather-bound before this City of Caoyeu, there being no venturing over the Pool, till the Wind were more silent, and the swelling Billows more calm; so that for the benefit of Commerce and safety of their Voyage, on the East-side of the Pool this Navigable Channel was made sixty Fathom long, Wall'd in with white Stone: A Work so noble and excellent, that it is much to be admir'd, especially considering the great quantity of white Stones there us'd, there being no such Quarry in the adja∣cent Parts.

This Caoyeu is very populous, and has stately Suburbs, built very close, and full of great Houses.

The Country round about produces great store of Rice, and is so full of Buildings, as if it were all but one continu'd Village. Toward the West the Country lies much under Water; but upon the Sides and Banks grows store of Reed, which brings in a good Revenue yearly to the Publick, and is the onely Firing they have; for no Trees will grow in this part of the Country. They boast likewise of store of Windmills, whose Sails are made of Mats. The great Product of the Country consists of Rice, which the Peasant stands oblig'd to look after very narrowly, lest it perish upon the Ground by too much Moisture, or too much Heat and Drought; so that their Eyes are con∣tinually upon the Crop, otherwise it suddenly withers to nothing, or a small Increase: The Windmills therefore are to draw out the Water in a moist Season, or to let it in as they think fit, to keep their Hopes from burning up in a dry and hot Season; so that by this means the Chineses enjoy twice a Year a plentiful Harvest.

Upon the 27. of May, after that we had Lodg'd all Night before the City of Caoyeu, we set Sail, and came to the City of Paoing, which is held for the sixth

[illustration]

[illustration]

small City under the Iurisdiction of this Capital City Yangcheu. This City is situate upon the East-side of the Royal Navigation, and surrounded with strong Walls, built in an orbicular form, and containing about a Mile and a half in circumference: It lies twenty Miles from Caoyeu; toward the East bordering upon the Pool of Xeyang, and toward the South-West on the Pool of Piexe.

By the Ruines of the Wall and great Edifices, this City appears to have been formerly a very famous Place, rich and populous, but was totally de∣stroy'd in the late War by the Tartars. Amongst other Edifices which are yet standing, is a most famous Idol-Temple, without the Wall on the North-side of the City, built after the fashion of the Chineses. The Royal Channel runs quite through the Country up to the very Walls, by which means they water their Grounds in a dry Season. This part of the Country is also full of Drain∣ing-Mills, to be us'd upon occasion.

Upon the 28. we came to the famous Sea-Town of Hoaigan, which is rec∣kon'd for the eighth Capital City of this Province of Nanking: It lies on the East-side of the Royal River, about thirty English Miles from Pancien, in a flat and Morish Soil: through the midst thereof runs a Wall, seeming to make two distinct Towns; but another Wall which surrounds both Divisions, takes away the distinction, and renders it one intire City: That part which lies toward the South is call'd Hoaigan, and the other toward the North-East, Yengehing: The former of these has stately Suburbs, well built, and full of People. On one side of this City we saw the Fields full of Tombs and Grave-stones.

In this Capital City the Vice-Roy keeps his Court in great Splendor and State; he has full Power over the seven Southerly Provinces, and only owns the Emperor for his Supreme Head. His Office is to look after the Grand Cham's Revenue, consisting chiefly in Provisions of Rice, &c. which when got in, is afterwards Transported to Peking in his Majesties own Vessels.

On the North-side of the City we saw three great Torrents of Water; the first of which, and nearest to the River Hoai, is very dangerous, and by its In∣undations has often done great harm. To prevent this River from overflow∣ing the adjacent Countries, they have rais'd and made two great Sluces, with strong Banks on both sides, which confine him in his highest Tide.

In the Suburb of Hoaigan stand two Toll-houses; in the one the Custom is paid of all Goods and Merchandises which pass this Way; in the other, of the Ships which belong to the Subjects: and with some part of this Money they maintain their Dikes and Sluces for the defence of the City against the sudden and violent Ruptures of Water.

Though this City be built upon a Morish Ground, yet the Country about it is very fruitful in the product of Rice and Corn: The City is well built, and full of wealthy Citizens.

Not far from hence lies a famous Mountain, which shoots to the Sky, by the Chineses call'd Yocheu, upon which stands a stately Temple, with Cloysters to Lodge those who daily Offer to the Idol of the Place. The Chineses come from several Parts with Presents to this their God, suppos'd the Protector and De∣fender of their Country.

This Province of Nanking abounds with strange Mountains; for in the Country of the second Chief City Fungyang, near the seventh small City Xeu, upon a Hill call'd Cukin, was found a great lump of massie Gold, said to be soveraign in several Distempers. Some will have it, because this Gold cures so many Diseases, that Chymists made it. In the same Country, near to the City of Hintai, there is a notable Mountain call'd Moyang, and known by the Name of The Shepherdesses Hill, because, as they say, a very fair Virgin for∣merly kept her Flocks there.

The whole Country of this Hoaigan has several Rivers running through it, and is also replenish'd with many Lakes. Amongst other Pools, you have here the great Pool of Xeho, which toward the North is situated next to the great Indian Sea, and waters various Parts of this Country, which abounds with Fish.

Towards the East of the Chief City lies also a great Pool call'd Hung, pro∣ducing great store of Reeds, which serve them for Firing, Wood being very scarce through the whole Province.

No sooner were the Ambassadors arriv'd before this Capital City, but they sent for Horses, Palakins, and Litters, to go and salute the Vice-Roy and the Magistrates; but because the Weather was foul, the Governors sent a Mes∣senger to the Ambassadors, to thank them for their intended Visit, desiring to be excus'd from giving them the like trouble. The Mandorine Pinxenton, according to his wonted custom, gave us a very Noble Dinner upon that Day. In the Evening came Father Gascomer (a Iesuit, who lived in the City) to salute the Ambassadors aboard their Vessels, and to bid them welcome into those Parts. He was very pleasant and civil, but did so admire at our arri∣val, as if we had dropt out of the Sky, being very inquisitive to know whi∣ther we were bound, and upon what account we came thither. The Ambas∣sadors shew'd themselves courteous and civil to him, giving him a handsom Entertainment for his Visit. He seem'd to be a very open-hearted Person, and made protestation of a particular Inclination and Affection to our Nati∣on, offering the Ambassadors his House, if they pleas'd to accept thereof, or any other Service he could do them. He gave them likewise darkly to under∣stand, That upon their Request and Desire of Free Trade in China, or any thing else, they would meet with great opposition at Peking from the Portu∣guese, who would do their utmost to hinder it, as we found afterwards in the Sequel of our Business. The Ambassadors were very thankful to this Good Father for his kind and faithful Admonition, who thereupon took leave, wishing us a prosperous Voyage.

[illustration]

We staid not long in this City, but departed the next day early in the Mor∣ning; and in our Passage we saw on both sides luxurious Fields, well manur'd, as likewise a great Company of small Boats lying up and down in this Royal Channel. About Sun-set we came to a famous Village call'd Siampu, at the en∣trance whereof lies a very great Sluce, through which we past.

This Village is situated betwixt the Royal Channel and the Yellow River, and is of a very great length, handsomly adorn'd with Temples, and fair Houses on both sides of the Water: It has some Privileges belonging to it, as also a Toll-house, where the Toll-masters appointed by the Emperor reside, to receive Toll of all such Goods and Vessels which pass out of the Yellow River into the Royal Channel, or out of the Royal Channel into the Yellow River; or such as are brought out of the Province of Honan and other Parts, and are carried up higher or lower. One of these Toll-masters shew'd himself far more scru∣pulous than all the rest, searching all our Vessels, except those two in which the Ambassadors were, to see what was in them; for he could not believe that they were all laden with Goods belonging only to the Emperor. We Lodg'd all Night in this Village, and set Sail early in the Morning, and came that Night to another Village call'd Neynemiao, into which we were let by two great Sluces, one after another: The Inhabitants told us, as indeed appear'd by the Ruines, that in this Village formerly stood a great Castle, which protected three Rivers, as the Yellow River on both sides, and the Royal Channel behind it: But the Tartars, who made it their business to destroy all Inland Places of Strength, had likewise pull'd down this Castle. We Lodg'd there all Night, and the next Day at Sun-rising we set Sail again, and came into a part of the great Yellow River, which is so thick and muddy, that it is scarce passable.

This River is call'd by some The Saffron, from the yellowness of the Water: at a distance it seems to be a thick Morish Plash, but when you come upon it, the swiftness and great force of the Stream declares a running River, whose Current hath so much violence, that no Boats are able to Sail against the Stream, but are Tow'd up by a great number of Bargemen. In some places this River is half a Mile broad, and in some more; but in length it reaches above eight hundred Miles: The Chinese Sailors, when employ'd here, make this Water fit for use, and very clear, by flinging Allom into it, which sinks ••he Mud to the bottom.

[illustration]

Upon the first of Iune we came to the little Town of Tanjenien, which is the fourth small City under the Iurisdiction of the Chief City of Hoaigan: It is situate on the side of the Yellow River, and fenc'd with a broad, strong Earthen or Mud Wall, replenish'd with handsom Buildings, and full of rich Inhabi∣tants, who drive a very great Trade.

The Country round is very fruitful in the product of Pears, Apples, Prunes, Cherries, and the like. We bought here some Provisions for the Kitchin at a very reasonable Rate. These Parts likewise abound in Quails, Pheasants, and other sorts of Fowl.

We made no long stay here, but departed before Night, and Sail'd at least three Days upon this Yellow River, before we came to any considerable Place: at last, upon the fourth of the same Month we drew near to the small Town of Tsisang, situate in a very delightful Soil, and at the Foot of a high Hill. This Town has no remarkable Buildings, nor Walls, only one strong Castle; but yet of great Trade, and has many rich Inhabitants, who Traffick much with their Shipping. At the entrance into the Town stands a stately Temple upon a steep Summit, seen in Prospect at a great distance.

We saw likewise upon this Yellow River, which is continually plow'd with all manner of great and small Vessels, not far from the Town, several float∣ing Islands, which were so artificially contriv'd, that the best Artists in Europe would scarcely be able to make the like of the same Stuff; being a common Reed which the Portuguese call Bamboes, twisted so close together, that no Moi∣sture can penetrate. Upon these Reeds the Chineses set up Huts, and little Houses of Boards, and other light Materials, in which they live with their Wives and Children, as if they had their Dwellings upon the Firm Land. Some of these Floating Islands are large enough to contain at least 200 Fami∣lies; and those that live in them subsist for the most part by Commerce and Trafflck in all manner of Commodities, which they carry from Place to Place upon the River, being hurried down with the Stream, and tow'd up again by toilsom Bargemen. Wherever they intend to make any stay, they fasten their Floating Town with Poles fix'd in the Ground. They keep and feed aboard their Island all manner of Tame Cattel, but especially Hogs. Wheresoever they come, they continue lying for some Months before they remove; and though they are People of several Languages, yet they make

up one common Tongue, whereby they understand one another; for through∣out all China there are several Dialects, each Province having a particular one; yet there is also one common Language, which they call the Mandorins or Court-Tongue, being spoke here both by the Grandees and their Followers.

After some hours Sailing we came into another Royal Channel call'd Iun, issuing out of the Yellow River toward the West through the whole Province of Xantung: We were to pass through this Channel to the City of Peking. The Province of Xantung into which we enter'd, is much enriched by this artificial Channel running through it; for all Goods and Commodities which are Transported out of China for Peking, must pass this Cut.

This great, broad, and Navigable Stream begins at the ninth small City Socien, upon the side of the Yellow River, and reaches to the City Cining, and from thence to Lincing, there breaking into the River Guei. This Channel hath at least sixty Stone Sluces to force back the Water, which in some places runs very low, and would not be Navigable, were it not for these Water-works: On each Sluce eight Men attend to help through with the Vessels, who are maintain'd at the Publick Charge.

As soon as we came into this Channel, we were presently in the Province of Xantung, and upon the sixth of Iune came to a famous Village call'd Kia∣kia. But before I give you a Description of this Province, I shall continue my Method, and first relate unto you the Confines thereof, and the number of great and small Cities, &c.

The Province of Xantung is the fourth in number under the Northern Countries, and is wash'd on the South, East, and North, by the Sea, and on the West-side is environ'd with Rivers, insomuch that you may come by Shipping if you please. On the North of Xantung lies the Province of Peking, and on the South that of Nanking, separated by the Yellow River; the remaining part is encompass'd with the Channel Iun, and the River Guei.

This part produces abundance of Corn, Rice, Beans, &c. The fruitfulness of this Country is such, that one years Harvest, as they say, supplies the Inha∣bitants sufficiently for ten Years with Provisions. All manner of Poultry is wondrous plentiful, and sold for very little, because the People there take great delight in Hunting. The Rivers, Pools, and other Waters, abound with extraordinary good Fish, which you may have for a very small Price, I my self purchasing ten Pound for a Halfpeny. The Country produces likewise store of Silk, another sign of her Fertility; and abounds in all manner of Fruit-Trees, especially Pruines, which they dry and carry thence to sell in other Provinces.

The Inhabitants are generally very dull of understanding, and few of them addicted to Learning; but they are for the most part very strong bodied, fit to undergo any Labor. The Children do not only go naked in the Winter, but will leap into the cold Water: Several of them live by Theft and Rob∣bery; and these Companies are oftentimes so numerous, that they break through all opposition whatsoever, when they make Inroads to plunder the Country, which is already much ruin'd by the late Invasion.

In this whole Province of Xantung lie six Capital Cities, twenty nine small Cities, and thirteen Carrisons. The six great Cities are, Cinan, Yencheu, Tung∣chang, Cingcheu, Tengche••, and Laicheu.

Cinan Commands over thirty Cities, as Cinan, Changkieu, Ceuping, Chagxan, Sinching, Ciho, Citung Ciyang, Chihuen, Iuching, Li••ye, Changcing, Fiching, Cingching,

Ling, Taigan, Siniai, Laivu, Te, Teping, Pingyven, Vuting, Yangsin, Haifung, Laling, Xangho, Pin, Lioin, Chenhoa, and Putahi.

Yencheu Commands over 26 Cities, as Yencheu, Kioheu, Niuyang, Ceu, Teng, Ye, Kiuhiang, Yutai, Tan, Chingvu, Cao, Tingtao, Cining, Kiaciang, Kiuye, Kiunching, Tungping, Venxang, Tungpo, Pingyn, Iangco, Xeuchang, Wy, Tanching, Fi, and Suxui.

Tungchang Commands over eight Cities, as Tungchang, Tangye, Poping, Cho∣angping, Kieu, Sin, Cingping, Ken, Lincing, Quontao, Caotang, Gen, Hiacin, Vucing, Po, Fan, Quonching, and Chaoching.

Cingcheu Commands over 14 Cities, as Cingcheu, Linchi, Pohing, Caoyven, Logan, Xeuquang, Changlo, Linkiu, Gankiu, Chuching, Mungin, Kiu, Yxui, and Gechao.

Tengcheu Commands over eight Cities, as Tengcheu, Hoang, Foxan, Leuhid, Chaoyven, Laiyang, Ninghai, and Vemeng.

Laicheu Commands over seven Cities, as Laicheu, Pingtu, Vi, Changye, Kiao, Caomi, and Gieme.

The thirteen Garrisons are, Nincing, Cinghai, Chingxan, Gueihai, Sanxan, Kixan, Civenxan, Mauan, Siaoye, Haicang, Punglai, Cin, and Xechin.

In this Province there are also several Islands, amongst which these three are the chiefest: as first, Feuxeu, which lies toward the West, is but small, yet exceeding well built. The second is Teuhang, situate in the Sea near to Caomy: This Island is very famous, by reason of a sad Accident of five hundred Chi∣nese Philosophers, who drown'd themselves in the Sea, because the Emperor Xuis hated all Learned Men as mortal Enemies. The third Island is Xaumen, the biggest, and fullest of People.

The Chinese Accompt-Book, which comprehends the number of People in each Place, mentions in this Province, Seven hundred and seventy thousand five hundred and sixty Families, Sixty seven hundred fifty nine thousand six hundred and seventy Fighting Men.

The yearly Revenue of the Province, belonging to the Emperor, consists of Twenty eight hundred twelve thousand one hundred and nineteen Bags of Corn, Fifty four thousand nine hundred and nineteen Rolls of Throw'd Silk, Fifty two thousand four hundred and forty nine Pounds of Cotton, and Thirty eight hundred twenty four thousand two hundred and nineteen Trusses of Straw and Hay for the Emperor's Stables, besides several Tolls paid upon the Royal Channel of Iun, which amounts yearly to ten Millions of Golden Crowns.

This Village Kia-kia lies encompass'd with pleasant and fruitful Fields, most delightful to behold; and is very rich, well built, and handsomly adorn'd with indifferent large Structures. The Fields round about are full of Rose∣mary, which are not only very pleasant to the Eye, but also cast a fragrant smell at a great distance before you come near them. We saw likewise not far from the City several Herds of Stags and Bucks, and abundance of all sorts of Fowl, especially Pheasants. We took great delight in Hunting the Stag, whereof we kill'd several, with the assistance of the Tartars, who are skilful at the Game. They were very much pleas'd with our way of shooting Phea∣sants flying. The Flesh of these Deer tastes so much of Rosemary, as if the Venison were season'd with the Sprigs.

We were three days upon this Channel Iun, before we reach'd any other considerable Place; but upon the eleventh of the same Month we arriv'd at a famous Village call'd Iax-Hinno, situated upon the Royal Channel.

[illustration]

In and about this Village stand 36 stately Towers, built rarely well, on ei∣ther side of the River. Here we lay all Night, but the next Morning set Sail by Day-break, and that Day and the next we saw upon each Bank of the Ri∣ver, great store of good Corn-Ground.

Toward the East of this Royal Channel lie several high and great Hills, whereof these following are the chiefest.

Near to Taigan, the sixteenth small City of Cinnan, appears a Mountain call'd Tai, which is very steep and broad: the Chinese Geographers say, that it is at least five Miles in heighth from the Basis to the Crown. Upon this Mountain are several Temples, to which belong great store of Priests, who live after the same manner as the Calvisians in Europe.

Not far from Laivu, the eighteenth small City under the Iurisdiction of this Place, arises the Mountain Taxe, in which they find great store of Iron.

Near to Ciohu, the second small City under the Chief City Yengcheu, is the Mountain call'd Fang, very famous for the Tomb where the Ancestors of that Learned Chinese Philosopher Confutius lies Interr'd.

Not far from the fourth small City Ceu, lies a Mountain call'd Changping, upon which (as the Chineses report) Confutius was born, in a Town also call'd Changping, the Ruins whereof are still to be seen.

Near to Tunping, the eighth small City of the said Capital City, stands a great Mountain call'd Fung, full of Wood and goodly Pastures.

Upon the thirteenth of the same Month we came to Cinningsin or Cining, the fourteenth small City under the Command of the second Chief City Yengcheu.

In this Cining the Ambassadors were nobly Treated in the absence of the Governor, by the Agents of the young Canton Vice-Roy, he being gone from home, to order the making of a Fence-work against the breaking in of the Yellow River.

This City is encompass'd with flat and Morass Lands, lying about a hun∣dred and thirty Miles from Tanjencien, situate about the middle of the Royal Channel Iun; so that all Vessels which use this Pass, must pay Custom both for Ship and Goods. It exceeds not only all the other twenty six small Cities situate in the Iurisdiction of the fore-mention'd Capital City, in number of People, greatness of Trade, and Gentry, but also the Chief City it self. Among other stately Edifices, there are two famous Temples, richly adorn'd

[illustration]

[illustration]

with great and small Pictures: On both sides of the Royal Channel are great Suburbs, full of People and Trade; on both sides of the River are also two great Sluces, which keep off the out-water, which sometimes rises six Foot higher than the Water within.

The Country round about this City lies low and plashy, being full of Pools and Rivers, which abound with Fish.

Near to Cao, the twelfth small City, is a Lake call'd Lui, which signifies The Thunder-Pool; in the middle whereof appears a Stone, representing a Dra∣gon with the Head of a Man. The Chineses call this The Spirit of Thunder, and affirm, That when any one strikes upon the Belly, he draws a hideous sound from the Monster like Thunder.

Near to the third small city Nynyang, which is likewise under the Com∣mand of the Capital City Yengcheu, and about two Miles from Cining, runs a small River call'd Tao, out of which the Chineses report, That the great Philo∣sopher Confutius refus'd to drink, though ready to die of Thirst, because it was call'd The Water of Thieves; so great an aversion had this Ethnick Philosopher to the very Name of wicked Villany and Robbers.

About this City we saw them catch Fish with a Bird, which they call Lou∣wa, being somewhat less than a Goose, and not much unlike a Raven: it has a long Neck, and a Bill like an Eagle. Because this way of Fishing seems no∣table, and no where us'd but in China, I thought good to relate the manner, which is thus: They have small Boats, very artificially made of Reeds or Bamboes, with which they Sail upon the Chinese Rivers and Pools, and place the Bird perching upon the out-side of the Vessel, from whence she suddenly shoorts, and diving, swims under Water as fast as they can thrust forward their Cables with a light Pole: As soon as she has caught her Prey, she instantly appears above Water, the Master of the Boat standing ready to receive her, who opens her Bill by force, and takes out the Dainty: Afterwards he turns her out again to catch more. To prevent these Birds from swallowing down the Prey, they hang a Ring about their Necks, which hinders them from gorging: Such Fish as are too big for them to bring up in their Bills, they discover to their Masters, by making a noise in the Water, who then helps to pull them out. Such Birds as are slothful and loth to dive, are broken of that ill habit by beating. When they have caught enough for their Owners, the

[illustration]

[illustration]

Iron Ring is taken off, and they are left to fish for themselves, which makes them the more willing to work for others. The Fishermen pay a yearly Tri∣bute to the Emperor for the use of these Birds, which are in much esteem with the Chineses; and such as are nimble, and well taught, are so dear, that often∣times one of them goes at 50 Toel of Silver, which is about 150 Guilders. We offer'd to buy of an old Fisherman a couple of these Birds; but he refus'd, alledging, That they serv'd to maintain him and his Family; neither could he inform us whence those Birds came, nor how they were first instructed; onely he told us, That they were left him by his Ancestors. We ask'd him likewise whether they ever bred with him; who answer'd, Very rarely. We bought a Dish of Fish of this old Man, which were most of them Carps of a Span and half long.

All the Inns and Publick Victualling-houses have their Fidlers and Co∣medians belonging to them, to recreate their Guests at Meals. Provisions of all sorts are very cheap in those Parts: We paid but two Shillings a piece for our Dinner, which consisted of several Dishes; out of which the Players were likewise discharg'd by our Host.

The next day we departed from Cining, and, after a few Hours Sailing, we past by a Village call'd Nanwaig, lying on the Bank of this Royal Channel, where this and the River Luen meet and mingle their Waters. The Tartars and Chineses told us strange Stories of this River: amongst the rest, That if you fling in nine Sticks, six would drive toward the South, and three toward the North. We seem'd much to admire at the Report, but scarcely believ'd it, till we made the Experiment our selves, by flinging so many Sticks into the Water, which convinc'd us of the truth of what had been told us: But neither the Tartars, Chineses, nor other Inhabitants, were able to give us any account of this Wonderful Mystery of Nature. This I tried over against an Idol-Temple call'd The Royal Serpent, concerning which the Chineses told us several Wonders.

Upon the 19. of the same Month we came to a small City call'd Xantsui, being the 23. under the Command of the Chief City Yengcheu. This Place lies abont thirty Miles from Cining, on both sides of this Royal Channel, and is guarded at each end with a strong Castle.

The City is four-square, well built, and surrounded with high Walls and

[illustration]

[illustration]

strong Bulwarks. Here we saw the Ruines of several great Buildings uninha∣bited, and which had been much defac'd by the Tartars.

The Country round about lies often under Water, by the overflowing of the Yellow River, which sometimes rises to that heighth, that it drowns and carries away whole Towns and Villages.

The next Morning we set Sail from Xantsui, and by the way we saw se∣veral fair Villages and Corn-Fields on both sides of this Royal Channel, as also several strong Sluces, which did not a little hinder us in our Passage; for be∣tween Xantsui and Lincing we past through 58 Sluces.

Not far from Xantsui stands a famous Idol-Temple call'd Teywanmiao, which is held in such great esteem amongst them, that they reckon it for one of the chiefest in all China. It is built very high, with strong Walls of gray Stone, and gallantly adorn'd after the Chinese fashion. The top of this Tem∣ple is cover'd with Yellow glaz'd Tiles, and the Walls are also colour'd after the same manner; so that when the Sun shines, it glisters like Gold all over.

Upon the twentieth of Iune we came to Tuncham, the third Chief City of the Province of Xantung, built in a foursquare form, and environ'd with Walls and Bulwarks; the Streets thereof are large, and well-built. In the middle of the City stands a high and curious Fabrick, with four brave Ar∣ches, having strong Walls and Bulwarks, with several Gates leading into it. On the North-side runs a broad Water, which encompasses the City; over which is a Wooden Bridge of 137 Foot long, by which they pass into the North part of the City. On the South-side are stately Suburbs, which, in respect of the Inhabitants, and the greatness of their Trade, may very well pass for another City: It is well built, with goodly Houses, and Idol-Tem∣ples. Toward the East the Inhabitants shew'd us a very large Iron Tomb, which they told us was erected at least 700 Years ago, for some Great Lord, whose Memory the Chineses had in much Honour, having done his Country some signal and remarkable Service, and for which he lost his Life in the Wars.

Round about this City the Land is very low and flat, but wondrous fruit∣ful in the product of all things necessary for Humane Sustenance. No part of China produces so much Silk as this, the Inhabitants thereof living chiefly by this Manufacture, wherewith they Trade into other Countries.

[illustration]

Here, the Inhabitants told us, is sometimes found a Stone in the Maw of the Cows, which the Chineses call Nieuhoang, which signifies The Yellow of the Cows. This Stone is about the bigness of a Goose Egg; outwardly it seems to be of a soft chalkie substance, only of a yellowish Colour, and is by some thought to be the Bezoar Stone. The Chinese Chyrurgeons highly commend it, and use great diligence for the procuring of it; they write, That it is of a cold temper, and very sovereign in fainting and swooning Fits.

In the Country of this Chief City, near to the eleventh small City call'd Laotung, lies amongst the rest a Hill call'd Mingxe, which signifies The Stone of Noise: Upon the top of this Hill, as the Inhabitants related to us, stands a Column of 100 Rod high, which as soon as touch'd with the Finger, sounds like a Drum, from which Noise the Hill derives its Name.

The Chineses also told us, That near to Quonching, the seventeenth small Ci∣ty of this Chief City, is a Pool call'd Ho, wherein formerly the King of Guei kept and fed his Cranes with great care and delight. The Chineses in this Country as likewise through all China, feed this Bird in their Houses, as they do also the Stags, which being Creatures of long life, they fancy to them∣selves, that in having of them to breathe upon them, they shall likewise live long.

We continu'd all Night in our Vessels before this City, and set Sail the next Morning, and past over the Pool Nanyang, which abounds with Fish, and that Night came to the City of Lincing, which lies about thirty Miles from the City Tungchang, and is situated on both sides of the Royal Channel: We lay at the end thereof, where that and the River Guei separate the Province of Xantung from that of Peking, and mingle and unite their Waters.

We were no sooner arriv'd at this City, but the Governor appear'd upon the Wall, near the Place where we lay with our Vessels, to welcom and re∣ceive the Ambassadors with all manner of kindness. Pinxenton and the other Mandorins went first ashore to him; whereupon the Governor sent for some Chairs for the Ambassadors, who follow'd the Mandorins, and were most civil∣ly receiv'd by him, intimating that he could not entertain them at his Court, because they had not yet appear'd before the Emperor at Peking. The Am∣bassadors sent some Presents to the Governor, who for the same Reason re∣fus'd them.

[illustration]

Because this Lincing lies at the end of the Yellow Channel, near the River Guei, and so consequently a very commodious Harbor for Shipping, all manner of Goods and Wares are brought from all Parts of China to this City, for which they must pay Custom there; and for this reason the Emperor has three Commissioners resining in that Place to receive his Dues. This Navigation occasions so great a Trade in Lincing, that it exceeds the other eighteen small Cities which belong to the Chief City of Tunchang, in Number of People, Plenty of all manner of Things, Gallantry of Buildings, and Greatness of Commerce; neither gives she place to any Inferior City in the whole Em∣pire. On both sides of the Royal Channel, near to the City, stand two strong and large Castles, one against the other, which are no small Strength to the Place, by which no Vessel whatsoever can pass without paying their Duties. In this Channel are likewise, just before the City, two strong and heavy Slu∣ces, to force back the upper Water which runs from the River Guei, and is sometimes two or three Foot higher than the Inland Water. On the North side of the City lies a Wooden Brige of nine Arches, over which ••ou may pass conveniently from one part of the City to the other; in the middle whereof is a Draw-Bridge, to let through such Vessels as have paid their Custom.

The City is well-built, and is adorn'd with several stately Temples; it lies in a flat sandy Soil, and is surrounded with an Earthen Wall, the top whereof is cover'd with Stones; it is also very large, and well Peopled. We had here great abundance of all manner of Fruit; amongst the rest, some well-relish'd Pears, which keep a great while.

Without the Wall, on the North-side of the City, stands a most famous Temple, with a high Tower, exceeding rare in the manner of Building: You climb up to the top of this Tower by a Pair of Winding Stairs, which are not built in the middle of the Tower, but between two Walls.

The fashion or form of this Tower consists of eight Corners, and nine Rounds or Stories, each thirteen Foot and a half; so that the whole height of the Tower is above 120 Foot, and according to the heighth a proportio∣nable thickness. The outward Wall is made of the same Mould that the Chi∣na Dishes are of, and full of Fret-work; the Walls within are polish'd Mar∣ble of several Colours, and so smooth, that you may see your Face, as in a

Mirrour. The Galleries or Rounds, which are nine, adorning the Structure, are of Marble, cut in Figures or Images, and have hanging at their Corners very fine Copper Bells, which when the Wind blows amongst them, make a very pleasant jingling murmur. The Lights or Windows belonging to these Galleries are full of gilded Bars, which when the Sun shines upon them, re∣turn Beams as bright as they receive. Upon the top of the Tower stands a Figure, signifying the Goddess of the Place to whom this Structure is Dedica∣ted. This Image is made of Plaister-work thirty Foot high, and wrought with Gold and Silver. Round about this Tower stand several great and small Images, which are so curiously wrought, that they may be reckon'd amongst the greatest Curiosities in China.

Pinxenton left his Wife and Children in this City of Lincing, but he himself continu'd the Voyage with us to Peking. Here also died one of our Trum∣peters, nam'd Verman, who was buried in an Idol-Temple, with the consent of the Magistrates, who seldom suffer any Strangers to be interr'd in their hal∣low'd Ground.

Having got through the River Iun, we entred into the Guei, which divides the Province of Xantung from Peking, whose Head springs on the West-side of Gueihoei, the fourth Chief City of the Province of Honan, running from thence with many Meanders and Turnings toward the East, betwixt the Provinces of Xantung and Peking, disemboguing into an Arm of the Sea, about ninety Miles from this City.

We Sail'd Eastward up this River, and arriv'd upon the 25. at the City of Utin, which is accounted the fourteenth small City of the great Tunchang, thirty Miles from Lincing, situate upon the South-side of the River Guei, upon the utmost Confines of the Province of Xantung, and handsomly vested with a four-square Wall. Upon the North-side of it are large Suburbs close built, with stately Houses.

The great Edifices, and other eminent Ornaments of this City, were all ruin'd by the conquering Tartar, and the Inhabitants most miserably abus'd, a great many of them being put to the Sword, and others carried away Captive, as those that were left related unto us with great reluctance. The Situation seems delightful, being pleasantly varied with the prospect both of Hills and Vallies, and luxurious in the product of all manner of Fruits. The River Guei running close by this City, abounds with Fish, and serves to water the Fields in a dry Season, to the great increase thereof.

I find my self again necessitated, before I proceed in my Relation, to describe the Condition, Confines, and the Number of great and small Cities through which we pass'd in this Province of Peking.

Peking, which is reckon'd the first of the fifteen Provinces, exceeds all the rest in Dignity, because of the Imperial City of Peking, where the Emperor resides at present, and from whence it hath Denomination: for the Chinese Emperors, especially those who Commanded since the Incarnation, setled their Abodes in this City. The Race of Taming first transferr'd the Imperial Court from Nanking to Peking, the better to oppose the Inroads of the Tartars; but though the Imperial Residence was thus remov'd to Peking, yet to this day the Court of the Emperor, and all Soveraignty and Magistracy, stands firm in the same manner at Nanking as at Peking, though all the Royal Palaces were totally destroy'd by the last Invasion.

The East of this Province is border'd by an Arm of the Sea, which divides

the Islands Corea and Iapan; on the North-East lies the▪ Province of Leaotung; toward the North, the great Tartarian Wall; and toward the West, the Pro∣vince of Xangsi, where a long ridge of Hills, call'd Hengi, separates these Coun∣tries. The Yellow River which runs through Xansi, parts this Province toward the South from that of Honan, and toward the South-East of the River Guei, unites this with the Province of Xantung.

And though this Province of Peking lies in the Latitude but of 42 Degrees, yet the Cold and Frost is so great and intense there, that oftentimes for four Months together all the Rivers and Waters are frozen up in such a manner, that they commonly ride their Horses on the Ice; all which time the Vessels lie fast frozen in and Winter-bound. The Frost begins commonly in Novem∣ber, and seldom is gone till March; twenty four Hours freezes up all, which is not thaw'd in many Days.

The Country lies low, but is dry and healthful, though very barren in comparison of the other Provinces, because of the great sandy Places and Wil∣dernesses; but in respect the Court keeps there, and so draws great store of People and Traffick, this natural Defect is much repair'd. This place produ∣ces store of Corn, but little Rice, which the Courtiers and their Followers devour.

In this Province are white rough Cats, not unlike the Malteeza Dogs, with long Ears, which are there the Ladies Foisting-hounds or Play-fellows; they will catch no Mice, being too much made of: There are other Cats that are good Mousers, but they are very scarce, and had in great esteem.

They have here a convenient way of Travelling by Land, in a Waggon with one Wheel, which only holds three Persons, one in the middle, and on each side one.

Formerly this Province was divided into several Parts, and had particular Names, as Ieu, Ki, and many more: It contains eight Capital Cities, each of which Commands over several small ones, insomuch that one Capital City alone, with the lesser under its Iurisdiction, is in effect a whole Province. They reckon in this Province a hundred and thirty five Cities, great and small, which are Wall'd and Fenc'd; for the number of the undefended are so great, that the Chineses themselves take no notice of them in their Maps, neither are they numbered by them.

The eight great Cities are, Xuntien or Peking, Paoting, Hokien, Chinting, Xunte, Quanping, Taming, and Iungping.

Xuntien or Peking (the Imperial City, and where at present the Great Cham keeps his Court) Commands over 26 Cities, and prescribes them their Laws, as Xuntien, Xuny, Chanping, Leanghiang, Mieyun, Hoatjo, Kugan, Iungcing, Tungan, Hiangho, Tung, Sanho, Vucing, Paoti, Cho, Fangxan, Pa, Vengan, Taching, Pooting, Ki, Iatien, Fungjung, Cunhoa, Pingko, and Que. Amongst these, Tung, Cho, Pa, and Ki, are the chiefest, and may be compar'd with Capital Cities for bigness and magnificence.

Paoting Commands over 20 small Cities, as Paoting, Muonching, Ganso, Ting∣hing, Sinching, Thang, Poye, Kingtu, Iungching, Huon, Ly, Hiung, Khi, Kince, Tun∣glo, Gan, Caoyang, Singan, Ye, and Laixui.

Hokien Commands over 18 Cities, as Hokien, Hien, Neuching, Soning, Gnikien, Kiacho, Cing, Hingci, Cinghai, Ningcin, King, Ukiao, Tungquang, Kuching, Cang, Nanpi, Ienxan, and Kingyun; amongst which Cang is the chiefest.

Chinting Commands over 32 Cities, as Chinting, Chinking, Hoclo, Lungxeu,

Khoching, Loching, Vukie, Pingxan, Heuping, Ting, Snilo, Kioyang, Hintang, Ki, Nancung, Sinho, Caokiang, Vuye, Cyn, Ganging, Iaoyang, Vukiang, Chao, Pohiang, Lung∣ping, Caoye, Lincing, Ganboang, Ningcin, Xui, Hengxui, and Yuenxi; amongst these Ting, Chao, and Xin, are the chiefest.

Xunte Commands over nine Cities, as Xunte, Xabo, Nanbo, Pinghiang, Quang∣cung, Kiulo, Thangxan, Ninkieu, and Gin.

Quanping Commands likewise over nine Cities, as Quanping, Kiocheu, Fihiang, Kioe, Hantan, Quanpung, Chinggan, Guei, and Cingho.

Taming Commands over eleven Cities, as Taming, Yaming, Nanlo, Guei, Cing∣fung, Nuihoang, Siun, Hoa, Cai, (which is the chiefest of the eleven) Changyven, and Tungming.

Iungping Commands over six Cities, as Iungping, Ciengan, Vuning, Changly, Lo and Lotung.

Besides these, there are three Cities more, as Yenping, Iunping, and Paogan, which are situate upon very advantagious places, and were built to resist the Forces of the Tartars when they should march beyond the Wall.

In this Province are fourteen Garrisons, which were chiefly contriv'd for the defence of the Wall; the Names whereof are these, Siven, Vansiven, Hoai∣gan, Caiping, Cungnuen, Chang, Gan, Cheching, Iuncheu, Vunin, Yu, Iungping, Xangas, and Tiencin.

The Chinese Register, wherein the number of the People of this Province is set down, makes mention of Four hundred eighty thousand nine hundred eighty nine Families, and Thirty four hundred fifty two thousand two hun∣ered and fifty four Fighting Men.

The Revenue of this Province paid yearly to the Emperor, consists of Six hundred thousand eleven hundred fifty three Sacks of Salt, Rice, and Corn, Two hundred and twenty four Pounds of unwrought fine Flax, Forty five thousand one hundred and thirty five Pounds of wrought Silk, Thirteen thousand seven hundred and forty eight Pounds of Cotton, One hundred and eighty thousand eight hundred and seventy Weight of Salt, Eighty seven hun∣dred thirty seven thousand seven hundred and eighty four Trusses of Hay or Straw; beside several other Taxes, which are paid in Money.

Upon the 26. of Iune we came to Kuching, the first Place we came at in this Province of Peking, and the fourteenth small City under the Iurisdiction of the third Chief City of Hokien in the Province of Peking.

This City, which we found situated upon the side of the River Guei, lies about twenty three Miles from Vuching, in an even and flat Country, yet very delightful in Prospect; her Walls are high, well built, and abounding in Peo∣ple and Trade, her Suburbs very magnificent. We made no stay here, but hastned on towards Peking; and by the way we saw on both sides of the Ri∣ver Guei, whole Fields full of Trees upon with the Cotton-Wooll grows, which occasions a mighty Trade in the adjacent Parts.

Upon the 28. we came to Tacheu, which some call Ukiao, accounted the twelfth small City under the Command of the same H••kien, lying about eighteen Miles from Kuching, situate on the side of the River, and surrounded with a Wall of thirty Foot high, strengthned with Bulwarks and Watch-Towers, well built, and adorn'd with several Temples, having also a large Suburb, which reaches far upon both sides of the River.

In this City is the Staple of the Drink Zamsou, made of Rice, and drunk in stead of Wine. The Inhabitants export this Liquor through all parts of

China, which occasions a great Commerce in this Place; for both Tartars and Chineses come with their Vessels far and near to be Fraighted with this Drink, which they afterwards Transport to other Places.

The Chineses told us, That about ten Miles from this Tacheu, near to the second small City call'd Hien, was a Pool call'd Vo, whose Water turns as red as Blood, if you fling a Stick into it; and that from the Leaves which fall from those Trees which grow about this Lake, come forth immediately living Swallows.

Upon the 28. of Iune we Sail'd by Tonquam with fair Wind and Weather: It lies likewise upon the side of the River Guei, about a Musquet-shot from the Stream, and is accounted the thirteenth small City under the Chief City Hokien. This Place (a Privilege not granted to any other) hath a Guard on∣ly of Chineses: built as the rest, square, and fenc'd with a thick and strong Wall, encompass'd also with a deep and broad Moat or Trench. The Fields near the Town are curiously planted with all manner of Fruit, Trees.

The adjacent Country of this, as also of the Chief City Hokien (within which Iurisdiction this Tonquam is situate) lies flat, and much upon a Clay. Toward the East lie large and flat Fields, being wash'd by the great Indian Sea, from whence is continually fetch'd great store of Salt.

Upon the desire of Pinxenton, the Ambassadors sent me and some others of their Followers, with twelve Tartar Soldiers, into the City, to see a Lion made of Iron, which they reported to be extraordinary large and terrible, standing in the middle of the Market-place: But the Chineses, when they saw us coming, shut their Gates upon us, and hid themselves in their Houses, being struck with terror for fear of the Hollanders; so that we were necessitated to return back to our Vessels, without entring into the City. Pinxenton and the rest of the Chineses told us of several other strange things which were to be seen in this City; but in respect of the unwillingness of the Inhabitants to give us entrance, I saw none of them, and so could only take a view of the outward Structure of the same, as it lay vested with large Walls.

Upon the second of Iuly we came to an Anchor before the City of Sanglo, about fifty five Miles from Tonquam, upon the side of the River Guei. This City lies a little distant from the River, and has very brave Suburbs on both sides of the Banks, which are well built, and full of People and Trade. Here dwells a great number of Tartars, and of a more considerable Quality than any we found in our whole Voyage; who no sooner heard of our ar∣rival, but they immediately came aboard in great State to bid us welcome. Upon this their Friendly Reception and Entertainment we went ashore, where on the East-side of the City we saw five old Triumphal Arches, through which we past. The City is both handsomly Built, and well Peo∣pled, being also environ'd with an old high Wall.

The Governor's Lady sent a Soldier to me, and some others of our Fol∣lowers, desiring us to come to her: We were conducted into a very large Parlor, where she, like a Goddess, was expecting our coming, attended by se∣veral Tartar Ladies, in very rich Habit; but she exceeded them all for Beau∣ty and Gallantry. On her left hand stood a stately Alchove, upon which she caus'd me to sit down, and acquaint her with the Character of Holland, con∣cerning which she ask'd me several Questions: To all which I return'd my Answers with much freedom, wherewith she seem'd very well pleas'd.

Having satisfied her Curiosity, we had a noble Banquet set before us, and

[illustration]

[illustration]

were treated with much civility; which being dispatch'd, we thank'd her for the Honor she had done us, took our leaves, and return'd to our Lodgings. As we were going out of doors, she desir'd us to excuse the meanness of the Entertainment, by reason of her Husband's absence, who was gone for Pe∣king; otherwise she told us she should have treated the Ambassadors for a day or two, to refresh themselves after so long and tedious a Voyage. But they understanding by the Interpreter, that her Husband was in great Credit and Favor with the Emperor, sent her a Present of some small Rarities, which she both civilly and thankfully receiv'd.

The same day we departed from Sanglo, and came in the Evening to the Village of Tonnau, situated over against a strong Castle, guarded by a great Garrison of Tartars. The Houses of this Place are built of Mud and Dirt, fitter for Dog-kennels, than for People to inhabit in; yet fit enough for the Inhabitants, who being of a sordid nature, and very loose and uncivil, de∣serve no better. They live by pilfering and stealing from one another; and none escapes plundering that passes that way without a Guard to defend themselves from their violence.

Upon the third of Iuly we came to the small City of Sinkicien, which for brevity some call Cing, the seventh small City under the Chief City Hokien, lying also on the side of the River Guei, in a flat and pleasant Soil, and about ten Miles from Sanglo.

This Place is not very large, yet full of people and Trade, as most of the Cities are which lie upon this River: Several famous Edifices which are yet standing in and about this City, clearly evidence that this was formerly a most stately and magnificent Place.

The Country round about lies low and flat, but very fruitful: It abounds with store of tame Cattel, and Fish, in respect of the several Rivers which run through it. There are very few Hills in all this Country of Hokien, to which this Cing is subject; only there is one not far from this Place (though the City it self lies upon a Flat) worthy the observation, call'd by the Chine∣ses, Si. The top of this Hill, being a delightful Plain, which by reason of the Fruitfulness they highly esteem, extends it self to a very great length, upon which lies a small Village, inhabited onely by Cow-herds and Hus∣band-men.

[illustration]

The next day, being the fourth of Iuly, we Sail'd by the small City of Sin∣kocien, the eighth small City under the Iurisdiction of the same Chief City, and situated about eight Miles from Sinkicien. This is a small Place, but very strong, having several Watch-Towers and Bulwarks for its defence: It is not Populous, nor hath any great Trade, though adorn'd with some brave Buil∣ding; but most of the Houses belonging to the Inhabitants are very mean and little.

Within the Walls are several Temples, which are an exceeding Ornament to the Place; but one, which stands without the Walls of the City, in an open Field, exceeds all the rest for Bigness, Beauty, and Art. This Building in∣deed is so rare a Piece, that we may well admire their wondrous Skill in Architecture, which they boasted of formerly. The whole Fabrick consists of three Rounds, the lower part whereof stands upon a Pedestal of Stone, into which you ascend by Steps. The first is adorn'd with great Gates, and each Corner supported with most curious Columns and Pillars: The second Round has stately Windows, and large Pillars, like the first, by which the Roof is also supported: The third is likewise beautified after the same man∣ner. The whole Building on the out-side is adorn'd with Fret-work, and at each Corner hang little Bells. The in-side of this Fane seems not so beauti∣ful as the outward decorations of the Walls thereof, being onely hung with great and small Images.

Through the whole Country, as well Temples as Dwelling-houses, pay extraordinary great Taxes, which doth exceedingly lessen the Revenues of the Priests.

It seems that the Idolaters here (so far as we could by the outward shew judge of them) are nothing near so devout in the Worship of Images, as those in other Parts; for in some Places we saw their Idols wholly deserted and left quite naked, without any Ornaments upon them; others being only cover'd with Mats, and having Straw Hats upon their Heads, so to defend them from the injury of the Weather, and make them hold out and last the longer.

Upon the same Day we pass'd by the small City of Singie, th•• ninth under the Iurisdiction of the Chief City Hokien. This Place also lies by the River side, twenty Miles from Sinko, enrich'd with noble Suburbs. On the West∣side

[illustration]

[illustration]

of the City stands a great and high Temple, fenc'd in with a Wall, ha∣ving also a very curious Garden or Orchard, most rarely Planted. We were very desirous to have seen this Curiosity; but the Interpreter told us, that i•• could not by any means be permitted, it being a Cloyster for Nuns, into which no Men were admitted. On the other side of the City stands another stately Fane, besides three curious Obelisks or Pyramids, which were erected by the City, in Honor of a great Commander, who lay Interr'd there, for his faithful Services done to his Country.

Toward Night setting Sail, we saw a strange Uprore among the People, who were all up in Arms, and had divided themselves into several Troops, to defend their Country against the Grashoppers (which occasion oftentimes a very great Dearth and Scarcity.) These Creatures come once a year (about that time when we were there) with an Easterly Wind, in such mighty Swarms or Squadrons, that they devour all they meet with, and that in a few hours, leaving the Fields utterly dismantled. To prevent these Invaders, and sweep-clean Plunderers, the Inhabitants march to and again through the Fields with their Colours and Ensigns flying, shouting and hollowing all the way they go; by which means these Destroyers are kept from fixing and doing such execution upon their Grain. And thus the Peasants continually en∣deavor to preserve their Labor and Product, who otherwise would certainly lose the whole benefit of their Harvest for that Year. They never leave them when they see a Party coming, till they have driven them into the Sea, or some River, where they fall down and are drown'd; and so it hapned, that they drove a flying Regiment so long, till they fell down upon our Heads, and our Vessels were cover'd with them, which we afterwards flung into the River.

The same Day we arriv'd at the Sea-Port of Tiencienwey, accounted for the most famous Sea-Town of all China, their chiefest Harbors being three; the first is the Chief City of Canton or Quancheu, situate in the Province of Quantung; the second Iejencien, in the Province of Nanking; and the third Tiencienwey, situate upon the utmost Confine toward the East of this Province of Peking, near to an Arm of the Sea Cang, in a corner where three Rivers of this Pro∣vince meet, and upon which stands a strong Fortress. The Country round about is very low and Marshy.

[illustration]

The City of Tiencienwey it self lies thirty Miles from Singlo, built also with strong Walls twenty five Foot high, full of Watch-Towers and Bulwarks, and the Place much set forth with Temples, very populous, and so full of Trade, that hardly the like Commerce is to be found in any other City in all China; for whatsoever Vessels are bound for Peking from any other part of China, must touch here, which occasions an extraordinary Traffick to Ship∣ping which lie continually before this City. Here is also the Staple of all Commodities, this being a free Port, and no Custom paid for any Goods Ex∣ported or Imported.

The Castle, which stands upon the Point of three Rivers, hath very high Walls and Towers, much for the defence of the City and adjacent Coun∣try. We lay all Night close to the Wall in our Vessels, to be in a readiness to pursue our Voyage in the Morning.

The Governor and Magistrates of the City came Aboard to welcom us, and receive the Ambassadors: but Pinxenton, to shew that he was likewise to be honor'd so order'd the matter, that they made him their first Salutes. And because the Mandorin of the old Canton Vice-Roy was order'd to hasten over Land for Peking, to signifie to the Emperor the coming of the Ambassadors, they gave Pinxenton Entertainment in a magnificent Idol-Temple, to which the rest of the Company was invited; And this was done only to this end, to Confer together after what manner they were to manage the Business upon our arrival at Peking. The Ambassadors having throughly instructed this Man∣dorin how he should make the Grandees of the Court to be of our Party, and by what means he should endeavor to procure for us a free Trade in China, he took his leave, and departed late in the Night for Peking; we made what haste we could after him with our Vessels, and upon the 11. we came to Ioeswoe, the eighth small City under the Imperial City of Peking, and lies about forty Miles from Tiencin.

This small City is well built, and full of Trade, and hath a wealthy Sub∣urb belonging to it. All Ships or Vessels which pass this way, pay Custom here, which brings a great Revenue to the Crown, and also store of Trade; and for that end the Emperor has his Officers residing here, to receive the Toll of all such Vessels. There are several Temples and other curious Edifi∣ces, which are magnificent Ornaments to the Place.

We have added to each Province of the fifteen, what Revenue each pays yearly to the Emperor, without the Incomes of the Custom-houses, where they pay for all Wares and Vessels. These Excise-places are very numerous through all China; but what each may bring in yearly, I could not well disco∣ver, neither was it easie, because the Emperor appoints his own Officers, from whom he receives their Accounts. The Ambassadors were receiv'd here by the Governor of the City with great Civility, and Entertain'd at his House in much State: which to requite in some measure, they sent him some Presents, which he civilly refus'd, in regard they had not yet seen the Emperor; but some Glasses of Rose-water were afterwards at his Request sent unto him, which he accepted.

The next Day, being the 12. of Iuly, we past by Focheu, which is also call'd by some Que, and reckon'd for the twenty sixth small City under the Chief City of Peking: It lies on the side of the River, about fifteen Miles from Ioeswoe, in a very pleasant Soil. This Place is not very large, but well built, and full of brave Edifices, being surrounded with a high Wall, and strength∣ned with Watch-Towers and Bulwarks.

On the East: side of the City without the Walls, stands a very fine Temple, with a Tower of nine Rounds high, very curiously built. There are likewise in this Place several Triumphal Arches, much adorning the same.

Upon the 16. of Iuly we came to Sancianwey or Sanho, about twelve Miles from Focheu, and four from Peking. This is the twelfth small City under the Imperial City Peking, and stands upon the side of the River: It is very popu∣lous, and well fortifi'd, having a strong Castle for Defence. In the middle of the City stands a Triumphal Arch, very artificially built, of gray Stone: The South-side hath a broad Stone Bridge, which rests upon five Arches, and is forty two Paces long, with Houses on each side.

This City of Sancianwey, and the following Tongsiou, are within four Miles of Peking, and so to the Imperial City you make no nearer approach by Wa∣ter; for commonly all Goods thither design'd, are unladed either at Sancian∣wey or Tongsiou, and so carried by Land in Wagons, or upon Mules and Asses, which are always to be had, and stand there ready. This way of carrying Goods by Land to Peking maintains a great many poor People, who have no other manner of Livelihood but carrying Burthens, which they trudge under at a very reasonable Rate.

To this City came the Mandorin back, whom the Ambassadors had sent out before to Peking: The next Day came likewise twenty four Horses, with se∣veral Wagons and Carts, which the Council sent to fetch the Emperors Pre∣sents and our Carriage. All things being ready, the Ambassadors began their Iourney by Land to Peking, after this following order: Two Trumpeters rid at a distance before; then follow'd the Standard-bearer, with the Prince of Orange's Blazonry; next to him the Ambassador's, accompanied with seve∣ral Tartar Lords and Gentlemen well Mounted; the Captains and Soldiers, who had thus far conducted the Ambassadors, and were about fifty in num∣ber, came after in good order with the Emperors Presents, and the Ambassa∣dors Goods. The Road to Peking was so full of People, Horses and Wagons, as if an Army had been upon the March. The Ways are exceeding bad be∣tween this Place and the City, being very deep and uneven, so that the Horses are up to the Belly almost every step.

The next Day, being the 17. we rode through Tongsiou, by some call'd Tung,

and reckon'd for the eleventh small City under the same Iurisdiction, situate in a very low and deep Soil, upon the side of the High-way which leads to Peking.

This Tongsiou is very large, and Fenc'd with strong Walls, having likewise a Wall dividing it in the middle. Here are no Streets, but several brave Build∣ings and curious Temples. The Country is very pleasant, full of Corn-Fields and Fruit-Trees. Near to the Road stands a Temple, where the Ambassadors refresh'd themselves, and then continu'd their Iourney in the fore-mention'd order, the Way being throng'd with People on each side of us. In the After∣noon we came to the Suburbs of the Imperial City of Peking, accounted the first Chief City of this Province, and is distant from Canton 1530 Miles. We pass'd through two magnificent Gates into the City, and lighted at a very fa∣mous Temple, into which the Ambassadors were invited, the conducted to repose a while, and to expect their Carriages which were behind. The Am∣bassadors were no sooner entred, but they were presently welcom'd, and Sa∣luted by the Emperor's Capado, who carried a Falcon upon his Hand, and also by the Agents of the Canton Vice-Roys, who reside here, and by several Gran∣dees of the Court. After they had a little refresh'd themselves with Meat and Drink, and several sorts of Fruit, and their Carriages had been visited by the Capado, and the Wagons and Carts told, they were conducted from thence in great State to their Lodgings, provided for them by the Emperor. This House was not far from the Palace, and had a high Wall about it, with three stately and broad Gates, between each of which were very large Courts.

The Ambassadors immediately caus'd the Emperor's Presents, and all their own Goods, to be brought into their Lodgings, where they found all things in good condition, without the least loss or damage. At Night came two Tartar Commanders, with twelve Soldiers, by the Emperor's Order, to guard the Gates of their Lodgings, and take care that the Command of his Imperial Majesty might be duly observ'd, and the Ambassadors supplied with all things convenient.

The next Day, early in the Morning, appear'd the Mandorin Pinxenton, with two other Commanders, who were likewise come thither from Canton, as also the two Agents of the Canton Vice-Roys, who had their Residence in this Court. Not long after came some Lords of the Imperial Council, at∣tended with the Chief Secretary Thouglovia, who was a Chinese by Birth, and a very civil Person, having likewise in their Company two other Mandorins, call'd Quanlovia and Hoolovia, the last whereof was Secretary to the Council, though a Stranger to the Chinese Language. After they had pass'd some Com∣plements to one another, they acquainted the Ambassadors, that they were come to bid them welcom in the Name of the Emperor and his Council, and to enquire after their Healths, and the number of their Followers, the quality and quantity of their Presents; and lastly, concerning the Person and Place from whom and from whence the same were properly sent? Whereupon the Ambassadors deliver'd a List to the Mandorins, consisting of twenty four Per∣sons, who all of them belong'd to the Embassy; wherewith they were sa∣tisfi'd.

Next they narrowly examin'd the Catalogue of the Presents, curiously questioning the Quality of each, from whence they came, after what man∣ner they were made, to what use, and in what part of the World; as likewise how many Months Voyage it was from Holland to Peking? The Ambassadors

[illustration]

[illustration]

having fully satisfied the Curiosity of these Office••s, they began highly to extol the Presents which the Ambassadors had brought with them, saying, That the like being brought thither the last Year by the Liquesen, were whol∣ly spoil'd upon the Way, and so were sent back again without being seen by his Imperial Majesty. They enquir'd likewise whether the Hollanders were bred and born upon the Sea? if they had any Country? how and where si∣tuated? from whom, and why they were sent? what Name and Age their King was of? To which Questions the Ambassadors return'd for answer, That they were a People bred and born upon the Land, and had a Country commonly call'd by the Name of Holland, which had been possess'd by them for above a hundred Years; and that they were no ways given to Plundering or Stealing, as some disaffected Persons had reported of them. The Manda∣rins were further inquisitive to know of them in what Part of the World their Country lay? how far from Peking? and whether there was any travel∣ling thither by Land? if so, through what Regions they must pass? To all which the Ambassadors gave them such Answers as they saw requisite. But in respect they seem'd not therewith fully satisfied, and could not be per∣swaded to believe that the Hollanders had any firm Country, but liv'd and dwelt upon the Sea, or at least in Islands; therefore, for a more clear de∣monstration, they desir'd to see a Map of our Country: Whereupon the Ambassadors produc'd a Map of the Seven United Provinces, with the Territo∣ries thereunto belonging, which they took with them to shew the Emperor. They ask'd likewise after the Government of Holland, and the Power of those that had sent them? to which the Ambassadors return'd for Answer, That Holland was never Govern'd by any one single Person, but by a select number of the chiefest of the Country. They specifi'd also the Names of the Coun∣cils by which Holland was Govern'd, and said, That besides this high Coun∣cil, there was yet another, which had receiv'd their Power and Authority from the Supreme Council, and the Prince of their Country, to Govern the Indian Affairs; and that the Ambassadors, upon their Order given to the Governor-General of Batavia, were expresly sent to congratulate the Emperor of Tartary, unto his Vice-Roys in China, and to wish him a long and happy Reign.

But in regard these Commissioners could not well understand nor appre∣hend this Form of our Government (because the Tartars and Chineses know no other than Monarchical) neither could they tell what the Name of Prince signified, the Ambassadors had no little trouble to work them into a good Opinion of our State: therefore they were forc'd to make use of the Name of the Prince of Orange, as if they had been sent by his Highness; concern∣ing whom they ask'd several Questions, and among the rest, Whether the Am∣bassadors were ally'd to their Prince? for they have a Custom, That no Fo∣reign Ambassadors are to bow their He••ds before the Emperor's Throne, un∣less they be such as are a Kin to him that sent them, as the Ambassadors of Corea and the Liquese Islands, who came hither the last Year, were the Brothers and Kindred of those Kings that sent them, without which they would have no great Credit and Reputation with the Emperor: To which the Ambassadors reply'd, That they were not in the least ally'd to their Prince; for besides that the Governors of their Country knew nothing of this Custom, so like∣wise such Persons as were related to their Prince, were employ'd at home in the most considerable Charges. But these Gentlemen were of opinion, That the Dignity and Majesty of the Emperor would be much lessen'd, if he should

give Audience to such as were not so related to their Prince. They then ask'd the Ambassadors, What Offices do you bear in the Court of your Prince? How runs your Title in your own Language? How many Men have you un∣der your Command? And how do you live? To all which Questions the Ambassadors return'd particular Answers.

They ask'd likewise, Whether all the Presents they had brought with them came directly out of Holland? Whereupon the Ambassadors told them, That some of those Goods came out of Holland, as the Cloths, Looking-glasses; Corral, Perspective-glasses, all manner of Arms, and the Furniture for Hor∣ses; but the rest were added by the Governor-General of Batavia, by Order of the Council for the Indian Government in Holland. Hereupon arose ano∣ther Question, namely, What manner of Place Batavia was, and what man∣ner of Man the Governor? The Ambassadors reply'd to this, That the Go∣vernor-General, in regard of his Command, might be compar'd with the Vice-Roys of Canton: And in regard the Hollanders were not subject to any King, nor their Country a Kingdom, therefore he could not have the Title of Vice-Roy, but only be call'd by the Name of Governor-General, as one that had the Command over other Places and Countries. And as for Batavia, that (they said) was a Place which for its conveniency was appointed for a Ren∣dezvouz for all Ships which should come out of Holland and other Parts; and consequently held for the Chief City of the Netherlands in India.

The Ambassadors having satisfied the Curiosity of these Persons, in giving such a full Answer to all their Demands, they took leave, and presented to each of the Ambassadors fifty Toel of Silver. But not long after, these Gen∣tlemen, one after another, came again to ask after some Particulars. The first came by Order of his Imperial Majesty and his Council, to fetch the Creden∣tials, which were carried to him in great State, being put into a large Silver Dish, cover'd with three Pieces of Scarlet. Another came to see our Arms, about which they were very inquisitive to know how and where they were made. The third ask'd what manner of Arms the Hollanders us'd in their Wars, and against whom they had warr'd. He ask'd likewise particularly, Whether we had War or Peace with the Portuguese, and with those of Maceao? and whose Country lay nearest to China?

The Ambassadors having fully answer'd all these Questions, they depart∣ed, but return'd at least six or seven times, and ask'd, among the rest, after the Quality of the Ambassadors: At last they ask'd Pardon for the trouble they had given them, saying, That they had done it by the Emperor's Order, who was always very inquisitive in things of this nature.

After the Chief Governor of this Imperial City had been made acquaint∣ed with the Report of the Commissioners, he sent the next day two Gentle∣men to the Ambassadors, with expr••••s Order that they should appear with the Presents before his Majesties Council; but it proving a very rainy day, the Ambassadors, left the Presents might be spoil'd, desir'd to be excus'd from coming till another time: yet it would not be granted, notwithstanding all their Endeavors: For though the Ambassadors went to Court without the Presents, they were not admitted till such time as they had brought them; for the Emperor was resolv'd to see them that day. As soon as the Presents were come, they were admitted, and order'd to sit down, without shewing any manner of Respect to that great Assembly. The Chief Commander sate at the upper end of this Assembly, upon a broad low Bench, with his

Legs across, like our Taylors in Europe: Next him, on his Right-hand, sate two Tartar Lords; and on the left hand a Iesuit, Father Adam Schaliger, a Cour∣tier in Peking almost fifty Years, living in great Honor and Repute; he was, as he told us, born at Cullen, and went shav'd and cloth'd after the Tartar Fa∣shion; a very comely old Man, with a long Beard. All the Lords who were at this Assembly sate one among another, without any Splendor, Order, or State; the Benches were onely cover'd with an old white Linnen Cloth, upon which sate likewise his Highness himself, with his Legs naked, and a little slight Mantle about his Body.

No sooner had the Providore made a short Harangue to the Ambassadors, and had order'd them to sit, but Father Adam the Iesuit came likewise to sa∣lute them, which he perform'd with great civility in his own Language, ask∣ing them (amongst other things) after several Roman Catholicks, whom we knew to have liv'd at Amsterdam; a sign that he had formerly been conversant in those Parts.

In the mean time the Canton Mandorins, and Pinxenton himself (who had car∣ried it so high upon the Voyage) were as busie as Porters, to help away the Chests and Cases in which the Emperor's Presents lay.

The Rix-Providore himself took the Presents out, and ask'd particularly from whence they came, how they were made, for what use, and where they were bought? as also, how many days Voyage between Holland and Peking? Father Adam was his Interpreter, and affirm'd the Answers which the Ambas∣sadors made to the several Questions, to be real and true. As often as the Rix-Providore took out any thing that was very rare, Father Adam fetch'd a deep sigh. The Rix-Providore ask'd also, among the rest, after the Value of the Alcatives; and receiving for answer, That they were worth above 200 Ryals, he said, That they were both brave and large, and would be very ac∣ceptable to his Imperial Majesty: He also commended the Saddles, Arms, Corral, and the like.

Mean time came an Order to the Council from his Imperial Majesty, That Father Adam should ask the Ambassadors that Night several Questions, and set down their Answers in writing for his Majesties satisfaction; which were to this effect: Whether the Hollanders had any Country or no? where situa∣ted? and how far from China? how their Prince was call'd? and what Form of Government they had among them? The Iesuit therefore ask'd the Ambas∣sadors, at the Command of the Rix-Chancellor, Whether the Prince of Orange was yet in being? and whether their High and Mighty Lordships did still Govern the State of the United Provinces? To all which they return'd him such Answers as very well satisfied the Chancellor. The Iesuit having taken in writing the Answers of the Ambassadors, carried them to his Highness, who caus'd him to blot out some Passages which he suppos'd might give offence to the Emperor; for he had added of his own, That the Country which the Hol∣landers did now possess, did formerly, and does by right belong unto the Spaniards: Which Words he made to be put out, telling him, It is enough that you know that these People are possess'd of a Country, and have a Form of Government among them.

Whilst the Clerks were taking several Copies of the Writing which the Iesuit had brought into the Assembly, his Highness found himself hungry, and sent for a piece of Pork to satisfie his Appetite, which was half raw, whereof he did eat most heartily in so slovenly a manner, that he look'd more like a

Butcher than a Prince. No sooner had he stay'd his Stomach with this Col∣lation, but he order'd the Son of the old Canton Vice-Roy, who had his Resi∣dence in this Court, to provide an Entertainment for the Ambassadors; which was accordingly perform'd, in some better order and fashion than the former. When Dinner was brought up, his Highness and the rest of the Tartar Lords fell on again as greedily as if they had eat nothing all that Day; but neither the Ambassadors nor Father Adam could eat of their Cookery, most of the Meat being raw; which his Highness perceiving, caus'd the Dishes to be ta∣ken off, and a Banquet of Fruit and Sweet-meats to be set upon the Table, ear∣nestly urging the Ambassadors to send home to their Lodgings what was left, which they civilly refus'd.

Father Adam inform'd the Ambassadors, that about four Months since there came an Ambassador from Muscovy with a Train of a hundred Men, to desire leave to come once a Year into China to Trade with the Subjects thereof; but as yet had not prevail'd with the Great Cham, who seem'd very unwilling to agree to any such thing. Night coming on, the Ambassadors took leave of the Assembly, and return'd to their Lodgings, conducted by the Iesuit in great State, who was carried by four Men in a Palakin or Sedan, attended by several considerable Persons on Horseback.

The next Day came the first Secretary Thouglouja, with the two other Tartar Mandorins, Qualouja and Hoolouja, to the Ambassadors, in the Name of his Highness, to direct the Presents in writing to whom they particularly be∣long'd. Afterwards they return'd immediately with Order, that the Secretary of the Ambassadors should appear with the Presents before his Highness and some of the Council, to make a farther Declaration upon the same: Where∣upon Secretary Baron went with them, and having answer'd their Desires, the Mandorins came back to the Ambassadors Lodgings, with the Agents of the Canton Vice-Roys, to acquaint them that the Presents were very acceptable to his Majesty, his Mother, and his Empress; and that his Imperial Majesty had order'd them to enquire whether there were not fifty Pieces more to be had of the white Linen, because the Emperor, being much taken therewith, had a Design to Present the same to the Wives of the Sons of the Canton Vice-Roys. At his Request they made a shift to furnish him with thirty six Pieces, where∣with the Tarnars were satisfi'd, and departed.

Afterwards the Commissioners came several times to visit the Ambassadors, and to inform themselves further about the Character of Holland, and the Ex∣tent of that Country.

Upon the third of August we understood, that an Ambassador from the Great Mogol was likewise arriv'd at Peking with a great Train of Attendants, to accommodate and determine the Difference lately risen between these two People; and also to desire that their Priests might Preach freely, and with∣out any molestation in China, which had for some time been forbidden upon high Penalties.

The Presents (without which never any Forein Ambassador appears in this Court) which he brought with him for the Emperor, the better to effect that which he came about, consisted of Three hundred and thirty six very brave Horses, two Ostriches, a Diamond of an extraordinary bigness, and several other Precious Stones. All these Presents were no less acceptable to the Em∣peror, than what we brought him; so that the Mogol had quick dispatch of his Business.

The Ambassadors being visited by some Tartar Lords, together with the Mandorin Pinxenton and others, who had conducted them from Canton to Pe∣king, thought good to shew them the Credentials which they had brought to the Emperor and to the Vice-Roys of Canton, which they had deliver'd upon their arrival both at Canton and in Peking; and after they had opened the same, the Tartars ask'd what the meaning of the word Iuly was; whereupon answer was made, That it was the Name of the seventh Month, according to their Account, or the last Month of the Year, according to that of the Tartar. They ask'd moreover, whether the Netherland Government had lasted 1655 Years? and if it began at that time? The Ambassadors made answer, That Holland from that time to this had been always Inhabited and Govern'd by one and the same People, and that the number of those Years only put them in mind of the Birth of our Saviour, born at that time. Hereupon 〈◊〉〈◊〉 departed, ta∣king the Credentials with them, without speaking one word.

The Emperor being throughly inform'd concerning of the Affairs of the Hollanders, sent upon the 31. of Iuly, a Mandatory Letter to the Lords of his Council, wherein he declar'd, That his Imperial Majesty did admit of the Ambassadors as such, and would give them Audience, as soon as he could sit in his new Court upon his Throne. And after his Majesty had caus'd the Credentials of the Ambassadors to be once more Translated by Schaliger the Iesuit, and read unto him by some of his chiefest Councellors, he seem'd so well pleas'd therewith, that he sent a second Summons to his Council, to be as∣sisting and serviceable to the Ambassadors during their abode in his Empire. The first of these Letters or Orders is as follows.

Great and Worthy Lypeos, (Counsellors,)

THe Holland Ambassadors are come hither with their Presents to Congratulate the Emperor, and to shew their Obedience unto him, which was never done to this Crown before: And because this is the first time, I think fit to accept of them as Am∣bassadors, and have promis'd them, that they, whensoever I shall be seated upon my Throne in my New Palace, shall be brought before me, to do their Obeisance, that so they may be well receiv'd, and upon their Request obtain a favourable Answer, in order to their Return; the more, because they being come from a far and remote Country, both by Sea and Land, will be able to spread the Fame and Renown of my Person and Empire: There∣fore we think fit not to deny or refuse any thing to such Foreign People, who are come such a long Voyage, from the furthermost part of the World, which in reason they can desire of us.

The second Letter was almost verbatim as the former, to quicken his Mi∣nisters of State, to dispatch them with a satisfactory Answer to their Pro∣posals.

The Chancellor hereupon desir'd to know of the Ambassadors, whether the Hollanders could not send every Year to Peking, or at least every second or third Year, to do Obedience to the Emperor? To this they answer'd, That for the more certainty they could better make Addresses every fifth Year at Peking, desiring in the mean time that they might come annually with four Ships to Canton, to Trade there. Afterwards the Chancellor summon'd the Tartar and China Councils together, to consider of the Proposals of the Hol∣landers, alledging (he being President) that they ought to give them leave eve∣ry fifth Year to come and Salute the Emperor. Most of the Tartars were of

this Opinion; but the Chineses seem'd outwardly willing to shew far greater favour to the Hollanders, namely, That they should come but once every nine Years to Peking, by reason of the vast distance from Batavia to the Imperial City: But herein they thought to have out-witted the Tartars; for they un∣derstood that the Hollanders were not to be permitted in the mean time to Trade at Canton. They proposed also to the Assembly, Whether under the notion of Hollanders the English might not likewise appear, who about thirty Years since came with four Ships into the Harbor of Heytamon, where they took away four Vessels laden with Salt, the Mandorin Prisoner, and shot down a Fort, committing several other Violences, for which, from that time they were held and declar'd Enemies of the Empire? therefore they should be sa∣tisfi'd of the Integrity of the Hollanders, before they were permitted to Trade in China: for b••••••de that it was contrary to the Custom of the Countrey to let them have a free Trade in any part of the Empire, it did not appear by their Credentials that any such thing was desir'd; so that they concluded they had exceeded their Orders.

The Ambassadors were not a little surpriz'd at these Proceedings of the Council; for they understood no otherwise, but that the Emperor had, ac∣cording to the Contents of the second Mandatory Letter, formerly procur'd by the Vice-Roy of Canton, fully agreed to the Request of the Hollanders con∣cerning a free Trade in Canton; and that they were only thereupon to go and return their Thanks to his Majesty at Peking. The Ambassadors were well enough inform'd of the Designs and Practises of Father Adam and some other Iesuits, who had lived there for some Years, and had been Brib'd under-hand by the Portugueses, to oppose the Hollanders in this their Design of free Com∣merce in China; therefore they endeavor'd to perswade the Tartars, That the Hollanders under colour and pretence of Merchandizing, design'd nothing less than to get footing in their Country, and then to make use of all opportuni∣ties to Plunder, and carry away whatsoever was portable. The Ambassadors were also inform'd, that these Iesuits had likewise perswaded the Council, That Maccao would be utterly ruin'd and impoverish'd by such a Trade; and withal, that they had told the Tartars, to make them the more averse to the Hollanders; That they were a People made up of several Nations, without any Habitations, and only subsisted upon what they got by Pyracy at Sea.

But that which most of all surpriz'd the Ambassadors, was to find them∣selves deceiv'd of their Money by the Canton Vice-Roys, unto whom they had paid thirty five hundred Toel of Silver; which Sum the Vice-Roys promis'd to pay the Chancellor and some others of his Majesties Council, to procure their Favor and Assistance for a dispatch of their Business. Now perceiving that they were Trepann'd by the Vice-Roys, they were forc'd to consider of some other way to obtain their Purpose; wherefore they first thought good to propose to the Council the Point of coming to Trade yearly at Canton, and to endeavor to effect the same. Afterwards the Ambassadors sent the Mando∣rin of the old Canton Vice-Roy to the Prime Chancellor, to enctreat him to stay so long in Peking, till his Majesty should be fully assur'd that they were Hollanders, and no others. They likewise desir'd of the Emperor and the Council, That they would favor them with some Token or Emblem cut in Brass, to Seal therewith all the Passports of their Shipping, which should di∣stinguish them from any other Nation, and impower them either to pass by, or come to an Anchor upon their Coast. At last they propos'd to the Council,

That they would be pleas'd to admit of the Hollanders to Live, Converse, and Trade in China as their own Subjects, paying the usual Duties and Impo∣sitions, as had been formerly granted to those of Lieugiow, Amiam, and Siam, according to the ancient Chinese Laws; adding farther, That if they might be admitted to Trade upon equal Terms with those three Nations, they would in acknowledgment thereof, every third Year come and Salute his Majesty, bringing Presents; but with this Proviso, That the Ship or Ships which brought the Ambassadors, might have Licence to depart in due time, without staying for the return of them; because the Vessels which were us'd to salt Water, could not be continu'd in fresh, without very great da∣mage.

But the Ambassadors, after all their Endeavors, were not able to effect any thing, being not well furnish'd with Money, the Key of the Work, and that which gives a quick dispatch to all Affairs in China; for they had already disposed both of their Presents, and Silver, and to take up Money at Eight or Ten per Cent. for a Months time, they did not think it convenient; and there∣fore they resolv'd to apply themselves to the Emperor himself, who was pleas'd to send to know how far the Council had proceeded in the Busi∣ness; and understanding that the Ambassadors offer'd every five years to come and Salute the Emperor, he himself was pleas'd to put out with his own hand the number of Five, and to insert that of Eight, out of a particular Inclination to the Hollanders, alledging, That they had need have five whole years to go and come, if so be they would only Travel by Day; for said the Emperor, How is it possible for them to continue such tedious Voyages, if you allow them no longer time? Beside, why should we straiten them in such a Point, who do not stand in need of me, nor fear me, but out of a singular Respect and Affection come to Salute me with their Goods and Presents? Certainly we ought to use these People more kindly, that so after they have perform'd such Undertakings, they may tarry at home and rest themselves for two or three years.

This favorable Answer of the Emperor gave great encouragement to the Ambassadors to hope well of their Business; but the Chancellors chief Se∣cretary did all that possibly he could, to disswade them from making over much haste with what they had to desire further of his Imperial Majesty, saying, Is it not enough that such, who never till then address'd themselves in Embassy to Salute his Majesty, and were so much prejudic'd by former Aspersions, as made them almost unacceptable to many great Persons in China, be receiv'd and admitted as Friends and Allies at the first Overture, and have leave to progress through the Country? where∣fore he endeavor'd to perswade the Ambassadors not to insist too much upon a free Trade, that being the way to unhinge their well-begun Business; for they were not to imagine, that the Emperor and his Council were oblig'd to grant at first sight all what'ere they should desire; and therefore advis'd them to forbear mentioning a free Trade till their next Return, when they would have a better opportunity. But the Ambassadors did not think fit to follow his Advice, because the time drew near that the Emperor was to make his Entrance into his new Palace, when he had appointed and promised the Am∣bassadors to give them Audience: But before they could have a Hearing, they were first to perform Obedience in the old Palace, where the Emperor's Treasure and Seal are kept, in regard, according to a Proverb amongst the Chineses, this Place is older than the Emperor, and therefore chosen and bless'd by Heaven, and the first Honor doth also belong unto it; so that all Foreign

Ambassadors who refuse to pay such Respects, must not appear before the Emperor, but depart without a Hearing, as it hapned to the Ambassador of Muscovy, who, to preserve the Dignity and Esteem of his Lord and Master, would not perform here the usual Complement and Ceremony. Likewise all the Grandees of the Kingdome must do their Duty here ere they appear before his Majesty; nay more, the Emperor himself, before he is Install'd, is oblig'd to come and bow here. This Custom is usually perform'd by Am∣bassadors three Days before their Audience.

Upon the 22. of August came the Agents of the Canton Vice-Roys, with the Mandorin Pinxenton and others of Canton, early in the Morning, to our Lodgings; and not long after also appear'd three Chinese Doctors, and some of the Court, in very rich Habits: These Persons conducted the Ambassa∣dors and their Followers in great State into a Room of the old Palace, much like a Library; for we saw none but Scholars and Gown-men, with Books in their Hands: from whence after some short stay, we were conducted into an open Court, within a high Wall, where we were commanded at the voice of the Herald to kneel three times, and to bow our Heads to the Ground: after a short pause the Herald proclaim'd aloud in the Chinese Language, Cas∣chan, which in English is, God hath sent the Emperor: afterwards he cried aloud, Quee, that is, Fall upon your Knees: then he pronounced the word Canto, signifying, Bow your Head: after that, Coe, bidding them Stand up; and this did he three times in order one after another, wherein we also conform'd: at last he signified to us that we should stand aside, which we did. All these Ceremonies were perform'd in presence of at least a hundred Chinese Doctors or Rabbies: after which we return'd to our Lodgings.

And now the Ambassadors, according to the Custom, were to appear up∣on the 25. of August before the Emperor, but were prevented by the sudden Death of the Emperor's youngest Brother, who being about six years of Age, hapned to die upon the 23. of the same Month, not without suspicion of Poy∣son by some of the Council, who it seems (as we were told) did not think him worthy to live, because he had provoked the Emperor in some ill Language before our arrival at Peking. But others ascrib'd his Death to a violent Cold he took by drinking a Glass of Ice-Water, being very hot, which put him in∣to such a violent Distemper, that he died in few hours after: The Emperor seem'd very much to lament his Death; for he would not be seen by any Person in three Days. This young Prince was kept a whole Month before his Interment, so that the Ambassadors were held from having Audience of the Emperor until the second of September.

Upon the 14. of August they understood, that the Ambassador of Muscovy went from thence without Audience, becaus'd he refus'd to bow to the Seal of the Emperor, so to preserve the Honor and Dignity of his Lord and Ma∣ster. One of his Gentlemen came about Noon, whilst the Ambassadors were at Dinner, and took leave in the Name of the all the rest; and he desir'd likewise the favour of a Letter, to shew in Russia that he had found us here; which was presently granted. Afterwards we were inform'd, That this Ambassador was not suffer'd to depart, till such time as the Emperor had given him a Pass.

The next Day after the Funeral the Emperor sent word to the Chancellor, that he should conduct the Dutch Ambassadors upon that Day before his Ma∣jesties Throne, as also those of the Great Mogol. He accordingly gave notice

[illustration]

[illustration]

by Proclamation to all the Grandees in Peking, that they were then to appear in the Court before the Royal Throne.

Upon the Day appointed for this long expected Audience, came the Man∣dorin Pinxenton, with the Agents and Mandorins of the Canton Vice-Roys, and some others of the Court, in very rich Habits, to our Lodgings, about two a Clock in the Afternoon, with Lanterns to conduct the Ambassadors, who were only attended by six of their Followers, the rest being order'd to stay at home. When they came to the Court, they were first conducted through the outward Gate, and afterwards over a Quadrangle with a well-built Gate, and plac'd upon the second Plain of the Court, where we sat all Night in the open Air, upon the bare Stones, till Morning, when his Majesty was to appear up∣on his Throne. We were no sooner seated, but the Ambassador of the Great Mogol, accompanied with five Persons of Honor, and about twenty Ser∣vants, came and plac'd himself next to our Ambassadors, as did also the Am∣bassadors of Lammas and Suytadsen, next to whom also sat several great Lords of the Empire. And because we were to continue in this Posture all Night, in expectation of his Majesties appearance in the Morning early upon his Throne, I shall defer a while acquainting the Reader with what pass'd upon that most glorious Day; and in the mean time give you a Description of the Forein Ambassadors, who were also with us in this Emperor's Court.

The Ambassador of Suytadsen (who may be properly call'd South-Tartars) deserves here the first and chiefest Place, being he was most in esteem in this Court, and preferr'd before the rest. I could not certainly learn his Business, but only as they told me by guess, That the King of Suytadsen Sent him with Presents to the Great Cham, according to the Custom of their Country; the Frontier People and Borderers using to pay such Homage to this their Grand Lord.

He had a Coat on which came down to his Knees, made of Sheep-skins dy'd Crimson; his Arms were naked up to the very Shoulders, his upper Garment being Sleeveless; his Cap sate close to his Head, turn'd up or edg'd with Sables, the Crown whereof was plum'd with a Tuft of a Horses Tail, colour'd Red also, which is with them in as much esteem as Ostrich Feathers; his Breeches made of a slight Stuff, hung down to his mid-legs, in a most slo∣venly

[illustration]

[illustration]

manner; the Boots he wore were so heavy and large, that he could hardly walk in them; upon his right Thigh, mounted according to the Tar∣tar and Chinese fashion, was a broad heavy Sword, so that he looked more like a Soldier than an Ambassador. All his Attendants were Cloth'd after the same manner, each having a Bow and Arrows at his Back.

The Mogol Ambassador (of whose Business and Request we have already made mention) had a very rich blue Silk Coat on, so richly embroider'd, that it look'd like massie beaten Gold; which hanging down almost to his Knees, was girt about his Waste with a Silk Girdle, with great rich Tassels at both ends; he wore neat Buskins of Turky Leather, and a large Turbant of several Colours.

The Empire of the Great Mogol (who had sent this Ambassador to the Great Cham) comprehends properly the Northern part of East-India, or the Country situate between Mount Caucasus (now call'd Delauguer) and the Sea beetwee•• the River Ganges and Indus.

This Empire, call'd Mogol, had its Name from the Tartar Kings, who for∣merly made themselves Masters of it, and is divided into several Kingdoms, though some of them belong to other Princes. The chiefest Kingdoms over which the Great Mogol properly Commands, are Cambaya, Dely, Sanque, Mandro, and Bengala. This great Prince commonly keeps his Court in the City of Dely.

All the Countries over which the Great Mogol Commands, are very fruitful in the product of all manner of Cattel and Fruits, as Rice, Corn, Wax, Silk, Sugar, and Cotton; and all sorts of Spices, which are brought from thence in great abundance. Upon the Mountains are found the Onyx Stone, Dia∣monds, and other Precious Gems.

It is held for certain, that this Great Mogol can bring into the Field, in a very short time, three hundred thousand Fighting Men, and five thousand Elephants.

Most of the Inhabitants are Mahumetans and other Idolaters. In those Parts there are also abundance of Iews, who drive a subtle Trade amongst them, and some Abyssine Christians, allur'd thither by a profitable Commerce.

[illustration]

The Ambassadors of the-Lammas was Cloth'd in Yellow; his Hat much like a Cardinals, with broad Brims; at his side hung a Crucifix, which these Church-men commonly carry about with them, by which they say their De∣votions after the manner of the Roman Catholicks. Those of Lammas are a sort of religious People, who had liv'd a long time in China; but the last Emperor of China, before the Tartars conquer'd it, had banish'd them his Country, from whence they went and settled themselves in Tartary, where they had the free Exercise of their Religion. Now these banish'd People had sent this Ambas∣sador to the Great Cham, with Request that they might have leave to return and Exercise their Devotions as formerly. What success he had in his Business I could not learn, but his Reception at the Emperor's Court was very Friendly and Civil.

Now I shall proceed to relate what pass'd during our stay in the Emperor's Palace.

At the Court-Gate, in which we sat expecting the Dawn, we saw first three black Elephants, gallantly adorn'd after the Chinese manner, standing there for the greater State as Centinels: They had well girded upon their Backs gilded Towers, artificially built, and beautifi'd with Carv'd Works and Figures. The concourse of People was here so great, as if the whole City had been throng'd together in this one place; the Gates were also kept with an incredi∣ble number of the Emperor's Life-guard, all of them in very rich Habits af∣ter the Tartar fashion.

By day-break all the Grandees, who likewise repair'd thither over Night, came gazing and looking upon us with great admiration, as if we had been some strange Africk Monsters; but they demean'd themselves very civilly, without giving us the least Affront. About an hour after, a sign was given, at which all started up on the sudden, as if there had been an Alarm, when the two Tartar Lords who usually were sent to the Ambassadors, came and con∣ducted them with their Followers through another Gate into a second Court∣yard, guarded round with Tartar Soldiers and Courtiers; and from thence to a third Court, which was the innermost, where the House of the Emperor's Throne stood, and the Lodgings for the Great Cham, his Wife and Children.

This Court, which contains four hundred Paces in the square, was lin'd on all sides with a strong Guard, all of them in rich Coats of crimson-colour'd Sattin.

On either side of the Throne stood a hundred and twelve Soldiers, each whereof bore a several Flag, and likewise wore colour'd Habits sutable to his Ensign, only they had all black Hats with yellow Feathers. Next to the Em∣perors Throne stood twenty two Gentlemen, each with a rich yellow Skreen or Umbrello in his Hand, resembling the Sun; next to these stood ten other Persons, each holding a gilt radiant Circle in his Hand, resembling the Sun: next to these stood six others with Circles, imitating the Moon at the Full: after these were standing sixteen other Persons, with Half-Pikes or Poles in their Hands, hung full of Silk Tassels of several colours: near to these stood thirty six more, each holding a Standard, curiously adorn'd with Dragons (the Emperor's Coat of Arms) and other such Monsters, after the Chinese fa∣shion. In this manner were both sides of the Emperor's Throne guarded and adorn'd; besides an infinite number of Courtiers, all of them in very rich Habits, of one Colour and Silk, as if a Livery; which added very much to to the Splendor of the Place.

Before the Steps leading to the Emperor's Throne, stood on each side six Snow-white Horses, most curiously adorn'd with rich embroider'd Trap∣pings, and Bridles beset with Pearls, Rubies, and other Precious Stones.

Whilst we were beholding with admiration all the Pomp and Splendor of this Court, we heard the noise and jingling of a little Bell, sounding sweet and delightful to the Ear.

Hardly had this Clock or Bell finish'd the Alarm, but we saw the old Tutang, with thirty of the most eminent Persons and chief Councellors of the Empire, in very rich Habits, go and make their Obedience in great State and Humi∣lity to the Emperor's Trone, which was after this manner: There stood a Herald who first made Proclamation, and then the Tutang, with those that ac∣companied him, fell upon their Knees, and bowed down their Heads nine times to the Ground, whilst delightful Musick, both Vocal and Instrumental, fill'd up the vacancies of the Ceremony.

No sooner had these Lords perform'd their Obedience to the Emperor's Throne, but immediately another Sett of very eminent Persons came, doing the like in the same manner: Then followed the Ambassador of the Suytadsen, and the Ambassador of the Lammas, who were conducted to the Throne in ex∣traordinary State by the first and second Chancellors: and after these had done all their Reverence to the Chair, the Chancellor came to our Ambassa∣dors, and ask'd them what Quality or Dignity they had; they answer'd him, That they had the same with the Vice-Roys: After the same Chancellor went to the Mogol Ambassador, and asked him the same Question likewise; who answer'd, That he was of that Quality with the Dutch Ambassadors; where∣upon he was plac'd by the Chancellor in the like degree of Honor and Dignity with them.

In the Centre of the Quadrangle, over against the middle Gate of his Ma∣jesties Throne, stood twenty extraordinary Mark-stones, which were Inscrib'd with Chinese Characters, cut upon Brass Plates, signifying the Quality of the Person which must stand or kneel upon them.

The Under Tutang went on the left-side, and made signs to the Ambassadors that they were to make up the tenth Stone, and there was to be their Station.

[illustration]

PROSPECT OF Y^e INNER COURT OF THE EMPEROURS PALACE at PEKIN

• 1. Palace where the Emperours Throone is.
• 2. The two Ambassadors,
• 3. Ambassador from the Great Mogol,
• 4. twelue Snow-white Horses.
• 5. A Herald,
• 6 Emperours Liffe-guards.

Being thus plac'd, the Herald call'd to them aloud, saying, Go stand before the Throne; hereupon we made up to the Throne: then the Herald call'd again, and said, Step into your Place; which accordingly was done: then he spoke again, saying, Bow your Heads three times to the Ground; which we did: at last he call'd to us, and said, Rise up, and we rose; and this hapned three times one after another: Last of all the Herald cried aloud, Return to your Place; whereupon we retir'd to our Stand.

The Holland Ambassadors, together with the Mogol's, were afterwards con∣ducted to a Stage or Theatre, which propt the Seats of the Throne, about twenty Foot in heighth, and curiously built, and adorn'd with several Galle∣ries of Alabaster, or such like white Stone: And after they had kneel'd and bow'd their Heads once more, they were order'd to sit down, and then Treated civilly with Tartar Thea, mingled with Milk, in woodden Dishes and Cups; but the Ambassadors Attendants stay'd below, not wanting the same Liquor. Soon after the Bells tinkled again, which cast all the People upon their Knees. We endeavor'd what we could to get a sight of the Emperor in his Throne as he sat in State, but the crowd of his Courtiers about him was such, that it eclipsed him from us in all his Glory.

He ••ate about thirty Paces from the Ambassadors; his Throne so glister'd with Gold and Precious Stones, that it dazled the Eyes of all the Beholders. The Ambassadors themselves, being confin'd to keep their Station, could dis∣cern very little of him. Next, and on both sides him, sate the Vice-Roys, Princes of the Blood, and other Great Officers of the Court, all likewise drinking Thea in Wooden Dishes, and that in great abundance. These Gran∣dees wore all one sort of Habit, which was extraordinary rich; they had Blue Satin Coats on, curiously interwoven with Golden Dragons and Serpents (the Emperor's Blazonry); their Caps embroider'd with Gold, and deck'd with Diamonds and other Precious Stones, which signified their Degrees and Qualities. On each side of the Throne stood forty of his Majesties Life-Guard, arm'd with Bowes and Arrows, who hindred the Ambassadors from seeing the Emperor.

This Mighty Prince having sate thus in Magnificent State about a quarter of an Hour, rose up with all his Attendants; and as the Ambassadors were withdrawing, Iacob de Keyser observ'd the Emperor to look back after them, and for as much as he could discern of him, he was young, of fair Complex∣ion, middle Stature, and well proportion'd, being cloth'd and shining all in clinquant Gold. We much admir'd that the Emperor suffer'd the Ambassa∣dors to depart without once speaking to them; but this is a Custom not on∣ly among the Chineses, but also amongst other Eastern People, That their Kings and Emperors seldom appear to their own Subjects, much less to Fo∣reiners: besides, it has been observ'd through all Times amongst the Empe∣rors of China, That they never shew themselves to any Stranger whatsoever, but only to their own Domesticks, and then seated in State upon the Imperial Throne.

The Ambassadors departed; and the Courtiers, Soldiers, and Life-Guard march'd off in much disorder. By reason of the infinite concourse of Peo∣ple, we had trouble enough before we got to our Lodgings, though we had a sufficient Guard, to clear the Way before us.

We were no sooner come into our Lodgings, but two of the chiefest of the Council repair'd thither in the Name of his Majesty, to request the sight

of a Pack of Dutch Cloths which the Emperor was desirous to see. The Am∣bassadors presented them with a black Velvet Suit and Cloke, a Pair of Boots and Spurs, a Pair of Silk Stockings, Boot-hose-tops, Drawers, a Band, Shirt, Sword, Belt, and Bever; all which seem'd so very rich to the Emperor, that he said, If the Ambassadors wear such Habits, how must their Kings be cloth's then? In the Evening the Emperor sent back all the Cloths by one of his Council, who very much admir'd the Stuff of the Hat, and ask'd of what and where the same was made.

And to the end all Men may be sensible how far this Court exceeds all the Royal Palaces in Europe, for Splendor, Art, Wealth, and Pleasure, I shall give you a large Account thereof, and of the Platform of it, which I took my self.

This Imperial Court, which is exactly square, contains three Miles in circumference; within the second Wall of the City on the North-side, being fortifi'd also with strong Stone Battlements fifteen Foo•• high. In this Wall are four Gates, (in the middle of each side one) which have their Prospects to the four Angles of the World, and so nam'd after the four Cardinal Winds; but that which stands toward the South, is the chiefest, and most us'd. We pass'd through this Gate when we went to appear before the Emperor's Throne, and from thence into a base Court, which had a well-pav'd cross Way of four hundred Paces, with a Water-Trench cut through the middle, and over it a Stone Bridge of fourteen Paces, very curiously built; but the Water was in some places cover'd over with Weeds. Before this Graff or Channel stands also drawn up upon the Plain, a great number of Tartars, Horse and Foot, who as Sentinels suffer none to pass through: when you are over this Bridge, you come to the first Gate, guarded with the black Elephants; through this Porch, being fifty Paces long, and built upon five stately Arches, you come into the first Quadrangle, which is also four hundred Paces large, and whether we were brought by Pinxenton (as hath been already said) to ex∣pect with the other Ambassadors the coming of the Emperor. This Plain is well built, with uniform and stately Houses, standing in the midst of three more lofty and fortifi'd Edifices, which are so strengthned with high thick Walls and Bulwarks, that they are able to defend the Place. From this Court there are Passages underneath the three great Structures, which leads into a second Quadrangle of four hundred Paces wide, built and adorn'd with brave Buildings as the former. From hence you pass into the third and last Plain, also square, and of the same bigness with the former. This Quadrangle which lies directly in the Cross, and pav'd with gray Stone, the Great Cham chose him∣self for his own Residence. Here also are most sumptuous and costly Build∣ings; but the chiefest among these are four, which exceed all the rest in Mag∣nificence, Art, and Beauty, and take up at least a third part of three sides of the Court.

Directly forward appears the Building where his Imperial Majesty sat up∣on his Throne, and which is far more stately and sumptuous than the former, into which you enter through three ample and curious Arches. In this third Court reside only the Emperor and Empress, and none are permitted to enter here but their Attendants.

The Emperor, according to the Custom of the Heathen Princes, maintains several Women in this his Seraglio; but amongst all those, only one assumes the Title of Empress, all the rest are his Concubines, performing Duties in se∣veral

[illustration]

[illustration]

Degrees; some wait on the King himself, others look to the keeping of the Rooms and Chambers decent and clean; some take care of the Children, others only of the Emperor's Bed-Chamber, Kitchin, and Table. Of these Concubines, in their several Attendancies, there are at least five thousand; most of them no more than Maid-Servants.

Such shews this Palace within, if you go through the South-Gate straight to the third Plain, or the Emperor's Abode. The like Courts, and as many, appear going through the other Gates, with all such Buildings and Adorn∣ments; for the whole circumference of the Court is cut through in the mid∣dle in the form of a Cross, and in several places equally and orderly divided. Without the third Plain, which lies in the middle of the Court, and upon which stand the Emperor's Buildings, are several pleasant Gardens, Palaces, Woods, Pools, Rivers, and delicate Summer-Houses, which the Emperor caus'd to be made for his Pleasure; and each is so large, that it is fit enough for any Prince to live in; so that this Palace contains several Courts for Kings within the Walls.

Each of the Emperor's Children, so soon as they are ten years old, are set∣led in one of these Quadrangles. The four Concubines whom the Emperor hath chosen from amongst the rest for his peculiar Pleasure, have also each of them without the third Plain, a particular Dwelling or Court, where they keep State; and which are built opposite to the four Corners of the World, facing the four principal Winds.

There are besides in this Court a great many other Houses and Dwellings for their Priests, Artificers, Servants, and others; it was affirm'd to me, That the whole number of Persons residing here amounts at least to fifteen or sixteen thousand.

All the Edifices, which are very many, are most richly adorn'd with gilt Galleries, Balcones, and Carv'd Imagery, to the admiration of all that ever ••aw them. Each Dwelling hath a large Pent-house, so that you may walk dry in Rainy Weather. Most of the Timber which appears on the out-side of the Houses, is either gilt, or colour'd over with a certain Gum which they call Cie, much in use amongst them, and wherewith they colour or paint their Houshold-stuff, Ships, and Houses, that they make them shine and glitter like Looking-glasses.

All the Roofs of the Buildings are cover'd with yellow glaz'd Pantiles, which shine, when the Sun reflects on them, brighter than Gold: And this has given some occasion to think, that the Roof of this Royal Palace was cover'd with pure Gold; whereas, in truth, the Tiles are only made of Clay, and glaz'd and neil'd over with artificial Yellow: But yet, as I was told, each of these Tiles are fastned with an Iron Nail, whereof the Head is gilt, which makes so much the more Splendor.

Beside the above-mention'd Channel or Graff, which is very shallow, and over-grown with Weeds, there is yet another in this Palace, Which doth run through the whole Court, with several Windings and Turnings, and serves to water the Gardens and Woods. This receives its Water from the River Yo, which springs from a Pool call'd Si, near to the Mountain Iaciven, and is within the Emperor's Court so broad and deep, that it will bear great Vessels, which come laden in, to the great convenience of the Inhabitants. This River sends also its Streams to those Rocks or Cliffs made by Art, whereof we for∣merly made mention.

There is not any thing wherein the Chineses shew their Ingenuity more, than in these Rocks or artificial Hills, which are so curiously wrought, that Art seems to exceed Nature. These Cliffs are made of a sort of Stone, and sometimes of Marble, and so rarely adorn'd with Trees and Flowers, that all that see them are surpris'd with admiration. Rich and wealthy People, espe∣cially the great Lords and Mandorins, have for the most part such Rocks in their Courts and Palaces, upon which they squander a good part of their Estates. It was told me of a certainty, that somewhere about Peking there are some Rocks which contain Chambers, Closets, Parlors, Vyvers, Stairs, and all manner of Trees so curiously wrought and adorn'd by Art, that the like is not to be seen in the whole World. These artificial Mountains or Cliffs are commonly contriv'd with Chambers and Anti-chambers, for a defence against the scorching Heat in Summer, and to refresh and delight the Spirits; for they commonly make their great Enterainments in these Grots, and the Learned seek to Study in them rather than any other Place.

If I should relate all the other artificial Ornaments, as of Gardens, Wilder∣nesses, Pools, and other Particulars, which adorn this Court, I should far ex∣ceed the bounds of what I intend, and perhaps to some, of belief; but what hath been already said shall suffice, to set forth the Wonders of this most magnificent Palace.

Great Endeavors were us'd by me to observe what was most remarkable and worth taking notice of, as far as the shortness of our stay would permit, especially concerning its Situation.

It is an ancient Custom at Peking, That the Ambassadors (after their Ad∣dresses to the Emperor) in token that their Affairs are dispatch'd, are Enter∣tain'd with three Treatments in the name and behalf of the Emperor, upon the tenth, twentieth, and thirtieth days after their Audience, so that these En∣tertainments take up a whole Month before they are ended: but in regard our Ambassadors were desirous to make what haste they could home again, the Pro∣vidore had obtain'd leave of the Emperor, not without great difficulty, that these three Feasts should be given them upon three following days.

At two of the clock in the Afternoon (upon the same day that we had been at Court before the Emperor) the Ambassadors were invited, together with the Mandorin Pinxenton, and others, as also the Captains and Soldiers who con∣ducted them from Canton to Peking, in the Name of the Emperor, to the first Feast, at Providore Lipu's House, which was most Noble and Splendid. To the same Banquet or Entertainment were also invited the Ambassadors of the Great Mogol, Suytadsen, and Lammas. Our Ambassadors sate on the same side of the Table with him of the Mogol, and the other two over against them, with their Followers next unto them. The Dinner consisted of two Courses: The first Table was full of Fruits and dry'd Sweet-meats; and the second of boyl'd and Roasted Mutton, Beef, and other Meat. For each of the Ambassadors, and for two of their Followers, a particular Table was cover'd with thirty Silver Dishes, full of rare Fruits and Sweet-meats. The Emperor's Controller (who likewise appear'd at this Feast, representing the Person of his Majesty) sate alone upon a broad Side-board, with his Legs across, like a Taylor on his Shop-board; next him sate two other great Lords, who took order to see the Ambassadors well entertain'd. The Ser∣vants who brought the Meat to the Table, and waited all Dinner-time, were no ordinary Persons, but of good Quality, and cloth'd all in Cloth of Gold.

Before the Ambassadors sate down, they were oblig'd to turn themselves toward the North, and bow three times, as if the Emperor had been present, and as they had done when they were before the Imperial Throne.

The Banquet being taken away, the boil'd and roasted Meats were brought to the Table, but only in three Dishes, and so ill dress'd, that we hardly durst venture to taste of the Cookery of the Tartars.

Dinner being almost ended, the Emperor's Steward call'd his Servants, and gave them all the Dishes which stood before him, only he reserv'd one Dish, being a roasted Rib of a Camel, of which he eat so heartily, as if he had been fasting all that Day.

This splendid Treatment finish'd, the Ambassadors, according to the Custom of the Country, were to put up what they left into their Pockets to carry home. It was a pleasant Sight, to see how these greasie Tartars stuffed their Pockets and Leather Drawers of their Breeches with fat Meat, that the Liquor dropt from them as they went along the Streets; so greedy were they in eating and carrying away, that they were more like Peasants than Courtiers.

After Dinner the Waiters brought up several Gold and Silver Pots full of Zamsou, and pouring it out into woodden Dishes or Cups, gave round to the Company, drinking of it lustily themselves. They told us that this Drink was distill'd from new Milk, and came out of the Emperor's Cellar; and that this great Favor and Kindness was done to us, because we came from so re∣mote a Country, and so we must drink away Sorrow. And though this Li∣quor was almost as strong as Brandy, yet the Ambassadors were forc'd to pledge the Steward several times, and to take what was left home with them; but they gave it away to the Soldiers and others who stood at the Gate, who were better pleas'd with it.

This Dinner being thus ended, the Ambassadors, as formerly, must once more, in thankfulness for this their splendid Reception, return to the Em∣peror's Palace to perform their Obedience; which being likewise dispatch'd, they retir'd to their Lodgings, sufficiently weary with the Ceremony of that Day.

The next Day being appointed for the second Treat, came the Under-Tatang or Rix-Providore, to visit the Ambassadors in their Lodgings, and ask'd them among other Questions, whether it were true, That the Dutch could live under Water for three Days and three Nights together? for thus had our Enemies, especially the Portuguese Iesuits, reported of us; as also (as has been said before) that we had no Country, but liv'd as Pyrats on the Sea: The Ambassadors satisfi'd him in every thing, and told him, That they came thither to settle a continu'd Trade and Commerce in China, as they did in seve∣ral other Kingdoms, wishing that their Business might be effected. To all which the Tutang reply'd, That he desir'd nothing more, and would endeavor to further and promote the same with all his power. Thereupon the Ambas∣sadors acquainted his Highness, That as yet they had done very little in their Business. To which he answer'd, That at present it could be no otherwise, but if so be they would once more come and Salute the Emperor, before they were admitted as Friends and Subjects, he would then assure them, that the Hollanders should be allow'd to Trade freely in all the Emperor's Dominions; that they needed not to put themselves to any great Charge; and that a few Presents would effect their Desires.

The Ambassadors having been thus kindly and nobly receiv'd and treated upon the first day, as has been said, went the next day at Noon to the second Imperial Banquet, where likewise repair'd the Ambassador of the Great Mogol (who sat over against our Ambassadors) with some other Mandorins and Prime Persons of the Empire. They observ'd in short, That the second Providore was more kind and open-hearted to the Mogol Ambassador, and to the Moors and other Guests, than to them; whereat they very much wondred, and ask'd the Interpreter what the cause might be; who intimated, That this great Lord had not yet been Presented by them as he ought: Concerning which Omission the Ambassanor took speedy order, little suspecting such neglect; for they knew not but that Pinxenton and the Canton Mandorins had Presented all the Grandees as they ought according to their Qualities, having receiv'd enough from them for that purpose at Nanking: but mistrusting that they were trepann'd as well by the Servants as by the Masters, they enquir'd ci∣villy how all their Presents had been dispos'd of; which they in plain terms refus'd to give an Account of, alledging, That they durst not name those Persons of Honor to whom they were Presented, lest it should come to the Emperor's knowledge: for this reason, and because our Business with the Emperor was not yet dispatch'd as it ought, the last Banquet was deferr'd till the 14. of October.

Upon that Day the Ambassadors appear'd with all their Followers, to par∣take of the last Treatment: And now the second Providore having been like∣wise Presented by them, they were receiv'd by him with all manner of seem∣ing Respect and Affection; so great an alteration had the same wrought up∣on him, that his Carriage and Language were both of another piece and co∣lour, all soft and melting. Having sat about an hour at the Table, and drank once or twice about, they were afterwards Presented in the Name of the Em∣peror with these following Presents, after this manner:

On the side of the Hall, where the Ambassadors were receiv'd and Treated, stood two long Tables, upon which the Gifts were spread in great order. First of all they deliver'd the Present for the General Iohn Maatzuiker, which the Ambassadors receiv'd kneeling, with both their Hands; after which they and all their Followers were call'd by Name, and had each their Presents de∣liver'd to them likewise upon their Knees. Lastly, as the Ambassadors were ready to depart, we all of us perform'd our Obedience to the Imperial Throne, by thrice kneeling and bowing our Heads.

The Presents, and Persons to whom the same were given, are these fol∣lowing.

To the General Iohn Matzuiker,

• Three hundred Toel of Silver,
• Four Packs of Damask,
• Four Packs of Black, and four of Blue Sattins,
• Four Packs of Blue Damask,
• Four Packs of Cloth of Gold, amongst which, two with Dragons,
• Four Packs of Thuys,
• Twelve Packs of Pelings,
• Ten Packs of Hokiens,
• Four Packs of Blue Flower'd Damask,
• Four Packs of Gasen,
• Four Packs of Foras.
• Four Packs of Black Velvet.

To each of the Ambassadors,

• One hundred Toel of Silver,
• Four Packs of Pelings,
• Four Packs of Gasen,
• Four Packs of Hokiens,
• Three Packs of Blue Sattins,
• Three Packs of Black, and three of Blue Damask,
• One Pack of Black Velvet.

To the Secretary Baron,

• Fifty Toel of Silver,
• Two Packs of Pelings,
• Two Packs of Gasen,
• One Pack of Damask,
• One Pack of Cloth of Gold,
• One Pack of Velvet.

To each of their Followers,

• Fifteen Toel of Silver,
• Two Packs of Hokiens.

To the Interpreter Carpentier,

• Thirty Toel of Silver.

To the Interpreter Paul Durette,

• A Damask Gown.

The Mandorin Pinxenton had given him

• A Mandorins Gown, embroider'd with Golden Dragons, which he was to wear immediately.

Each of the other two Mandorins, who were Gentlemen or Knights, receiv'd

• One Horse, without a Saddle.

Each of the two Captains who had the Command over the Soldiers, and conducted us from Canton to Peking,

• A Gown of Blue Silk Damask.

Each Soldier, to the number of Twenty, receiv'd

• A Coat of Black and Blue Silk Damask.

Two Days after, upon the 16. (the Day of our departure out of Peking) the above-mention'd Tartar Lords, who had been often sent to the Ambassadors on the behalf of the Emperor, caus'd fifteen Wagons to be brought to carry the Goods.

Upon the same Day the Ambassadors were sent for to appear before the Council by the Mandorin Pinxenton, in the Court of the Lipu, to receive the Emperor's Letter, written to the Governor-General at Batavia: They rode thither about one of the clock, and were conducted into an Anti-chamber,

where one of the Council took the Letter off the Table, which was cover'd with a yellow Carpet, and opening the same, declar'd to them the Contents thereof: It was written double, in the Chinese and Tartar Tongues, gilded on the edges, and painted on both sides with golden Dragons: After he had open'd it, he made the Letter up again, and wrapt it up in a Silk Scarf, put∣ting it into a Box, to be preserv'd from sullying; then he deliver'd it to the Ambassadors, which they receiv'd kneeling, with all Humility and Respect: Afterwards the said Councellor took the Letter again from them, and bind∣ing it to the Back of one of the Interpreters, he went along with it before the Ambassadors through the biggest and middle Gate of the Court, which was set wide open on purpose to make the more way for this Imperial Missive: which Ceremony was perform'd in great silence; neither was there any mention made at any of their Feasts and Entertainments of our Netherland Affairs.

The Emperor's Letter runs thus word for word:

THE King sends this Letter to the Holland Governor, General Iohn Maat∣zuyker, at Batavia. Our Territories are so far asunder as the East from the West, so that we can hardly come near one another; and from many fore-going Ages to this present time, the Hollanders were never seen before by us. But those that sent Peter de Goyer and Iacob de Keyser to me, are a wise and brave People, who in your Names have appear'd before me, and brought me several Presents. Your Country is ten thousand Miles distant from me, but you shew your Noble Mind in remembring of me; for this reason my Heart does very much incline to you, therefore I sent to you two Rolls of Sattin with Dragons, beside two other Rolls of Sattin, four Rolls of Flower'd Sattin, four Rolls of Blue Sattin without Flowers, four Rolls of Kin, four Rolls of Chame∣lot, ten Pieces of Pelinx, ten Pieces of Phansy, ten Pieces of fine Stuffs, and three hun∣dred Toel of Silver. You have ask'd leave to come and Trade in my Country, to Import Commodities into it, and to Export others out of it, which will make very much to the Profit and Advantage of my Subjects: But in regard your Country is so far off, and the Winds very high here, which will very much endanger your Ships, it would very much trouble me if any of them should miscarry by the way; therefore if you please to send hither, I desire it may be but once every eight Years, and no more than one hundred Men in a Company, whereof twenty may come up to the Place where I keep my Court; and then you may bring your Merchandizes ashore into your Lodging, without Bartering them at Sea before Canton. This I have thought good to propose for your Interest and Safety, and I hope it will be well lik'd of by you: And thus much I thought fit to make known unto you.

In the thirteenth Year, eighth Month, and twenty ninth Day

of the Reign of

SUNGTE.

Underneath stood HOUGTEE THOEPE.

The Rix-Prouidore was busie at Court about some State-Affairs when the Ambassadors were there, so that they could not speak with him, which they would willingly have done; for he was their Friend, and could procure any thing from the Emperor.

The Ambassadors being return'd home with this Letter to the General at Batavia, they were urg'd by the Commissioners to depart, who alledg'd, That it was a Custom among the Chineses, after their Dispatch from the Emperor, not to continue two hours in the City, if they would avoid falling into some Inconvenience; so that we were necessitated to depart at Noon out of this Im∣perial City of Peking, and had no time to take a view of the Circumference of the Place, or of any thing else that was rare and worth the notice: for during our stay, we were continually kept close in our Lodgings, as Recluses in their Cells, without once stirring abroad to take our Pleasure, though we were well receiv'd by the Emperor, and provided with a rich Allowance; for the Am∣bassadors receiv'd daily

• Six Catti of Fresh Meat,
• One Goose,
• Two Pullets,
• Four Cups of Samsou,
• Two Toel of Salt,
• Two Toel of Thea,
• One Toel and one Measure of Oil,
• Six Toel of Mison,
• One Measure of Pepper,
• Six Catti of Herbs,
• Four Catti of Meal,
• Two Fresh Fishes,
• Two Toel of Suttati.

The Secretary Henry Baron receiv'd daily

• One Catti of Fresh Meat,
• Five Measures of Thea,
• One Catti of Meal,
• One Measure of Taufoe,
• Five Coudrine of Pepper,
• Four Toel of Suttati,
• Four Measures of Oil,
• Four Toel of Mison,
• One Catti of Herbs,
• One Cup of Arack.

Each of the Followers receiv'd daily

• One Catti of Fresh Meat,
• One Cup of Arack,
• Two Toel of Herbs,
• One Catti of Rice.

We had Wood and Fruit of all sorts sent in daily in great abundance; as also China Dishes for the Table, according to their manner. But the Ambas∣sadors, to hint to them how they far'd in Holland, bespoke several other Dishes at their own Charge; but we receiv'd, after we had been before the Emperor, a double Allowance, which was seldom done to any other Forein Addressors.

In the first place you must know, That the Province wherein this Chief Imperial City of Peking is situate, as also the City it self, have been call'd in several Times by several Names, in regard it is an ancient Custom among the Chineses (as has been already said) that when the Race which Commands and Rules over them happens to be alter'd, commonly also then the chiefest Cities, nay, the whole Kingdom, change and alter their Names. In the Times of the Race of Chiva, this Province and Chief City was call'd Ieu; under the Race of Cina, it was call'd Xangho; when the Race of Hana Reign'd, 'twas call'd Quangyang; and under the Race of Ciin, Eanyang. But the Race of Tai∣minga, which drove the Tartars out of China, nam'd it Peking and Xuntien, by both which they now call it.

The City is call'd Peking, which signifies The Northern Chief City, to distin∣guish it from Nanking, which we Interpret The Southern City. But the other Name Xuntien, whereby it is so commonly call'd by the Chinese Geogra∣phers, signifies Obedient to Heaven. It is call'd by the Tartars, Cambalu, that is, The City of the Lord. It lies in 40 Degrees Northern Latitude, almost upon the outward Northern Limits of this Province, and the whole Kingdom, not far from those high Mountains, and that great and famous Wall which sepa∣rates the Tartars and Chineses in the North from each other. It exceeds the Southern Chief City of Nanking in number of Inhabitan••, Soldiers, and Ma∣gistrates; but, on the other hand, is not to be compar'd with Nanking for large∣ness, regular Streets, and Fortifications. Its South-side lies vested with two high and thick Walls, which are so broad, that twelve Horses may go abrest upon them, without any hindrance to one another. The inner Wall, which extends about ten Miles in circuit, is so thick set with Bulwarks, that one may easily fling a Stone from Tower to Tower. This Wall is all of Stone, and so very high, that I believe the like is not to be found again in all Europe; the outward Walls, within which the Suhurbs lie environ'd, have very slight For∣tifications, only on both sides of the Gates are three strong Out-works. In these Redoubts and Towers the Soldiers by Night keep strict Courts of Guard, as if the Enemy were at the Gates.

The Chinese Emperor Taicungus, who Reigned over China in the Year 1404. did very much embellish this City, and bestow'd several Priviledges upon it. Amongst the Emperors which belong'd to the Race of Taiminga, this Tai∣cungus was the first that left the City of Nanking, and setled his Imperial Court and Residence in this Chief City of Peking, the better to hinder and resist the Inroads and Excursions of the Tartars, driven out of the neighboring Coun∣tries by his Grandfather.

The City has twelve Gates. All Rarities in China are brought hither, so that this City abounds in every thing, fit either for Pleasure or humane Sustenance. Several thousand Royal Vessels (beside those of private Persons) are continu∣ally employ'd to fetch all manner of Wares and Curiosities for the Emperor and his Council at Peking. Hither comes all the Revenues which each Pro∣vince of the Kingdom pays yearly to the Emperor's Exchequer: and the better to effect this, for the Importing of all Wares to Peking, the Chineses use great Endeavors to make all Rivers Navigable, that so they may come with ease by Water to the Emperor's Court, with the Products of several Provin∣ces. Iustly may a Man admire at the Workmanship of the Chineses, which partly by Art, and partly by Nature, is so brought to pass, that you may come to this City hundreds of Miles by Shipping from most Parts of the Kingdom.

[illustration]

By this Importation this Place, though in an unfruitful and barren Soil, possesses every thing in great abundance, and may be call'd the Granary of the whole Empire; for they have a Proverb amongst them, That there grows nothing in Peking, yet there is no want of any thing.

All Commanders and Officers, as well Civil as Military, who have a mind to be preferr'd, must betake themselves to this City, which prescribes Laws to all others; and upon this Place alone depends the whole Government of China, so that a very great number of Learned Men and Officers are always resident here.

The Streets are not pav'd, insomuch that in wet weather (which is seldom) they are hardly passable; but when the Northern Winds blow, and the Wea∣ther is dry, the Soil, which is of a light substance, makes a Dust far more noi∣som to Passengers than the deep and miry Streets; for such it is, that it blinds a Man as he goes along. The Inhabitants therefore, to prevent this incon∣venience, are fain to wear Silk Hoods over their Faces; and the extraordi∣nary foulness of the Way makes very many to keep Horses to carry them after a rainy Day: for the infinite number of common People that are continu∣ally up and down, turns this dusty Soil into Mire and Dirt after a little Rain.

There are also Horses or Sedans to be hir'd at any time for the accommo∣dation of Passengers; but none make use of Sedans or Chairs but Persons of Quality, in which they are carried in great State.

These Sedans are made very artificially of Bamboes or Rushes, in the mid∣dle whereof stands a Chair, which is cover'd with a Tygers Skin, upon which he that is carried seats himself, having behind him a Boy with an Umbril in his Hand to keep off the Sun: His Servants likewise attend him, some of them going before, and others following after, with Ensigns upon their Shoul∣ders, whereby the Quality of the Person is known, and he respected accord∣ingly as he passes along.

The City abounds in extraordinary brave Building, famous Idol-Temples, high and artificial Towers, and Triumphal Arches, which exceedingly adorn the same: But we had not so full a view thereof as we could have wish'd, in regard we were little better (as hath been already said) than confin'd to our Lodgings by order of the Emperor.

Marcus Paulus a Venetian, who was in this City in the Year 1275. when the Tartars conquer'd the Southern Provinces of China, calls the same in his Wri∣tings by the Name of Cambalu, which he describes in this manner: The City Cambalu, which lies in the Province of Cathai, upon a great River, and signifies The City of the Lord, has been very famous in all Ages.

The Great Cham did transfer this City to another part of the River; for the Astrologers had foretold him, that it should rise up against him. It lies four-square, and is twenty four Miles in circumference, so that each side is six Miles long; the Walls are of white Stone, high and broad; each side of the Wall has three chief Gates, which make twelve in the whole; and next to each of these stands a most stately Edifice, wherein the Arms of the City are preserv'd. The Streets run so straight, that you may see quite through the City from one Gate to another, and built on both sides with brave large Houses. In the midst of the City stands a most noble Idol-Temple, wherein hangs a very large Bell, which they ring three times in an Evening, after which no body is to go out of his House till the next Morning, unless it be for the Sick, or to visit their Friends: and whosoever goes out after the Bell has rung, must take a Light with him. Each Gate is watch'd by a thousand Sol∣diers, not out of fear of an Enemy, but against Thieves and Rogues, who are very numerous about this City.

The Ambassadors having taken their leaves of all the Grandees, and the chiefest of the Rix-Council, departed out of this famous Imperial City of Peking; and being come without the Gates thereof, they made a halt, to stay for some of the Wagons that were behind, by which means I had an opportunity to take a further view thereof, how the same is situate, and how that famous and far renown'd Wall doth separate Tartary and China, and takes its course quite through the Mountains; a true Description whereof I here give you.

So far doth this Wall reach from East to West, that it takes in four Provin∣ces, as Leaotung, Peking, Xansi, and Xensi: It contains three hundred Dutch Miles in length, and begins at an Arm of the Sea, which is situate between the Province of Leaotung and the hanging Island of Corea, where the River Yalo flows out of the Eastern Tartary; from thence it reaches toward the West to the Mountains of the City Kin, in the Province of Xensi, near to the side of the Yellow River: It runs quite through in a direct Line, but has Turnings and Windings in some places, yet is no where broken off or parted; only near to the Frontiers of the Province of Xansi lies a very high Mountain, which makes a separation in the Wall to give way to this Mountain; also where it gives passage to the Yellow River, it has a breach for so much space; but for other small Rivers, they run through the Wall, without any separation, by Arches and Sluces; otherwise it is every where alike: It is about thirty Cubits, or forty five Foot high, and some fifteen Cubits broad. Several strong Watch-Towers are built upon this Wall, which stand at a distance from each other, and were formerly guarded by Soldiers.

Heretofore the Chinese Emperor, as also at present the Great Cham, maintain'd for the defence of this Wall, and against the Inroads of the Tartars, ten hun∣dred thousand Men, who kept Watch Day and Night by turns in the said Watch-Towers.

The building of this Wall was begun under the Government of the Empe∣ror Chius, who was a brave Prince, and did many great and noble Deeds, as well in time of Peace as War; there was never any Chinese Emperor, before

nor since, to be compar'd with him. When this Emperor had conquer'd the Race of Cheva, and had brought all China under his subjection, he was preferr'd to the Imperial Throne, being before but a petty King. Being seated in the Throne, he caus'd this Wall to be built, having conquer'd the Tartars, the irre∣concileable Enemies of the Kingdom of China, to hinder and prevent by that means their Inroads into the Kingdom. This great Work was begun by him in the twentieth Year of his Reign, two hundred years before Christ's Birth; about which he employ'd so great number of Workmen, that it was finish'd in five years. Through all China the Emperor commanded three Men out of ••en to work upon this Wall, which is so well built, and so strong, that there is not the least crack in it. This Wall is admirable, not only for the length and breadth, but in regard of its durableness, having lasted for so many Ages without alteration, being as entire as when it was first built.

After some short stay without the Gates of the City, we got all our Carria∣ges together, and then began our Iourney back with all our Followers, by the same Way we came.

We Lodg'd that Night in a Village call'd Pekinsin, and the next day pass'd by the City of Tongsiou, and in the Afternoon came to the City of Sancianwey, where the Emperor's Vessels were still lying which brought us from Nanking; expecting our coming: The Skippers came to meet the Ambassadors, to bid them welcom, and help carry our Goods Aboard; but the Mandorins, whom the Emperor had order'd to wait upon us, to conduct us to Canton, would not suffer the Ambassadors to Embarque in those Vessels, but in others which were provided by order of the Emperor. These Vessels they call'd Ionken, and were very large, having several Conveniences, but lay so low and slug∣gish upon the Water, that they durst not venture themselves in them, lest they should not arrive at Canton soon enough, but be forc'd to Winter there; there∣fore the Ambassadors, to make no difference or hatred between the Mandorins and our old Skippers, took neither the new Ionkens nor their old Ships, but hir'd small Vessels, to make the more speed. And having taken order about our Business, and shipp'd our Goods, we set Sail again from this Sansianwey, with the Tartarian Lords whom the Emperor had order'd to attend the Am∣bassador's, together with the Mandorins of Canton, and came late in the Night to a small Village upon the River Guei, where we continu'd till Morning. Pinxenton in the mean time parted from us at Sancianwey, and took his Way over Land to Lincing, where we had left his Wife and Children as we went to Peking.

In our Return from Peking to Canton, we took the same Way we came, but pass'd by several Cities and Villages without entring into them.

Upon the 23. of October we came to Singlo, and the next day to Sincocien; upon the 25. we got to Tonquam, and the 27. to Tacheu.

Upon the 31. of of the same Month we got to Lincing, where the Ambassa∣dors were nobly receiv'd and Treated by the Mandorin Pinxenton. We stay'd here two or three days at the Request of the said Mandorin, who made very much of us all that while; and then we set Sail with a good Wind at North, which blew so very hard and cold, that we were hardly able to endure it.

Upon the fifth of November, having undergone much hardship, we got to Tunchant, and the next day to Xansiu, where we could procure no fresh Men to Tow forward our Vessels. The Ambassadors, to lose no longer time, hir'd such as they could meet withal in the Streets.

[illustration]

Upon the eighth of November we came in sight of Cinning, and on the 13. fol∣lowing to Tamincien.

From thence we got into the Yellow River, and on the 17. to the City of Iamcefu, where the Ambassadors were heartily welcom'd by the Base Brother of the young Canton Vice-Roy, and nobly Treated at his House. After this friendly Reception we took leave, and came upon the 20. into the River of Kiang, and the next day got before Nanking.

We came with our Vessels before the Gate where we had Anchor'd in go∣ing; and in regard the Governor stood upon his departure, we could not procure other Vessels with that speed as we desir'd, whereby we had an op∣portunity to take a more exact view of the City, and to refresh our selves a while after so tedious and troublesom a Iourney in the heart of China; but the Weather prov'd so very bad and cold, that there was no going abroad all the while we continu'd here.

The Ambassadors themselves were often invited by several Grandees to Dinner; but the Weather proving so extreme ill, they could go no where: only they gave a Visit to the two Chief Toll-masters, who liv'd in the Sub∣urb, whereof the one was a Chinese, the other a Tartar, and both very brave Persons. These two Gentlemen shew'd a very great Respect to the Ambas∣sadors, during their stay before this City.

Having provided our selves with Necessaries, we departed from Nanking upon the 10. of December; and the 15. we pass'd by a high Rock, which we, in memory of William Vander Beek, in our Iourney forward, call'd by the Name of Beekenburg. The River Kiang is about this Place almost a Mile broad, and in foul Weather proves very rough and dangerous; on the Bank of which lie a great many Rocks under Water.

Upon the 19. at Sun-set we came to Nankang: It blew very hard all that Night, and continu'd so till the 21. when it began to abate: we then set Sail again, and pass'd over the Pool of Poyan, and from thence came to the famous Village of Ucinjeen, where we were forc'd to stay a while to get fresh Men to Tow our Vessels. We found that in our absence a violent Fire had destroy'd at least a hundred brave Houses in this Place.

Upon the 23. we came again to the famous City of Kiangsi, which I have already describ'd at large, and given you an account of what I then saw in our Iourney forward; but in regard we continu'd three days in this City, I had an opportunity to satisfie the Curiosity of the Reader with a further Descri∣ption of the Situation thereof.

After we had furnish'd our selves here with other Vessels, we set Sail again upon the twenty sixth; but having gone about a League, it began to blow so very hard, that we were forc'd to return back for shelter under the Walls of the City, where we Lodg'd all Night in safety. The next day we departed early in the morning, and saw the Hills on both sides of the River cover'd with Snow.

Upon the fist of Ianuary 1657. we arriv'd at the City of Kinnungam, where the next day, though with much difficulty, we procur'd fresh Men to Tow our Vessels, and about two of the clock in the Afternoon set Sail again to pro∣secute our Voyage.

Upon the fifteenth day of the same Month we got before the ruin'd City of Vannungam, where the Ambassadors were no sooner gone Ashore, but the Governor of the Place came to bid them welcom; and likewise when we departed from thence, he Presented the Ambassadors with some Refreshments for the Kitchin, and amongst the rest, with some Candles, which were made of a thick oylie Iuice, taken off of some Trees: These Candles burnt very clear and sweet.

After we were provided with fresh Men to Tow our Boats, and expert Pilots (for without such there is no venturing upon this River) we set Sail again, and pass'd by very many Rocky and dangerous Places, which were not as we came observable, the Water then being three Foot higher, but now they appear'd above the Stream: and notwithstanding all our care, the Vessel in which the Ambassadors were, hapned to strike against one of them, but with the turning and Eddies of the Stream she got off again without any con∣siderable damage. About eleven of the clock we got safe beyond all these threatning Dangers, which appear'd first at the City of Vannungam, and ended over against an Idol-Temple, extending about three Leagues. The Chineses and Tartars who frequent this River, do commonly Offer at the fore-men∣tion'd Temple, that they may have a speedy and safe Voyage through these Difficulties.

Upon the 10. we came before Cancheu, where the Governor in great State came to welcom and receive the Ambassadors in the Name of the Tutang; and after the Ambassadors, at the Request of the Governor, had inform'd him with all their Transactions at Peking, he went back again into the City to ac∣quaint the Tutang therewith: with him went likewise Iacob de Keyser (the other Ambassador being at that time indispos'd) to thank the Tutang for the high Honor he had done them, and to take leave of a Person who had been so civil to them.

Upon the day following, being the 11. we set Sail again, the Weather pro∣ving exceeding cold; and upon the 15. we came with all our Vessels to the most famous City of Nangan, where the Ambassadors were Lodg'd in a very large House on the South-side of the Suburbs; for the Place where they lay before, the Tartars had burnt to the Ground; who since our departure had march'd through with a flying Army, and committed several Outrages upon the Inhabitants.

[illustration]

On the nineteenth of Ianuary we departed from thence, and having pass'd those Waters which were the most dangerous and troublesom, we were now to Travel some part by Land, to get from Nangang to Namhung: The Am∣bassadors were carried in Chairs or Sedans, which they had order'd to be made at Nanking, wherein they were so speedily convey'd over the Mountains by thirty Soldiers, whom they had hir'd for that purpose, that they came to Namhung, though late that Night, without Lodging on the Mountains, as they did in coming.

We lay here at a famous House of Entertainment, which belong'd to the Vice-Roy of Canton.

I have already given an Account at large of the Situation of this Place, in the Draught I took thereof in our Voyage to Peking. Now in our Re∣turn I thought it worth the while to make this further Addition, setting be∣fore you the Prospect of this City on the other side, as exactly as I could take it.

Having procur'd new Vessels, and put our Goods aboard, we left this City upon the 21. of the same Month, and passing by several dangerous Waters, we came to those wonderful and strange Mountains of Suytieen, and from thence to the Hills which we mention'd formerly by the Name of The Five Horse Heads.

Upon the 25. Instant we got with good success before the City of Saoche••. And here we began to put on our Sails again (which before we durst not bear) being now past the narrow of the River, and the danger of the Rocks; and the next day, being the 26. we came to the Mountain Swanghoab before spoken of: And in regard the Water was now at least twenty Foot lower than when we came, we discover'd here the tops of several dangerous Rocks, which appear'd very dreadful to us, and made us sensible of the great danger we had escap'd in our going, they being then unseen.

Upon the same Day, late in the Evening, we came to Sanyvum, where we lodg'd all Night, and early in the Morning set Sail again, and came that day before the small Town call'd Xantsui. We saw here the adjacent Fields full of Tents, Horses sadled, and a vast number of Soldiers, all standing ready for the March.

[illustration]

After a few Hours Sailing, we came in sight of the Village Faesan, which appear'd very pleasant and delightful at a distance.

And in regard as we went to Peking we pass'd by this Village late in the Evening, so that there was no taking notice of the same, I thought good (ha∣ving now in our Return a full view thereof) to give you an Account of its Si∣tuation: It lies near the River side, being encompass'd with very pleasant Fields.

Upon the 28. of the same Month we arriv'd again before the famous Chief City of Canton, which we have already describ'd at large. Francis Lantsman, who when we were going to Peking took care for all our Concerns left there, with the two Ships and the rest of the Men, came immediately to welcom and receive the Ambassadors, and had order'd the Gunners of the Ships to discharge all their Ordnance upon their Landing, which was accordingly perform'd, to the great admiration of the Tartar Lords, whom the Emperor had appointed to attend the Ambassadors upon their Voyage for their better accommodation; who were no less surpriz'd to see such Vessels, having never seen the like. No sooner were the Ambassadors Landed, but they betook themselves to their old Lodgings, and found all things safe, and in very good order, to their great satisfaction.

The Letter of the Emperor writ to the General Iohn Maatzuyker, was taken and carried by the Secretary Henry Baron upon both his Hands, having a Skreen before him; next to him follow'd the Ambassadors, according to the State of the Business, in solemn Order: And for a more publick demonstration of Ioy, the Cannons aboard the Ships were discharg'd thrice; the Walls and Streets of the City were full of People to see the Ceremony, and to under∣stand the success of their Negotiation; for the Inhabitants desir'd nothing more than a free Trade with the Hollanders.

The next day, being the 29. the Ambassadors went in great State to Salute the Vice-Roys, the young King's Mother, and the Tutang, and to acquaint them with the sum of their Business. The old Vice-Roy receiv'd them very friendly and heartily, with a Dish of Thea, and some Discourse concerning their Voy∣age: The like did also the young Vice-Roy; but the Mother of the young Vice-Roy did not appear, only sent a Complement to the Ambassadors, to

thank them for their Visit. The Tutang suffer'd them to wait two hours at his Secretary's House, and afterwards sent them word, That he would hear them when Pinxenton was arriv'd.

The following day, being the 30. of Ianuary, the Ambassadors were Treated by the young Vice-Roy's principal Commander at a noble Banquet, who laid the fault upon the Portuguese Priests at Peking, that our Business succeeded no better there; and he carried it so, as if he had been very much offended with them, telling us, That they had every where reported, That there were but three Kings in Europe, whereof Don Iohn was one; and that the Hollanders pos∣sessed but a small corner of the World, and were his Tributaries; with much more of this nature.

The Ambassadors went the same day to Salute the Mandorin Toju, who re∣ceiv'd them very courteously, and told them, That Poetsiensie, and other Lords, durst not hold any Conference with them, because the Tutang, whom they stood in awe of, had not yet granted them Audience.

Upon the first of February, the Ambassadors, with the Merchant Lantsman, and some other of their Attendants, to the number of twenty Persons, were most nobly Treated at a Dinner by the old Vice-Roy, who Entertain'd them first with Thea out of woodden Dishes, wishing the Ambassadors to be merry, and to drink Sorrow from the Heart, since they had now pass'd the greatest Danger. After drinking of the Thea, the Trumpets sounded, and Dinner was serv'd in: Each Ambassador had a particular Table full of Dishes; but be∣fore they began to eat, the King call'd for a Gold Goblet full of Wine, and commanded two of his Gentlemen to carry one to each of the Ambassadors, and to let them know they were heartily welcom: As soon as they had pledg'd his Majesty, they fell to their Meat; and whilst they were at Table, the King ask'd them several Questions concerning the State and Affairs of Holland. Din∣ner being almost ended, several Comedians, according to the Custom of the Country, began to shew themselves before the King; but the Ambassadors being in haste, desir'd his Majesty to excuse them from further Attendance; so after a Health or two had pass'd about, they took leave, and came back to their Lodgings.

The next day they were Treated by the young Vice-Roy after the same manner, only there pass'd no Discourse at Table, but what was tending to Mirth and Iollity.

Upon the third of February came Pinxenton to Canton, with all his Train; and as soon as the Ambassadors had heard of his Arrival, they went to wel∣com and Salute him in his Lodgings. On the seventh the Ambassadors (now Pinxenton was come to Canton) had Audience of the Tutang, who had deferr'd them till his Arrival.

The Ambassadors having dispos'd of 160099 Guilders in Presents for the Grandees at Peking, were somewhat straightned to find wherewithal to pur∣chase a New-years-gift for the Vice-Roys that might be acceptable unto them; which at last was obtain'd by the Interest of Lantsman, which he had made during his abode at Canton: But when the Presents were brought to the Vice-Roys, they seem'd dissatisfi'd with them, and demanded not only Interest of 1500 Toel of Silver, which they had disbursed for the use of their Servants upon their departure to Peking, but they likewise insisted, That the Ambassa∣dors should immediately pay the 3500 Toel of Silver which they had pro∣mis'd to the Vice-Roys for a free Trade at Canton, before their departure

[illustration]

[illustration]

for Peking. This Business occasion'd much trouble; and at last the Ambas∣sadors were necessitated to comply with their Demands, to prevent further mischief; for they found that the Common People had been dealt withal, to affront them as they went along the Streets: and not long after, one of our best Interpreters, by Name Paul Duretti, was barbarously murder'd in his own House. Whereupon the Ambassadors resolv'd to depart with all speed for Batavia, and went immediately to take leave of the Vice-Roys, who refus'd to give them Audience, and only sent out word, That they were not to Ex∣port any Tartar Arms.

The Ambassadors finding they could not effect any thing with their Vi∣sits, return'd to their Lodgings, and went aboard that Night, and set Sail early in the Morning; but after a few hours Sailing, the Wind turn'd, and we were forc'd to come to an Anchor not far from Canton, where we lay all Night.

Upon the 23. came the Stewards of the Vice-Roys, and the Captains of the Guards, with the Mandorins who had accompanied the Ambassadors forward and backward from Peking, and Treated them in the name of their Masters with their strong Liquor Samsou, in the Kings own Dishes: They wish'd the Ambassadors a speedy and successful Voyage, and that they might suddenly return again; and after some Healths had gone about, they took leave, and went back to Canton, and we immediately hoised Sail, and came upon the 28. about Sun-set to an Anchor in the Harbor of Heytamon. The Ambassadors had sent the Governor a Princes Flag, which he caus'd to be hung out with the Tartar Standard upon the Fort, as a sign that the Ambassadors were wel∣com to him.

Upon the second of March, about mid-night, we weighed Anchor, and set Sail with an Easterly Wind from the Harbor of Heytamon, steering our Course South-East. At break of day we came in sight of the famous Village of Lantam, which lies in a very commodious place, adorn'd with goodly Buildings, and may be seen at a great distance off at Sea. We made so much speed that day, that before Sun-set we got beyond the Eastern Islands of Maccao.

Upon the fourth Instant we came in sight of the Northern Mountains of Aynam, which lay about six Miles North-West from us.

On the eighth of the same Month we came again to the Island Pulo Tymon,

[illustration]

[illustration]

where we anchor'd, and sent ashore to know whether any Ships had been lately there. The Islanders told us, That about a fortnight since there Sail'd by a Ionck for Batavia, but they could not tell whence she came. With this advice we set Sail again, and were no sooner got out to Sea, but we saw whole shoals of flying Fishes, leaping out of the Water, and sporting themselves in the Air. These Fishes are commonly of the bigness of a Smelt, and have Wings like those of Bats; they never swim alone, but keep together in shoals; as soon as they discover any other sort of Fish that use to make a prey of them, they take Wing and save themselves: they are not able to continue long above Water, but must immediately return under Water again. No Creature either upon the Land or in the Sea suffers greater persecution than these Fishes; for under Water they are pursu'd by Soals, and other Fish, and have no way to save themselues but by flight; and they are no sooner out of the Water, but they are presently set upon by Sea-Fowls; so that they are continually in jeo∣pardy, either in or out of the Water.

Upon the 21. of March we came in sight of the Island Linga, situated upon the Coast of Sumatra. Early in the Morning we spy'd a Sail, whereupon we Mann'd out our Boat to discover what she was, and whence she came; by whom we understood, That it was our Bloemandael, which had lost us by the way: so we joyn'd together, and steer'd our Course South-west.

Upon the 24. we came into the Streight Banca, between the great Island Borneo and Sumatra; and upon the 26. we past by the Island Lucipara, and so through the above-mention'd Narrow.

On the last of March we arriv'd in our long-desir'd Harbor of Batavia, af∣ter we had spent twenty Months and six Days in this tedious and expensive Voyage.

The Ambassadors immediately went ashore, to give an Account to the Go∣vernor-General, and the Council of India, of their Transactions in this their Voyage to and from Peking; and to inform them what ill success they had in their Business with the Emperor there, notwithstanding all their Endeavors, and the rich Presents they had given, as well to the Emperor himself, as to the Mandorins, and the rest of the Grandees of his Court. The Value of these Presents amounted in the whole to 5555 l. 1 s. 7 d. Sterling; and the Expenses

of our Expedition forward and backward came to 4327 l. 10 d. Sterling: which together amounted to the Sum of 9882 l. 2 s. 5 d. Sterling.

And for all these Presents, and great trouble of so dangerous and long Travel, we effected nothing else, but that the Hollanders were receiv'd as Friends by the Emperor of China, and might return eight years hence to Salute his Im∣perial Majesty, according to the Contents of the foremention'd Letter, which the Great Cham writ to the Governor-General at Batavia.

And though through the means and Designs of the Portuguese Iesuits, as has been often mention'd, our Business did not succeed with the Emperor accord∣ing to our wish, yet we hope that in a short time, and before the date of eight years shall be expir'd, something will be done to the advantage of our Traf∣fick, by sending a few more Presents to the Emperor; which several of the Grandees of Peking did more than hint to our Ambassadors. Beside, the Great Cham having Wars with that Arch-Pyrate Coxinga, if we should but propose to assist his Imperial Majesty with our Ships, for the subduing of the said Py∣rate, I make no doubt but he would quickly consent to give us a free Trade in his Dominions.

Amongst so many Alterations hapned since our departure, we understood at our Arrival, with great joy, that the strong City of Columbo, in the Island of Ceylon, was fall'n into our hands, by the Conduct and Courage of the General Dirck Hulft, who Commanded over those Forces that were sent to subdue it. This valiant Commander was unfortunately slain in an Assault made by him upon the said City; which being perceiv'd by his couragious Soldiers, they fell on with so much fury, that they would not be satisfi'd for the loss of their Commander, with any thing less than the taking of the Town; which was soon after deliver'd up to them upon terms. How great an advantage this will prove to the Affairs of the East-India Company, any one may easily guess, if they do but know, that from this Place comes the best Cinamon.

We likewise understood, that the troublesom and contentious Business in Amboyna, which threatned this Place with great danger, was accommodated and reconcil'd, through the wise management of Arnold de Vlaming; so that one might live freely and peaceably there, and drive their Trade with the In∣habitants as formerly.

Lastly, We were inform'd, that the Bantam Iavaners were grown weary of the War, and sought to live in Peace with the Hollanders; which will highly make for the Interest of our East-India Company.

I have treated thus far in short concerning what hapned upon our Travels forward and backward to the Emperor's Court at Peking; wherein, to my knowledge, I have not in the least said any thing contrary to the Truth: and as I began in giving a Description in short of the whole Empire, for as much as concerns the Country it self; so I conceive it not improper, for a more full and perfect knowledge of all China, to continue my Relation of the Govern∣ment, Letters, Learning, Manners, Customs, Fashions, and Modes of the In∣habitants; Creatures, Beasts, Herbs, Fruits; Wars, and Peace, in this vast Dominion of China.

FINIS.

Notes

• * 1.1

  The severe Laws of the Lacedaemoni∣ans.
• * 1.2

  The Division of the Globe.
• * 1.3

  Asia divided.
• * 1.4

  The Name of China.
• * 1.5

  China, whence so named.
• * 1.6

  The Division of China.
• * 1.7

  The Situation
• * 1.8

  The Extent.
• * 1.9

  990 English Miles.
• * 1.10

  1350 English Miles.
• * 1.11

  The Revenue by Taxes.
• * 1.12

  The Situation of Zansi.
• * 1.13

  The Situation of Xensi.
• * 1.14

  Prester-Iohn in Asia.
• * 1.15

  The Situati∣on of Honan.
• * 1.16

  The Situation of Sucheu.
• * 1.17

  The Situation of Hucang.
• * 1.18

  The Situation of Chekiang▪
• * 1.19

  The Situation of Fokien.
• * 1.20

  The Situation of Quangsi.
• * 1.21

  The Situation of Queicheu.
• * 1.22

  The Situation of Iunnan.
• * 1.23

  The Descri∣ption of the Island Iava.
• * 1.24

  The Descri∣ption of the City Maccoa▪
• * 1.25

  Quantung and her Ci∣ties.
• * 1.26

  A ••toel is 13 Ducatoons in Silver.
• * 1.27

  The Ambas∣sadors noble Entertain∣ment in this City.